eM Client Secured Mail Client With Calendar

eM Client 11 sneak peek: Spotlight search support

sid — Thu, 04 Jun 2026 00:00:00 +0000

We’ve been working hard on the next major release - eM Client 11 will be packed with new and exciting features we believe you’ll love.

We’ve already shown you AI Summarize, Customizable message detail toolbar, the option to not display the first message in a folder and Matrix chat support.

Today, we’re happy to share that eM Client 11 will bring Spotlight search support to our macOS version users.

What can you look forward to?

eM Client data will be indexed in Spotlight, so you can find and open emails, events, contacts, tasks, notes and attachments just as naturally as you would anything else on macOS..

Note: Please keep in mind that this is only a preview - the finalized features may vary in the officially released version of the app.

This feature will be available in eM Client 11 for all macOS version users.

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Subscribe to Beta program

Transfer Your eM Client Data to a New Device

sid — Wed, 20 May 2026 00:00:00 +0000

Getting a new computer or mobile device is both exciting and intimidating - but transferring your data to a new device doesn’t have to be a hassle. eM Client gives you a few options for migrating your data from one device to another. Choose between backup and restore, QR export/import, settings saved into a .xml file, or a manual move of the database. Our guide will walk you through the steps for each - so you can continue using eM Client on your new device with ease.

The methods for transferring data vary based on the devices you are using for the transfer. Feel free to skip ahead to the section that best suits your current need:

Devices	Which method can be used
Desktop → Desktop	Backup & Restore .xml file export & import Manual move of the database
Desktop → Mobile	QR export & import .xml file export & import
Mobile → Mobile	QR export & import .xml file export & import
Mobile → Desktop	.xml file export & import

Use Backup & Restore to move your data

These steps work for moving data between any desktop versions - be it from one Windows PC to another, between two macOS devices, or even when moving from Windows to Mac or vice versa.

On your old device, create a backup:

Windows: Menu > Backup
macOS: File > Backup
Once finished, move the .zip backup file to a new device - using an external hard drive, flash disk, cloud storage, etc.
Note: You can find out the location of your eM Client backup folder in:

Windows: Menu > Settings > General > Backup
macOS: eM Client > Settings > General > Backup
The default location for the backup files is your Documents folder; the folder named “eM Client” is created the first time you create a backup. The backup folder can be changed, so if you set it to a cloud drive, for example, you might be able access the backup files with your other device without having to move the file manually.
Install eM Client on your new device. Ideally, the same version you used on your previous device.
If you need to install a specific older version, find it in our Release history.
Run eM Client and click Cancel to skip all initial setup, and go straight to importing your backup file:

Windows: Menu > File > Restore
macOS: File > Restore
Follow the steps to restore the backup file - if you have more than one backup file in the default backup folder, you will see a pop-up window where you can select which one to restore.
If you’re bringing a backup file from another drive or folder, simply instruct eM Client which folder to look into. Keep in mind you are not selecting a file, but the folder where the backup file is located.

QR Export & Import

From a desktop to a mobile device

Go to Menu > File > Export (Windows) or File > Export (macOS) and select “Export settings via QR code”:

If you want to use the QR export from the eM Client mobile app on another mobile device, head to Settings > Import/Export > Export via QR code. The rest of the process is the same as QR export from desktop to mobile.
Select the types of settings you wish to export (Settings, Accounts, Account passwords and avatars, Tags, Certificates/Keypairs, Templates, Signatures, QuickTexts, and the local blacklist).

eM Client desktop: Select data for QR export

eM Client mobile: Select data for QR export
Your unique QR code will appear:
Go to your eM Client mobile app.
If you’ve just installed the app, simply tap the “Migrate from desktop” button that is visible on the initial screen. Then open the QR code reader by tapping the “Scan QR code” button.
If you already skipped this screen, go to Settings > General > Import/Export and select “Import via QR code”.
Once the eM Client app QR code reader opens, scan your unique QR code.
Note: Please remember that the import using the unique QR code can only work through the eM Client mobile app, not your camera or other scanner app. Scanning the code with other apps or your device's camera won't work.
Select which specific accounts or settings you want to import, enable or disable push notifications, and confirm the import:

Export and Import Settings using .xml

Exporting and importing settings via an .xml file can be a useful option for users who need to copy only partial settings to another device or are limited by the size of the file they can bring over. It’s important to note that, unlike a full backup, the .xml file won’t transfer any of your local folders, emails, calendars, and other data. It will only transfer your selected settings. If you only use IMAP and Exchange accounts, it can be enough as these accounts will synchronize everything back from the server.

Export settings to an .xml file

Go to Menu > File > Export (Windows) or File > Export (macOS) and select “Export settings to .xml file”:

If you’re exporting from the eM Client mobile app, go to Settings > Import / Export > Export settings to file:
Select the types of settings you wish to export (Settings, Accounts, Account passwords and avatars, Tags, Certificates/Keypairs, Templates, Signatures, QuickTexts, and the local blacklist).

eM Client desktop: Select settings for .xml export

eM Client mobile: Select settings for .xml export

Note: If you include your account passwords, we recommend password-protecting the exported file.

eM Client desktop: Encrypt password

eM Client mobile: Encrypt password
Select a destination file on your device.
Click Finish (on desktop) or the confirm button (on mobile).
Move the exported .xml file to the device you want to import it to - you can use an external hard drive, flash disk, Cloud storage, messaging app, etc.

If you’re importing to the desktop app, continue here.

If you're importing to the mobile app, continue here.

Import settings to the eM Client Desktop app via .xml file

Make sure eM Client is installed on the other desktop device.
You can download it from our Release history page, including older versions.
Use Menu > File > Import (Windows) or File > Import (macOS).
The Import window will open. Choose eM Client Settings (.xml).
Select the file for Import and click Finish.
Let the process complete.

Import settings in the eM Client mobile app via .xml file

Go to Settings > Import/Export.
Select the Import settings from file option:
Select the file for Import on your device.
Select which specific accounts or settings you want to import, enable or disable push notifications, and confirm the import:
Let the process complete.

Manual database move

The last option for moving your data involves moving the entire database folder.

Check your database location in Settings > General > Storage.
Unless you changed it, the default location of your database is:

Windows: C:\Users\yourUsername\AppData\Roaming\eM Client
macOS: /Users/yourUsername/Library/Application Support/eM Client
Before moving the database, make sure that eM Client is turned off and that no processes are running - double-check this in the Windows Task Manager (Windows) or Activity Monitor (macOS).
Bring over the folder with the database manually to your new device (using external drive, USB, …). Use the same default location if you want it to start automatically.
Important: Remember that it is imperative not to move the database if eM Client is still running. If this process is attempted while eM Client is running, the database could become corrupt, and your data could be lost. Always ensure you move the entire database, don’t remove any files or change them in any way - this could make the data unreadable for the eM Client app.
Run the eM Client app - all your settings and data will be there.

Don’t forget - reactivate your license!

After you complete the move to a new desktop device, don’t forget to reactivate your license to keep using eM Client. The Deactivate/Activate option is available in Menu > Help > License (Windows) or Help > License (macOS).

Can’t find your license key? Have it resent via our Lost Activation Key page.

The eM Client mobile app currently does not require a license.

Data migration can be a less exciting part of getting a new device - with eM Client, the process can be quick and hassle-free. And if you get stuck? You can always reach out to our support team.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: Matrix chat support

sid — Wed, 06 May 2026 00:00:00 +0000

Have you seen the cool new features we’ve been revealing lately? There’s a lot to look forward to in eM Client 11, such as the already presented AI Summarize, Message Detail Toolbar, and the option to not select the first message in a folder.

Those of you who prefer open-source, decentralized, and secure chat services will appreciate that the next major version of our app will include Matrix chat support.

What can you look forward to?

All of your Matrix spaces can now be viewed in one place in the Chats section - whether it’s a private or public room. Stay in touch via your favorite secure communication service - with your messages and files protected by end-to-end encryption (E2EE).

Note: Please keep in mind that this is only a preview - the finalized features may vary in the officially released version of the app.

Support for Matrix chat will be available in eM Client 11 for all paid license users.

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Subscribe to Beta program

Make Conversations Work Your Way in eM Client

sid — Thu, 30 Apr 2026 00:00:00 +0000

Conversations are a neat feature that can become our lifeline when managing communication on multiple topics across large number of emails. It unifies messages with the same subject and sender and lets you view them comfortably in one place.

Conversations were introduced quite a while ago, with smaller improvements, such as the Threads feature, added along the way. We’ve added even more Conversations settings as part of the version 10.4 release, so let’s take a look at all the current options to make Conversations work for you.

How are Conversations linked?

The eM Client app automatically creates conversations based on their subject, sender and recipient, and message ID. In other words, it keeps all related replies and forwards of a specific email together.

For Google and Exchange accounts, which have their own algorithms, conversations are synchronized from the server, so you have the same message threads connected no matter which device or app you check your emails on.

How to adjust Conversations settings

All Conversations settings, including advanced options, can be managed in Settings > Mail > Conversations. Basic options for quick change are accessible in Menu > View > Conversations (Windows) or View > Conversations (macOS).

Conversations can be shown in the message list and message detail (“All Views”), message detail only, or disabled altogether. This can be quickly changed using the View menu options if you need to change the conversation option on the fly.

Sort order of conversations in the message detail

The initial sort order is set to show the latest messages at the bottom of the message detail, so if you read from the start, you can chronologically go down until you get to the newest email:

To see the new replies at the top of your message detail instead, easily switch the sort order in the Settings or using the View option from main menu:

Conversation settings for the message list

Exclude yourself from the participants list

In the message list, you’ll see all the participants displayed - including yourself. For a more streamlined display of other senders and recipients, you can switch off the option to “include me in the list of participants”.
Order of participants in the message list

To quickly see who replied last in the conversation, change the order of participants in the message list - from latest to oldest. Or keep the default setting - from oldest to latest:
Including messages from other folders

By default, conversations will include messages from other folders of a given account - so all relevant emails (for example from Inbox and Sent folder) will be displayed in the Threads view.

The Threads view adds the option to expand a conversation within the message list. This gives you a quick overview of the separate emails linked in this conversation, which can be especially useful when you need to view a single specific message or locate an attachment from a specific reply, etc. It’s available to all users with a paid license.

If you disable this option, the message list’s Thread view will only show the emails from the current folder (this does not affect which messages are visible in the message detail window):
Expanding selected conversation threads in the message list

Threads will be collapsed until you manually expand them by clicking on the message counter for the given conversation. This can now be changed - enable the “Always expand selected conversations” in Settings > Mail > Conversations to always have a full overview of all your messages.

In the eM Client mobile app, you’ll find all of the Conversations settings in Settings > Mail > Conversations.

When enabled, Conversations group all related emails into a single, organized view. This makes it easy to review the full discussion, follow the flow of communication across multiple participants, and ensure nothing gets overlooked. By keeping everything together, it reduces inbox clutter and saves you time - so that you can focus on moving conversations forward instead of searching for them.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: Don't select first message

sid — Thu, 16 Apr 2026 00:00:00 +0000

The eM Client 11 is getting ready to launch as we speak. In our new features sneak peek series we’ve already covered AI Summarize and Customizable message detail toolbar. But there’s still more on the way.

This time, we would like to introduce the option of not displaying the first message in a folder.

What can you look forward to?

You might not want to always automatically view the first message in a folder - be it for convenience or security concerns. In eM Client 11, we have implemented the ability to opt out of this behavior altogether in Settings > Mail > Read > Message List. Just uncheck the Select first message in the list box.

Note: Please keep in mind that this is only a preview - the finalized features may vary in the officially released version of the app.

This feature will be available in eM Client 11 for all users.

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Subscribe to Beta program

Alternative to Gmailify: eM Client keeps your emails together

sid — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 00:00:00 +0000

Last year, Google announced its plan to shut down the Gmailify service and the “Check mail from other accounts” feature.

These changes affect millions of people’s workflows - especially power users, freelancers, small businesses, multi-account email users, and domain email owners.

So, what does this shift mean, and how do you get your workflow back on track?

How Gmailify and “Check mail from other accounts” worked

Gmailify allowed users to connect their non-Gmail email accounts and use them as if they were a Gmail account without actually migrating them. This meant taking advantage of all the Gmail features like spam filtering, search, labels, and categories, but with any email account provider.

Check mail from other accounts used POP3 to download emails from other email providers. Unlike Gmailify, this service didn’t provide live two-way sync or full Gmail feature support on the original account. It simply copied emails from external accounts into Gmail, where they could then be searched or labeled locally, but actions in Gmail didn’t affect the original inbox.

POP3 (Post Office Protocol 3) is still used by many email services today, not just Gmail. It’s a standard email protocol that downloads messages from a server to a local client. With the POP3 protocol, any email client can pull emails from a server and make them available for offline reading. Optionally, the original copies can be removed from the server after they’re downloaded.

Gmailify and POP3 service change: the timeline

The initial announcement was published in October 2025, and after a migration period, deprecation started in January 2026.

During the first quarter of 2026, new Gmail users are being blocked from using the two services, and no new emails can be added, even for current users. Google will begin disabling connected accounts for current users in batches. And with the full discontinuation of Gmailify and Gmail’s “Check mail from other accounts” feature in late 2026, users should transition to email forwarding or use a full email client as soon as possible.

Why is Google’s POP3 download and Gmailify ending?

Google hasn’t fully explained this decision. Ending support for POP3-based mail fetching in Gmail and Gmailify was likely driven by a combination of factors.

Email services have increasingly moved away from POP3 toward IMAP and real-time synchronization. Unlike IMAP, POP3 stores emails locally, which can be useful for simpler workflows on a single device, but requires managing on-device storage. IMAP is generally better suited for modern email use, with features like multi-device synchronization across all folders and server-based storage.

Gmail also appears to be simplifying its overall architecture by limiting deeper integration with external providers and reducing maintenance costs.

From a business perspective, Google has a clear incentive to encourage users to only use Gmail accounts or migrate their custom domains to Google Workspace. In practice, this nudges users deeper into Google’s ecosystem - a classic example of vendor lock-in, a trend that has become increasingly common across the industry.

How to replace Gmailify and manage multiple email accounts

While Google mentions using the Gmail mobile app with IMAP-based access, or using email forwarding. However, with either of these options, Gmail’s features won’t be applied to your external account’s messages.

So what’s the best solution? Use a third-party email client instead!

Email clients let you send, receive, and organize emails by connecting to your provider’s mail server directly using protocols like IMAP, Exchange, or POP3 to access email accounts. Desktop email clients also offer additional features to help manage inboxes across multiple accounts from different providers, and the incoming messages remain in their original form, including their headers. On top of that, many apps allow local email management and archiving, so you’re in control of your data.

On the other hand, third-party email clients might have a limited ability to apply Gmail features to external accounts and might miss other features you’re used to.

That said, the right email client can not only match Gmailify’s functionality, but significantly improve on it. And that’s where eM Client stands out.

eM Client as a strong replacement for Gmailify

Gmailify was designed to turn Gmail into a central hub for multiple accounts. eM Client can successfully replace this functionality - and expands on it. It connects to accounts directly using IMAP, Exchange, or even the POP3 protocol if the user prefers it. This means users can choose between real-time synchronization or more traditional setups, without depending on Gmail as a middleman.

At the same time, eM Client stands out in how well it integrates Gmail-specific features. When connected to a Gmail account, it synchronizes labels and supports threading, and even implements inbox categories like Primary, Social, and Promotions. The categories feature is available for non-Gmail accounts as well - for these, categories are assigned using eM Client’s own algorithm.

Overall, eM Client reflects much of Gmail’s structure instead of replacing it, helping preserve the familiar Gmail experience.

And beyond email, eM Client is an all-in-one productivity hub.

It combines email with calendar, tasks, contacts, notes, and chat in a single interface, reducing the need to switch between multiple apps. This experience extends seamlessly to mobile: eM Client offers a mobile app for iOS and Android that brings the same unified approach to phones and tablets.

Removing Gmailify and “Check mail from other accounts” makes Gmail less open. Instead of bringing other services in, users are now pushed toward fully committing to Google’s ecosystem. If that’s not what you want, eM Client is one of the clearest alternatives - it supports multiple providers, keeps the Gmail experience intact, and puts you back in control of how your email works.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: Customizable message detail toolbar

sid — Wed, 25 Mar 2026 00:00:00 +0000

We have been polishing the upcoming eM Client 11, last time we showed you AI Summarize, and now our features preview series continues with another reveal.

Today, we’re happy to inform you that the message detail will have its own adjustable toolbar!

What can you look forward to?

By default, the message toolbar will display the Reply, Reply all, and Forward buttons. You can tailor it to your needs by clicking the three-dots icon and selecting “Customize”. This way, all your frequently used actions will be easily accessible when you need them.

Note: Please keep in mind that this is only a preview - the finalized features may vary in the officially released version of the app.

The adjustable message toolbar feature will be available in eM Client 11 for all users.

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Subscribe to Beta program

Navigate your mailbox easily with visible folder names

sid — Wed, 11 Mar 2026 00:00:00 +0000

In the eM Client 10.4 update, we have implemented new methods for easily locating emails. Now you will see the folder name in threads, message details, and search results. In this article, we will explain how folder name boxes can be useful - and how to disable this feature in case it doesn’t fit your workflow.

Folder name in message detail

The folder box is always visible in the upper-right corner of the message preview’s header, no matter what Conversations settings you use. It will show the full path once hovered over:

Note: For Google accounts, you will not see the folder name box, as it is already covered by Gmail tags (labels), corresponding to the folders (labels) the messages are stored in.

The folder name box is also displayed in Conversations, helping you quickly distinguish where each message from the thread is actually stored:

In previous versions, you could only see the folder name in the message list with the Conversations feature disabled, and even then, it was not the default. It had to be manually added to the visible columns.

To show the Folder in the message list, right-click the top of the list, select “Columns configuration”, and add “Folder” to the displayed columns. Or hide it by removing it from the visible columns.

Folder name in search

The Search feature now shows the message location in the search results list, in the Folder column. You will be able to see this in the “Messages on the bottom” layout and with the messages panel disabled. This is especially convenient if you use the search in the “All folders” option:

How to hide the folder name box
If you do not want to see the folder boxes in message detail or in Conversations, go to Settings > Mail > Read and disable the “Show folder in message detail” option.

Folder name boxes in the eM Client mobile app

When using the mobile app, the folder box is visible in the message detail.

To enable or disable this feature, head to Settings > Mail > Read and look for the “Show folder in message detail” option:

Folder name boxes are a neat feature that helps users quickly pinpoint a message’s location, making browsing your inbox or looking up emails fast and hassle-free. And if you have no need for them? Turn this feature off in seconds and enjoy using the eM Client app exactly the way you prefer.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: AI Summarize

sid — Thu, 26 Feb 2026 00:00:00 +0000

You might have been wondering what's next for eM Client. Behind the scenes, we have been steadily working on the next major update – and we’ve decided to gradually reveal the new features that will be included in the upcoming eM Client 11 release.

To offer a tiny window into what lies ahead, let’s take a look at the newly added AI Summarize.

What can you look forward to?

The AI support will receive a complete overhaul in eM Client 11. The AI features will be expanded, and the improvements are something we cannot wait to share with you.

You will now find a “Summarize” button in the subject line of your messages. Click it to let the Summarize feature process the message – or an entire conversation. You will have an overview of the main points in seconds!

Note: Please keep in mind that this is only a preview – the finalized features may vary in the officially released version of the app.

The new AI Summarize feature will be available in eM Client 11 for all users with a subscription license or an active AI add-on.

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Subscribe to Beta program

Profiles: move between workflows effortlessly

sid — Wed, 04 Feb 2026 00:00:00 +0000

Separating work and personal communication when using a single device can become a daily struggle. And what if you have to share the same computer with a colleague or family member? The Profiles feature, introduced in eM Client 10.3 release, is available with all paid licenses and offers a solution for exactly these kinds of scenarios.

Let’s delve into how profiles work and how you can set them up to best aid your workflow.

How does the Profiles feature work?

The Profiles feature enables you to create and run multiple sessions of the eM Client with distinct accounts and settings. This is possible because each profile has its data stored in a separate database.

Unless you previously changed it in Settings > General > Storage, the default profile database is stored in:

C:\Users\%username%\AppData\Roaming\eM Client (Windows)

/Users/yourUsername/Library/Application Support/eM Client (macOS)

Creating a new profile

To view your existing profiles and manage or add new ones, navigate to Settings > General > Profiles.

If you haven’t created an additional Profile, you’ll only find the Default Profile on the list.

If you want to change its name, use the “Rename” button.

Creating a new profile starts with clicking the “Create” button.

Give your profile a name and choose the location of its database, where the data will be stored:

After the setup is done, the newly created profile will be displayed in the list of profiles.

Launching a profile

In Settings > General > Profiles section, selecting the profile and clicking “Launch” will start a new eM Client session.

From the main app window, available profiles can be quickly selected and launched via Menu > Profiles (Windows) or eM Client > Profiles (macOS).

If the profile’s folder was newly created or empty, the Welcome wizard is triggered when you run it - just like the first time you installed eM Client:

It’s also possible to set up a password-protected startup for each profile in Settings > General > Password Protection.

If you want to see the profile manager each time you start the app, enable the “Show profile manager on startup” option in Settings > General > Profiles.

This feature will show a profile selection window every time eM Client is launched. The pop-up includes the option to run the selected profile in Offline mode:

It can also be triggered if you press and hold the “Alt” key while clicking the eM Client app startup icon.

Deleting a profile

When a profile is not needed anymore, it can be deleted in Settings > General > Profiles.

Select the profile and click “Delete”.

You’ll have the option to either delete the profile’s files (database) or keep the database in case you need it later:

Note: You must always have at least one profile. If there’s only one profile in the list, you can only delete it after creating an alternative profile.

Profiles make it easier to switch from different work modes or clearly separate personal and professional communication. Your work and personal contacts and calendars will stay neatly organized in separate databases. And when it’s time to disconnect, you won’t be disturbed by work notifications while reading personal emails.

For easy orientation, each profile can have distinct interfaces with their own settings and themes, including different settings of categories, conversations, or AI features. With eM Client, you have the freedom to tailor the app to your needs and adapt it to your workflow. eM Client will help you stay productive without sacrificing your work-life balance and peace of mind.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Smooth teamwork: eM Client with SmarterMail

sid — Wed, 14 Jan 2026 00:00:00 +0000

Our partnership with SmarterTools started a few years ago, and together, we have tirelessly worked on enhancing the integration between SmarterMail and eM Client. Starting with version 9.2, we introduced significant improvements, and we have only continued building on them ever since.

In this article, we’ll take a closer look at all the features and options that make eM Client and SmarterMail work together more seamlessly than ever.

First of all, thanks to our close collaboration with SmarterTools, the enhanced compatibility of SmarterMail features is available to you whether you are using an SmarterMail Enterprise (via EWS protocol) or SmarterMail Professional (via IMAP and CardDAV/CalDAV protocols) edition.

No lengthy configuration is needed to use your SmarterMail account in the eM Client app. Just open Menu > Accounts > Add account (Windows) or eM Client > Add account (macOS), and with the automatic setup wizard, you'll be ready to go in a few simple steps. eM Client will seamlessly detect the optimal settings for all your services, so you don't have to worry about the technical details.

Sync your emails, contacts, calendars, tasks, and chat

Easily synchronize all of your SmarterMail emails, contacts, calendars, and tasks - and thanks to the XMPP protocol support, you can also access all of your SmarterMail chats in real time!

Stay connected with SmarterMail Online meetings

The eM Client app includes native support for SmarterMail Online meetings, which means that you can easily create an online meeting and select SmarterMail as the provider - eM Client then automatically creates the SmarterMail Online Meeting and embeds the meeting link into the appointment. No need to switch to the SmarterMail web interface.

You can also forward invites so that other people can join without the organizer having to invite them manually:

Company workflow made easy with sync of server-side features

Thanks to the seamless integration between SmarterMail and eM Client, your team can enjoy the benefits of:

Synchronized signatures

The signatures you set up will be synced across all of your devices via EWS or IMAP, so there is no need to import your signature designs manually. This also helps to keep the company branding unified for all users.
SmarterMail tags

Any tags you set up in your webmail will be synced in the eM Client app and vice versa, so even with a large number of emails, your inbox will stay neat and organized.
Server-side rules

Unlike Local Rules, server-side Rules are applied even before any message is downloaded to the email client. This ensures you are in charge of organizing your messages right from the source, no matter which device you are using.
Server-side blacklist and whitelist

Centralized filtering for incoming messages will help you prevent important emails from ending up in the spam folder. Administrators can monitor or override any inappropriate user blacklists or whitelists.
Contact groups

Contact groups, referred to as Distribution Lists in the eM Client app, significantly improve communication between departments. By integrating with the Global Address List (GAL) or using a shared CardDAV address book in an IMAP-based email setup, you can effectively manage company-wide distribution lists organized by department, role, or location.

Feature availability based on SmarterMail edition

Feature	SmarterMail Enterprise (Exchange)	SmarterMail Professional (IMAP)
Email	EWS	IMAP
Calendar	EWS	CalDAV
Contacts	EWS	CardDAV
Tasks	EWS	CalDAV
Chats	XMPP	XMPP
SmarterMail online meetings	Yes	Yes
Synchronized signatures	Yes	Yes
SmarterMail tags	Yes	Yes
Server-side blacklist / whitelist	Yes	Yes
Contact groups	Yes	Yes
Server-side rules	Yes	No
Account delegation	Yes	No
Public folders	Yes	No

Setting up account delegation and public folders

In case you use the Exchange setup for your account via the EWS protocol, you can allow users to share and access SmarterMail accounts or public folders in the eM Client app. This is handy for team collaboration or when a colleague needs to cover for you during your absence.

Delegation for SmarterMail accounts

Go to Menu > Accounts (on Windows) or eM Client > Accounts (on macOS) and select your SmarterMail account. You will see a Delegation section under the Exchange Web Services tab:

Your account settings can also be accessed from your email accounts list in the left panel by right-clicking the account and selecting "Delegation".
Click the "Edit" button to change who can access your account. The Delegated accounts window will pop up:
After clicking "Add", delegate access to user(s) or groups by typing their email.
Once you click "Ok," you'll have the chance to customize the permission settings. You can grant limited access to the delegated account by choosing to allow reading, creating, or modifying items, or any combination of these:

Now the setup is done, and the user will be able to access your SmarterMail account based on your settings.

To revoke their access, head to the Delegation section, click the "Edit" button next to the option labeled Change who can access your account, select the account, and click "Remove".

Add a delegated account you already have access to

If you have been granted access to a SmarterMail account, you can add it to your eM Client folder list in Menu > Accounts (on Windows) or eM Client > Accounts (on macOS).

Head to the Delegation section under the Exchange Web Services tab. Then click the "Show" button next to the Accounts you can access option:
After that, press the “Add” button and look for the delegated account within your organization. Once it comes up, click “OK”.

You will find the added account in your folder list.

Subscribe to Public folders

Admins can create public folders that users can subscribe to in the eM Client app. If you want to do that, go to Menu > Accounts (on Windows) or eM Client > Accounts (on macOS) and head to the Exchange Web Services tab's Public folders section:

To subscribe to public folders, click the "Edit…" button. A pop-up window will appear, allowing you to select the folders you want by checking their boxes.

You can also subscribe to or unsubscribe from a folder and all its subfolders by right-clicking on it or clicking the three dots symbol next to it. This is handy when a folder has many subfolders, saving you the effort of checking each one individually.

After selecting the public folders you want to subscribe to, click the "Ok" button to save your changes.

Your subscribed public folders will appear on the left panel under the delegated account's section.

Thanks to our ongoing close cooperation with SmarterTools, you can now make the most of your SmarterMail account's features. Enjoy smooth teamwork with SmarterMail online meetings, sync your signatures, SmarterMail tags, and stay on top of your messages with server-side Rules, blacklist, and whitelist. Distribution lists in combination with the Global Address List can help you keep your contacts organized across the company departments. And with your SmarterMail Exchange accounts, delegation and public folders can become another irreplaceable tool to make your workdays easier.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How Gmail’s All Mail folder actually works

sid — Wed, 17 Dec 2025 00:00:00 +0000

If you have ever used a Gmail account, you might have noticed that the folder system is a bit different from other email providers. It can be a bit tricky to understand, especially the enigmatic "All Mail" folder.

We would like to show you how Gmail organizes your emails and how its folder structure translates in the eM Client app.

Gmail mailbox structure explained

Gmail puts all of your emails in one big "heap", divided into three real folders: All Mail, Spam, and Trash.

Then it uses search to look for your messages based on their labels and shows you the search results in dedicated virtual folders, including Inbox and Sent and all others. A single email can appear in multiple folders if it has several labels, but there’s always only one actual copy of any given email in your Gmail mailbox.

Once you delete a message from any of the virtual folders, it will be moved from the All Mail folder to Trash.

And in case you mark any message as spam, it will be moved from All Mail to the Spam folder. It will therefore lose all user-defined labels and will be removed from all virtual folders.

Note: Messages placed in the Spam or Trash folder on Gmail are automatically deleted after 30 days.

Since there is always only one copy of any message in the Gmail mailbox, let's clarify how it affects some basic actions:

When you move a message to another folder, the message is not moved; its old label (which defined the virtual folder it could be viewed in) is removed, and a new one is added.
For example, if you move a message from a Personal folder to a Work folder, its Personal label will be removed and Work label will be added.
When you copy an email to another folder, there won't be a new copy of the message created, but an additional label will be assigned to it.
When you create a new folder, a new corresponding label will be created automatically, and can be assigned to messages. By the same logic, creating a new synchronized Tag (label) will create a new corresponding virtual folder.

Important: Please keep in mind that if you delete the content of your All Mail folder, you will delete these messages from your Inbox, Sent folder, and any other virtual folders you have as well, since this is where the only copy of each message is stored.

Gmail mailbox structure in the eM Client app

When viewing your Gmail account in the eM Client app, you will find the same folder structure we explained above.

eM Client also synchronizes your Gmail label colors. If you haven't selected colors for your Gmail labels, they will be displayed in the default grey.

You can also automatically randomize the colors of your synchronized labels when they’re shown as tags in Menu > Accounts > your Gmail account > IMAP tab > Tags by ticking the "Show random colors for tags downloaded from server" checkbox instead of spending time manually color-coding them. This will not affect your folder colors, but it makes the assigned tags stand out more.

Note: The assigned tags are the folder locations for your messages. If you remove all your tags, the messages that had those tags assigned will still be visible in your All Mail folder, but will no longer appear in any of their virtual folders.

While Gmail's specific folder structure is very useful when it comes to saving space and time when synchronizing, it has been a source of confusion for many users. Once you understand its logic, you can significantly lower the chances of misplacing an email and losing your time (and nerves).
And with our Search feature and keywords, you'll be able to find what you're looking for in seconds. eM Client ensures you can view all of your emails in one user-friendly interface, customizable for your convenience. Now you can venture beyond the limitations of your webmail and enjoy a more efficient, distraction-free workflow.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Meet version 10.4: Faster, smarter, better

sid — Thu, 04 Dec 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Maybe you've been wondering what we've been up to since launching the full-featured eM Client mobile app, and yes, we have heard your questions about desktop updates. Don’t worry, we have not forgotten the desktop app at all. In fact, we are excited to introduce eM Client 10.4 with several great new features!

Your feedback has always been an integral part of our development process, and this release is no exception. Let's take a look at the latest improvements and additions!

General

Sync optimization

We have greatly improved performance and loading times thanks to a new smart optimization feature for IMAP synchronization. For example, small messages are downloaded right away in full, and bigger ones based on your preferences, but there is a complex algorithm that determines the optimal way to get you your messages quickly.

This new mode will be enabled by default, so your messages will open much faster now!
Folder name shown in threads, message details, and search results

Never lose track of where your message is located again – the message folder name is now visible in threads, message details, and search results! This is particularly helpful when using the search feature across all folders and conversations, so you have a clear overview of where each message is stored. Hover over the box to see the full path.

Note: The folder name box will not be visible for Google accounts because Gmail uses tags (labels) that correspond to folder names.
Additional conversation view settings

The Conversation view got some neat improvements – you have the option to include messages from other folders, or choose to always expand selected conversations. Remove your own name so you have an easier overview of the other senders and recipients – or change the order of the names shown in the message list. Find all these options in Settings > Mail > Conversations.
Option to turn off fade-in animation

You can now disable the fade-in animation when opening messages, which can help especially on older hardware and other devices where the animation used to be jerky.
Search feature for QuickTexts manager

We made managing QuickTexts much more comfortable by adding a search feature in the QuickText section. Access it via Settings > Mail > QuickText or via the “Manage QuickTexts” option in the compose window.
Undo for Move action

Accidentally moved a message to an incorrect folder? By popular demand, any Move action can now be undone via the pop-up notification in the message list or the Ctrl + Z keyboard shortcut.
Improved “Move to Junk” dialog

We redesigned the "Move to Junk" dialog so it’s clearer and your desired option is easier to select:

Mail composing

Enhanced table editing capabilities

Edit tables comfortably in the Compose window with a new pop-up table editing bar – easily add or remove rows, columns, and split or merge cells! Formatting options for shading, borders, and alignment are also available via a single click.
Option to paste tables as images

Want to paste a formatted table into your email? Paste it as an image without any hassle or worries that it will lose its properties on the recipient's side.

New features for specific providers

Workaround for shared calendars on CalDAV servers

We have added a workaround that solves issues with shared calendars on Axigen and cPanel servers.
Support for POP3 with OAuth for Microsoft 365 and Gmail accounts

You don't have to say goodbye to using the POP3 protocol for your Microsoft 365 or Gmail accounts. Just set up POP3 manually for these accounts – use the Mail > Other option in the New Account window and select POP, and eM Client will automatically use the secure OAuth login. No more App Passwords!
Vacation responder and forwarder for MDaemon accounts

You can now use the responder for Automatic Replies and a forwarder for your MDaemon accounts in the eM Client app. Enjoy your vacation without the added stress of monitoring your inbox!

…and much more – check the new features out for yourself!

Download eM Client 10.4

How can you get these improvements?

If you are already using eM Client 10, you will receive a notification that a new update is available, or you can download it below.

If you own eM Client Pro for version 9 (or older), purchase an upgrade to eM Client 10.4 to get access to the updated features.

Download eM Client 10.4 Upgrade to eM Client 10

Smart email suggestions in eM Client

sid — Wed, 05 Nov 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Automatic email suggestions can help you find the right email address in seconds, instead of having to type it out manually. But you already know that. In this article, we will focus on the eM Client app email address suggestion feature – where address suggestions come from and how to adjust them according to your preferences.

When you start typing an email address into the To: fields (including the Cc: and Bcc: field), you will see a list of email address suggestions:

By default, the eM Client app suggests addresses from your Contacts, Sent folders, and Recipients history.

The suggestion settings can be changed in Menu > Settings > Mail > Compose > Email address suggestion (on Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > Mail > Compose > Email address suggestion (on macOS):

The "Use all recipients from Sent folders for suggestion" option will recommend email addresses from the messages in your Sent folders. This is especially useful if you have no saved Contacts and no recipient history.

Note: With a long message history, scanning all your Sent messages can take time, so if the address suggestions pop-up has a delay or responds slowly, you can try turning this option off. You will still get suggestion from your Contacts and Recipients history.

The "Store composed mail recipients for suggestion" feature saves the addresses of any recipients you sent emails to from the eM Client app. Additionally, it makes the suggestions more precisely tailored to your needs, as you will see your most frequent recipients suggested at the top of the list.

Note: You will also see suggested email addresses when using the search bar. To learn more about the Search feature, check out this article on our blog.

How does the Recipients history work?

The Recipients history keeps track of all the email addresses you send messages to.

You can access the full list in Settings/Preferences > Mail > Compose > Email address suggestion > Show recipients.

The history of recipients is only saved locally and does not sync across devices. However, you can save addresses from the list to your Contacts by selecting them and clicking the "Save as" button:

Note: You can select all of the addresses in the list by using the Ctrl + A keyboard shortcut.

How to remove addresses from suggestions

Ways to remove addresses from suggestions vary depending on what those suggestions are based on.

A suggestion based on your recipients history will have an "X" icon next to it in the suggestion list. You can click the "X" icon to delete the email address:

Or, you can go to the Email address suggestion settings and click the "Show recipients" button. There, it's possible to delete the selected recipients by clicking the "Delete" button:

If you want to start from scratch to get rid of old suggestions, click the "Clear recipients history" button, which will delete the whole list:

Unless you delete your recipients history, the suggestions will work even if storing new mail recipients for suggestions is turned off.

If you don't want to see a specific address suggested from a sent message, you have to remove the relevant message from your Sent folder (either by moving it to a different folder or deleting it).

After clearing the recipients history, disabling the storing of composed mail recipients and the Sent folders suggestions, you will only see addresses from your saved Contacts in the list.

Suggestions from Contacts cannot be disabled; the only way to prevent an address from a saved contact from being suggested is to delete it from your Contacts.

Mentions feature (@) and how to use it

The mentions feature is handy for referring to specific contacts in an email.

When you type the @ symbol in the mail compose window and start typing a name or an address of a contact, a suggestions list will pop up. Click on the contact you want to mention in the body of your email, and their name will be inserted in the message – for example, "@John Doe". You can edit the mention so that only the person's first name is visible in the message, not just the full name from your Contacts. Their email address will be automatically added to the To: field (if it wasn't already there).

The mentions feature is also used in Chats for tagging other users, but utilizes the same setting from this section.

Email address suggestions in the mobile app

Contacts section has been recently added to eM Client for iOS and Android. The mobile app offers the same suggestion options as the desktop versions. And once you grant the app permission to access your device contacts, they will be included in the suggestions as well.
The relevant settings can be found in Settings > Mail > Compose > Email Address Suggestion.

Whether you're sending out a work email or catching up with a friend, suggested addresses make it easy to reach the right person fast. While dealing with the everyday chaos, we might take this small feature for granted, but it can make a big difference in keeping our communication smooth. eM Client offers even more useful features, so make sure to check out other articles on our blog!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Smooth workflow made easy with eM Client QuickTexts

sid — Thu, 23 Oct 2025 00:00:00 +0000

QuickTexts let you predefine text snippets or full replies and quickly insert them into your emails - perfect for saving time when you need to reuse the same content.

While the QuickText feature has been implemented in the eM Client app for quite some time, we would like to show you some useful improvements we have added since its initial release.

What’s new with QuickText?

The Reply with QuickText feature allows you to immediately use a QuickText as a reply to an email, while the Instant QuickText shortcut can be used to easily add a QuickText to an email you are already drafting.

QuickTexts can also be enhanced by adding Placeholders - insert them in the spots where specific information needs to be filled in later, such as a name in the greeting.

Let's explore all that QuickText feature offers in detail below.

The basics: Create your first QuickText

You can access and manage all of your QuickTexts in Menu > Settings > Mail > QuickText (on Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > Mail > QuickText (on macOS).

Click the Manage QuickTexts button to open the QuickTexts manager:

Click +New to draft a new QuickText:

You can format your QuickText as needed, insert links, images, or variables, etc.

Once you are done, don't forget to give it a name and click Save.

How to import QuickTexts

You do not have to create your QuickTexts from scratch - click the Import button and either import QuickTexts from a file (.html or .htm) or try importing them from our QuickText library:

Importing from a file allows you to either reuse QuickTexts you created on another device, or, for example, if there is a nicely formatted QuickText your colleague shared with you.

The QuickText library was added in case you needed a little inspiration when creating your QuickTexts. You can use the available text snippets as they are or adjust them to your needs.

Note: QuickText library is currently only available in English for users with a paid license.

Reply with QuickText

“Reply with QuickText” option is a recent addition to our QuickText features. It saves you time and clicks required to use a QuickText in a reply - the compose window will open with the selected content already filled in.

The feature is easily accessible via the Reply button's drop-down menu on both the main window toolbar and each message's Reply action button. Click the drop-down menu arrow icon and select Reply with QuickText - then you can choose which QuickText you want to use:

After you click the selected QuickText, you will have a chance to edit the reply as needed before sending the message.

Placeholders

You might be familiar with Variables, which you can add to your message and, when you send it, they’re automatically replaced with the right details from your Contacts or other stored information.

Although Placeholders have to be edited manually, they are also very useful, especially when a little personal touch is needed.

While preparing your new QuickText, use the 3-dot menu button on the toolbar and select Insert Placeholder or right-click inside the QuickText compose window and choose Insert > Placeholder. A pop-up will appear, allowing you to create whatever placeholder you need.

Before you send out the message, replace the Placeholders with personalized data as needed.

In case you forget to replace the placeholders, the app will give you a warning pop-up, so you do not have to worry about accidentally sending out an unfinished email:

Inserting QuickTexts in a new email

When composing a new message, your QuickTexts can be inserted using the QuickText button on the compose window toolbar:

Select and click the QuickText you want to insert from the drop-down menu.

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to insert specific QuickTexts. The default keyboard shortcut is Ctrl + Shift + number. You can see the shortcuts next to each of your QuickTexts in the drop-down menu.

Finally, the fastest way to insert a QuickText is using the Instant QuickText shortcut.

In the mail compose window, use the Ctrl + Q keyboard shortcut to open a QuickText search bar - start typing your QuickText names to select which QuickText should be inserted.

Creating QuickText from an email

When writing an email, you might realize immediately that you will need this text again. For those cases, you might find it useful that the QuickText manager is accessible from the mail compose window toolbar as well - just click the QuickText icon and select Manage to create a new QuickText.

Drafting the same emails over and over again can become tedious. The QuickText feature brings a new level of convenience that will transform your workday.

QuickTexts are just one of the many tools in eM Client designed to save time and simplify email management. You might also find Quick Actions useful for automating routine tasks, or keyboard Shortcuts for speeding up your workflow. Exploring these features can help you build a more efficient and stress-free email experience.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Mobile App: now with AI, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks and Notes

sid — Mon, 29 Sep 2025 00:00:00 +0000

This is a huge milestone in our journey. eM Client for iOS and Android now brings together email, calendar, tasks, contacts, and notes - an experience unlike any other mobile app.

All the powerful desktop features you know and trust are now right at home on your mobile device, whether phone or tablet. To take things further, the mobile app also comes with AI support for faster, smarter email writing and replies.

The best part? Even with this unprecedented functionality, the mobile app remains completely free. Download eM Client for iOS or Android and enjoy all your favorite desktop features right at your fingertips.

What’s new?

Calendar

The eM Client mobile app now offers full support for both local and synchronized calendars, keeping your events and schedules at your fingertips wherever you are. You can accept meeting invitations straight from your messages, create new appointments, and explore your agenda in multiple layouts - including week, month, agenda, and a special Three-Day view for quick access to what’s ahead.

Stay on top of your plans with real-time notifications, so you never miss an important meeting or reminder.

1 / 2

iOS - Month view

2 / 2

iOS - 3-day view
Contacts

Go beyond your phone’s default address book with a complete contact management solution. Synchronize and edit your contacts across all accounts, quickly start new messages or calls, and keep everything organized in one place.

You can also browse each contact’s communication and attachment history, providing an instant overview of your interactions.

1 / 2

Android - Contacts details

2 / 2

Android - Contacts list
Tasks

Stay organized wherever you are with powerful task management. Create, edit, and categorize your to-dos, then sync them seamlessly across your devices through supported accounts. Keeping track of deadlines and priorities has never been easier.

iOS Tasks
Notes

Capture ideas and information on the go with integrated note-taking. For Exchange and IceWarp accounts you can also synchronize them across devices.

Android Notes
AI Features

The mobile app now includes built-in AI tools to help you compose drafts and quickly Reply with AI, with all the same options from desktop.
Tablet UI improvements

We’ve enhanced the interface and layout for Android tablets and iPads, bringing them closer to the familiar desktop experience and making the app even more convenient on larger screens.

You can now pin or unpin the folder list on the left, or collapse the message list to create more space for reading your messages comfortably.

1 / 10

iPad Mail

2 / 10

iPad Calendar

3 / 10

iPad Contacts

4 / 10

iPad Tasks

5 / 10

iPad Notes

6 / 10

Android Tablet Mail

7 / 10

Android Tablet Calendar

8 / 10

Android Tablet Contacts

9 / 10

Android Tablet Tasks

10 / 10

Android Tablet Notes
Customizable Font Size

By popular demand, you can now customize the font size in the app for a reading experience that suits you — no need to stick to your device’s default.
Custom Sorting for All Lists

Sorting is now fully customizable across all lists, accessible under the filter icon, just like in the desktop version.
Performance improvements for iOS

Using your feedback, we were able to find the places to tweak to improve speed of the app on Apple devices and add features such as background send.
And more fixes

How to install eM Client for iOS and Android?

If you’re already running the mobile app, you should get the update automatically! Your existing accounts which provide services beyond email will be added automatically after the update, but you can also add them as new accounts.

New to eM Client for iOS and Android? Go ahead and click the buttons below or search for eM Client in your Store app - with the Import via QR feature it will take just a few clicks to get all your settings from your desktop eM Client and bring your emails wherever you go.

First time using any eM Client? The automatic setup will find the right services and settings for your accounts in no time.

iOS

Android

How to leave the BETA program and do you have to?

If you’d like a stable release, we recommend leaving the beta program and installing the official build from the App Store / Google Play. The beta program will continue, but it’s intended mainly for testing new experimental features and may not always be as stable.

On Android: open the eM Client page in the Play Store, scroll down to the “You’re a beta tester!” section and tap “Leave”.
On iOS: simply install the official version directly from the App Store, it will replace your TestFlight version of the app automatically.

So, if you want the smoothest everyday experience, switch to the official release.
If you prefer early access to features (with a bit more risk), you’re welcome to stay in the beta program.

eM Client Search: Stop scrolling, start finding

sid — Thu, 11 Sep 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Search functionality is something we are used to and expect to be present in most of the apps we use everyday. So, naturally, it’s always been a huge part of the eM Client application.

Search is available in every part of the program - you can look up specific emails, calendar events, contacts, tasks, and even attachments, chat messages, or notes. Even the Settings section has its own search bar to help you quickly find the option you’re looking for!

And if you thought the search in the eM Client app would be just a basic function – guess again. This article will show you how you can take advantage of advanced search options, including search keywords, arguments, and custom search folders, to tweak your searches and find exactly what you were looking for.

The Search bar and its features

With the search bar, you can look for emails in your inbox or other folders, and also search for other items depending on which app section you are in.

You will find the Search bar right above the main toolbar:

Note: The Search bar has been placed in the middle of the top title bar since version 10 of the eM Client desktop app. In older versions (like eM Client 9), you will find it on the top right side of the app window.

Start your search by typing out what you are looking for – you can also use exact search by placing your search word in quotation marks.

For instance, the search results for subject:"team lunch" will be messages with subject lines including the phrase team lunch but only if the words team and lunch are in consecutive order. On the other hand, if you omit the quotation marks, the search will also find messages where the words team and lunch are in the subject line, in any order.

It's possible to narrow down which folder you want to carry out your search in. You will find this option by clicking the arrow icon on the left side of the search bar – a drop-down menu with further options will open:

In case you already carried out a search previously, your search history will appear after you click in the text field part of the search bar – you can then either click one of your previous searches to repeat it, or you can click the 'X' icon to delete the item from your search history.

In the search bar's right corner, you can bring up the search bar's context menu by clicking on the downward arrow symbol next to the magnifying glass icon.

In the context menu, you will find the option to repeat a search from a recent history under Recent History.

You can also choose which part of the messages will be the search performed within – either limit the search to a specific message part, like Subject, or include all of them – the "Subject, sender, recipients, body, and attachments" option will be selected by default, but once you change it your choice is remembered for next time.

Server-side search and how it works

Server search is enabled by default and can be turned off (or back on) via the "Use server search if available" option. If you use the server search, the eM Client app will perform the search directly on the server rather than locally. This is useful especially if you cannot or do not want to download all of your messages for offline use, as only the locally downloaded data is searched in local searches.

Server search is currently available for all Exchange accounts and any IMAP accounts with server search support (e.g. Google). The server-side support is reliant on whether the IMAP server uses RFC 7377 and RFC 6203 extensions.

Server search has limited options and does not always support all of the extra eM Client features, like keywords and others, so you might prefer turning it off if you require a more detailed search.

Indexed search and wildcards

In the eM Client app, searching in message bodies is performed using an indexed search. By default, each searched term is treated as if it were followed by a wildcard at the end (e.g., word*). This means that typing approv will automatically return results such as approval, approved, etc., without the need to enter an asterisk.

Searching in message headers (i.e., Subject, From, To, Cc, Bcc fields) works differently. This basic search allows you to place wildcards not only at the end but also at the beginning or in the middle of words. For example, *green.com will return results such as hankgreen.com.

Note: To keep searches fast and the app responsive, wildcard placement is not allowed at the start or middle of words in message body searches. That’s why advanced wildcard options are only available when searching in message headers.

Search effectively with Advanced search

The Advanced search feature can be accessed by clicking the sliders icon in the right corner of the search bar.

The search fields can be further expanded by clicking "Choose fields":

This will open a drop-down menu with all the additional field options like Message Content, Body, Attachment Filename, Cc, and others, that can be checked and unchecked as needed:

Frequent complex searches made easy with Search folders

After going through the work of setting up all of your advanced search parameters, it would be convenient to have a way of saving the search settings for later use, especially if it's a search you will need to perform often.

Search folders make it easy to do just that.

A Search folder can be created by setting up various search parameters and then clicking the "Create Search folder..." button:

This will open a dialog window where you can name your new Search folder:

After you click "Ok", your new Search folders will appear in a new "Search folders" section in the left panel:

When you click the new Search folder, the search results will automatically load in the main window section.

Search folders can be created for the Mail, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and Notes sections. In each section they were created in, you will always find them in the top part of the left panel.

Optimize your search results with Search keywords

Although the Advanced search feature is quite practical when making a new, unique search for the first time, you can also use Search keywords as a quicker alternative when performing more complex searches on the fly.

You can access the in-app keyword hints by typing ? (question mark) into the search bar:

While there are universal keywords available, each app section (Mail, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, Attachments, Notes, and Chats) also has its own set of specific keywords.

Keywords need to be followed by a : (colon), then the search words and any arguments that you want to apply to the search.

You can learn more about the feature in our Search keyword overview. It includes a list of all the search keywords along with their descriptions and use examples, as well as practical tips and tricks on how to use them to fine-tune your searches.

A good search tool can be the difference between spending an hour looking for a single email versus simply finding what you need in seconds, allowing you to move on with your day.

Thanks to the eM Client search features, you won't have to waste your time and energy on figuring out whether the search results really contain the relevant data or not. Refine your searches with a variety of search keywords, save your advanced searches as Search folders to have them at the ready anytime you need them again – and above all, tailor your search experience exactly to your needs, without compromise.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Stay in charge of your data with eM Client Data Files

sid — Thu, 21 Aug 2025 00:00:00 +0000

With most communication taking place electronically, many computer users have to deal with a large amount of email data that needs to be stored, organized, and occasionally shared with colleagues. Although having all of our data in one place is convenient, there are times when we might appreciate a way to split the data into parts – to store some of it elsewhere or to quickly share it.

This is where eM Client comes in with another valuable feature – Data Files.

You might be familiar with the way eM Client stores its data—all the user settings, emails, and other data are saved in a single eM Client SQLite Database. This allows everything to be connected and improves features like search, communication history, and such.

In this article, we will explain how the Data Files feature works and how this useful feature can assist you with your eM Client data management.

What are eM Client Data Files?

Data Files are separate mini-databases that allow you to split off some of your data and save it on your local drive or external drive. The Data Files have a custom eM Client file format – EMDF (eM Client Data file).

But that does not mean your data gets locked; anything that you could export from your main database can also be exported from Data Files via eM Client.

Now comes the fun part: you can connect and access Data Files only when you need them by using the mount/unmount feature.

Would you like to keep your old email archive from two years ago out of sight and out of mind? You can create a new data file that will only contain the emails from that year, and unmount that data file. This way, the app will not comb through all of your old data, making your searches faster and free from irrelevant results.

Not only can Data Files be moved to a different location, but they can also be comfortably shared with others, so they can quickly mount the file into their eM Client app. That way, whole folder structures and emails they contain can be shared easily.

So, in case you need to hand over a whole project with all its related email communication to your colleague, you can do so by creating a data file and sharing it with them. The same can be done if a person is leaving the company and wants to share all of their emails with their replacement without much hassle.

Note: As with any data, it's always a good practice to store your Data Files in a safe location and only share them via a secure cloud service or as a password-protected ZIP file.

EMDF files versus PST files

As we already mentioned, EMDF files are a custom eM Client file format. EMDF files are eM Client's response to use cases covered by the commonly known PST files, a proprietary file created by Microsoft. They allow users to sort data and only mount it in the app when needed. While the use of EMDF files is similar to PST files, they do not share the often-cited pain points of PST files.

EMDF data files offer improved stability – unlike PST files, they are not as easily corrupted. They also have no size limitations, so you can split your data when you want to, not when you run out of space.

How to create Data Files in eM Client

To create a new Data File, head to Menu > Data Files (on Windows) or eM Client > Data Files (on macOS).

There you will find the Data Files Manager section. Click on "+ Create Data File" to create a new empty Data File:

A dialogue window will open, where you can select the location of your new Data File and its name:

After you have chosen the file location and named the file, click the "Save" button.

Now that you have created your Data File, you can change its Display name, so it's easier to find among your other Data Files:

The avatar of each Data File can be customized by clicking on the avatar and then either selecting from the predefined eM Client avatars or uploading your own image:

Click the Save & Close button to apply your changes:

You will now find your newly created Data File displayed in the left panel, right under all of your email accounts, and above the Archive and Local Folders:

As you can see, the new Data File doesn't show any data – let's create a new folder in which we can later copy or move data to.

By right-clicking the Data File, a drop-down menu will open. It allows you to rename the Data File, add new folders, Show/Hide folders, and quickly unmount the Data File, among other options:

Add a new folder, set it to be located under your new Data File, and choose its name and the type of items it will contain:

Now you can copy or move emails or other data to the new folder, set up Rules to sort certain emails into this folder automatically, and unmount or mount the Data File as needed.

We already mentioned PST files – when you mount PST files from your old Microsoft Outlook, the eM Client app will copy data from the PST file and convert it into the EMDF format. Then it will mount the new file. The EMDF file will be saved in the same location as the original PST file.

You can also mount and unmount files via the Data Files Manager section.

To quickly mount a Data File, you can drag & drop the file anywhere into your eM Client app's left panel, which will automatically mount the file and display it under your Data Files section.

How to Import Outlook PST and OST files as Data Files

Importing an Outlook file as a Data File allows you to choose which specific folders you wish to import. A new EMDF file will be created in the process.

If you would like to import a PST (or OST) file as a Data File head to Menu > File > Import (on Windows) or File > Import (on macOS) and select "Outlook Data File (.pst, .ost)".

If you have the Outlook app installed, the file path will be set to your local Microsoft Outlook AppData folder by default. If you do not have the Outlook app installed or you want to import the file from a different location, click "Select file...":

Once a dialog window opens, find the file you wish to import and click "Open".

Back in the eM Client, proceed by clicking the "Next" button.

Now you can unselect any folders you do not wish to import, then click "Next" again:

And finally, you can set the data to be imported to a newly created Data File:

After you select the location of the newly created EMDF file, click the "Finish" button, let the import proceed, and then click the "Ok" button - you will then find the imported data in the location you selected.

How to Export Data into Data Files

To export your data into a new Data File, go to Menu > File > Export (on Windows) or File > Export (on macOS) and select "Export emails to .emdf file":

Choose which folders you wish to export, or tick the "Check all" checkbox to select all of your data:

Pick where you want your new Data File to be saved, and when a dialog window opens, name the new file and click "Save".

In the eM Client app window, click "Finish":

Wait for the exporting to finish and then click the "Ok" button.

Now that your data is exported to your selected location, you can safely store it for later, mount it back into the app, or share it with others.

EMDF files can also be imported back into your folders. You can do so via Menu > File > Import (on Windows) or File > Import (on macOS) – select the "eM Client Data File(.emdf)" option.

The way we handle and store our email data is always based on personal preference – and there are almost unlimited methods to choose from. eM Client provides diverse features for smooth and secure data management and sharing, including Data Files. Whether you prefer to rely on Archiving or you want to split your data to store it locally or backup on a cloud server, with eM Client, you do not have to compromise on the options.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client Blacklist & Whitelist: fine‑tune your spam protection

sid — Wed, 30 Jul 2025 00:00:00 +0000

No matter whom you ask, no one will claim they appreciate receiving spam and junk emails. Keeping unsolicited emails away from our email inboxes has been a struggle for most of us, and eM Client is here to help you fend off the spam.

We have explained the eM Client spam and junk mail management in general in one of our older blog posts. In this article, we will elaborate on the current Blacklist and new Whitelist feature, as we have made some changes since then. You will also learn how to use both of these lists in the eM Client app so that your inbox remains clean and spam-free.

What is a Blacklist and Whitelist in eM Client?

Blacklist and Whitelist are two features that work in tandem to help you manage which emails appear in your inbox and which are moved into your Spam folder.

What is a Blacklist? You could say that Blacklist is a special rule that contains email addresses and domains list and automatically moves any messages matching senders from that list into the Spam or Junk Mail folder.

In the eM Client app, you can find two types of Blacklist: the server-side Blacklist and the local Blacklist.

The server-side Blacklist filters incoming emails on the server before they are downloaded to the eM Client app.
The local Blacklist sorts through incoming spam mail and moves it to a Junk or Spam folder once it is received via the eM Client app.

IceWarp and SmarterMail accounts users can view and manage their server-side Blacklist in the eM Client app. For all other users, only the local Blacklist is available.

On the other hand, Whitelist is a server-side rule that decides which messages are never moved to spam. As a result of whitelisting an email address or a domain, messages from the whitelisted address or domain will never end up in the Junk or Spam folder.

In the eM Client mobile app you can only edit the local blacklist via Settings > Blacklist. Import and export are available in the Settings > Import/Export section.
Advanced options for Blacklist and Whitelist are only available in the desktop version of the eM Client app. However, synchronized lists are applied directly on the server, so messages will correctly move to spam on all devices, including mobile.

How to Whitelist an email address or a domain

Since Whitelist is located on the server, the ability to edit it from the eM Client app is limited only to providers that allow the whitelist to be accessed by third parties. Currently, you can edit your Whitelist for all IceWarp and SmarterMail accounts.

To edit your Whitelist, head to Menu > Settings > Mail > Blacklist and whitelist (on Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > Mail > Blacklist and whitelist (on macOS).

Under the Whitelist tab, click the "Manage Whitelist" button:

Add addresses or domains to your Whitelist by either entering the exact address or just the domain:

By clicking the arrow icon next to the "Add address" button, you can add an email address from your Contacts:

In the pop-up window that opens, select the contact you wish to add to your Whitelist and click "Ok":

You can also click "Select all" in the upper right corner of the selection window to bulk select and add all your contacts in one step.

You can also import a whitelist from a .txt file or export the existing whitelist to a .txt file by clicking the "Import" and "Export" buttons. You can remove any item from your Whitelist by clicking the "Delete" button.

Additionally, you can look up an email address or domain by using the Search field.

How to edit your Blacklist in eM Client

To blacklist any email address or domain, select the message, click the "Mark" button on the main window toolbar, and then Move to Junk > Move to Junk and blacklist email or Move to Junk and blacklist domain.

Otherwise, you can right-click any message and select Move to Junk > Move to Junk and blacklist email/domain, or select the message and use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl + J (on Windows) or Cmd + J (on macOS).

The keyboard shortcut can be changed in Settings > General > Shortcuts (on Windows) or Preferences > General > Shortcuts (on macOS).

You can view and manage all of your blacklisted email addresses and domains in Menu > Settings > Mail > Blacklist and whitelist (on Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > Mail > Blacklist and whitelist (on macOS).

Click the "Manage Blacklist" button to edit your Blacklist:

You will find the same options for editing your Blacklist as you did for your Whitelist. Add an exact address or domain by typing it or select one from your Contacts, import/export a blacklist from a .txt file or delete any item from your Blacklist.

In version 10 of the eM Client app, we have added the Search field to both Whitelist and Blacklist windows. It is especially useful to search through your Blacklist quickly to find and remove any safe contacts or domains that you might have accidentally blacklisted.

How to move messages from Junk folder back to Inbox

When you find an innocuous message in your Junk folder instead of your Inbox, you can always move it back to your Inbox. Right-click the message in the Junk folder and select "Move to inbox", "Move to inbox and remove blacklisted email" or "Move to inbox and remove blacklisted domain".
If the email address or domain isn't in the Blacklist, the actions to "remove blacklisted email/domain" will not have any effect, the message will simply be moved back to Inbox.

You can also select the message and use the "Move to Inbox" keyboard shortcut, which is Ctrl + J (on Windows) or Cmd + I (on macOS) by default.

The seemingly never-ending grind to keep spam and scam emails from cluttering your inbox might be exhausting at times. That said, with the right tools, you can regain control over which emails will be redirected to your spam folder and which will be allowed into your inbox. eM Client Blacklist and Whitelist are just one of many useful features eM Client provides to help you stay in charge of your emails.

Did you know you can easily make your email communication safer? For example, by using PGP encryption - even if someone intercepts your emails, they won't be able to read any of their contents.
By using digital signatures, your recipients can also easily verify your identity when you send them an email. And thanks to our anti-mail-tracking features, your personal details will be perfectly protected from any intrusions. With eM Client, you can prioritize your data privacy and security while never compromising ease of use and smooth workflow.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Elevate your email: eM Client with Microsoft Exchange

sid — Thu, 03 Jul 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Ready to improve your Microsoft Exchange experience? eM Client supports Microsoft Exchange accounts without any compromises to your favorite features. Get full synchronization between your eM Client application and your Microsoft Exchange account.

Microsoft Exchange workflow made easy

Using the Microsoft Exchange protocol, you can automatically configure all of your services for your Exchange account in the eM Client app. Your emails, contacts, calendars, tasks, notes, signatures and more will all be synchronized seamlessly.

Enhance your team coordination with shared calendars, Free/Busy view, and public folders in the eM Client app.

Get full control over your Microsoft Exchange account with search, rules, and delegations through eM Client. Need to find something specific? Want to set up rules for your inbox? Or do you need to give someone else access to your inbox to manage it? eM Client offers easy solutions.

Amazing search options

The eM Client search feature allows you to quickly find specific emails. You have the option to use both local and server search - if you download all of your messages into local folders for offline use, you can use our advanced local search.

You can also decide not to download all of your messages for offline use or only download recent messages. In that case, Server search will help you find exactly what you’re looking for directly via the mail server. This makes server search an excellent solution for anyone with limited storage space.

If you wish to disable server search and only use local search, make sure to disable the option in your eM Client search settings. Click on the arrow icon in the right corner of eM Client main search field, and in the drop-down menu, uncheck the "Use server search if available" option:

Server and Local Rules

In eM Client, Microsoft Exchange users can set Server rules, which handle the messages before they appear in your account - unlike Local rules, which take effect after the messages are synchronized to your device. To set up both server and local rules, you can head to Menu > Rules to set your rules preferences.

Note: while all server rules are synchronized and can be seen in the list, server rules created using webmail cannot be edited in eM Client. Only server rules created in eM Client can be modified. This is because the server has additional conditions that are not currently supported in eM Client.

Get help: Enable account delegation through eM Client

Have an assistant? Or is someone else managing your inbox while you’re on vacation? Delegations can be easily set up through eM Client for your Microsoft Exchange account to enable permissions for others to access your email account. Delegations give you the option to choose exactly what the additional user has access to - so you have complete control, even while you’re away from your inbox.

Here’s how to do it:

Go to Menu > Accounts (on Windows) or eM Client > Accounts (on macOS) and select your Microsoft Exchange account. Then, head to the Exchange Web Services tab, where you will find the Delegation section:

You can also access all your account settings by right-clicking one of your email accounts listed in the left panel and selecting "Delegation"
Click "Edit" next to the Change who can access your account option. The Delegated accounts pop-up window will open:
Add user(s) or groups by clicking "Add" and typing their email.
After clicking “Ok” you can set up the specific permission details. You can allow only limited access to the delegated account if you wish. The options are: access to read, create, or modify items, or all of these options:

After this, the process has been completed. The additional user can now access your Microsoft Exchange account according to your permissions.

If needed, the delegated account can have access removed using the Edit button in step one.

How to add a delegated account to my list

Already have your delegated accounts set up for Microsoft Exchange? Here are the steps for adding them to your list through eM Client.

Go to your account settings in Menu > Accounts (on Windows) or eM Client > Accounts (on macOS).

In the Delegation section under the Exchange Web Services tab, you will find the "Accounts you can access" option. Click the Show button:
Next, click on the “Add” button, then search for the delegated account from your organization. Click “OK” once it has been found.

And that’s it! The delegated account is now accessible from your folder list.

Get organized

A well-managed Microsoft Exchange inbox and calendar make everyone's workday easier - and eM Client has the tools to help you with that.

Tags: This feature will be familiar to Microsoft users as Categories. Instead of Categories, they’re called Tags in eM Client. eM Client allows you to fully synchronize your tags list from the server. You can edit your Tags in Menu > Tags (on Windows) or Tools > Tags (on macOS). Tag search is also supported - helpful for anyone who uses hundreds of tags to keep everything labeled.
Archive: Free up space and set aside old emails that you’re not ready to delete. The server archive in eM Client is shown as a separate mailbox, where all emails are copied from your main mailbox. Keep in mind that Archive Folders are read-only; so some operations are unavailable (move, delete, etc.). Admins can enable the archive mailboxes feature for users. To enable the eM Client archive folder, go to Menu > Accounts (on Windows) or eM Client > Accounts (on macOS) > Exchange Web Services tab > Show archive folders.
Notes for emails: Need to remember something about a specific message? eM Client allows you to add notes to emails, which are then synchronized to the server. This lets you see your notes for emails across all of your devices with eM Client. This is useful for sharing notes about specific emails between users who have shared inboxes or delegated accounts. To use notes, simply right-click > Add note.
Use Free/busy for scheduling: This feature comes in handy for organizing offline or online events. Free/busy is a tool that shows you when your recipients are free or busy in your calendar, so you don’t have to waste time trying to coordinate through messages. To use Free/Busy, simply create a new event, add recipients, and their current free/busy status will be shown via the Schedule option.

Offline? No problem

Whether you’re offline intentionally for a vacation or unintentionally due to a network interruption or catastrophe, eM Client has a solution to ensure you don’t return to a mountain of angry emails.

Out of Office reply: Set up automatic Out of Office (OoO) messages to respond to messages received while you’re away. In eM Client, OoO messages are called Automatic Replies. Automatic Replies are fully customizable - determine the specific dates and content of your message, what you wish to send to external senders, and more. Find this helpful feature by going to Menu > Tools > Automatic replies (on Windows) or Tools > Automatic replies (on macOS).

To read about Out of Office messages in more detail, check out our blog!

Share with anyone

eM Client offers collaborative options to share folders and mailboxes with your team.

Shared mailbox: This Exchange feature, available with eM Client, is popular with companies, businesses, or teams that require several people within an organization to access the same mailbox. More than one user is granted access to a mailbox. eM Client users can add a shared mailbox as one of their inboxes by completing the steps mentioned earlier in this blogpost.
Calendar sharing: Share Calendars with other users in your organization to ensure everything is exactly in order. To share, right click on a Calendar > Share, and then type the name of the user who you want to receive the shared calendar invite. The selected user will receive a message about the shared calendar invitation. After they click the Accept button, the Calendar will be added to their list.
Public folders: Admin has the option to create public folders on the server that users can choose to subscribe to in eM Client. To do so, head to Menu > Accounts (on Windows) or eM Client > Accounts (on macOS). Under the Exchange Web Services tab, you will find the Public folders section:

Click the "Edit…" button, and a pop-up window will open, where you can select the public folders you want to subscribe to by ticking their checkboxes.

Alternatively, you can subscribe or unsubscribe to a folder including all of its subfolders by either right-clicking it, or clicking the three dots symbol next to it. This is especially useful when the folder contains a lot of subfolders, so you do not have to tick all of their checkboxes individually.

Once you select the public folders you wish to subscribe to, click the "Ok" button to save the changes.

Your public folders will be visible on the left panel under the delegated account's section:

Exchange is even better with eM Client

eM Client makes it easy to manage and do more with your Exchange account, with familiar and new features that are guaranteed to enhance your entire team’s email experience.

Upgrading to a paid license opens up a new world of productivity.

Use AI tools to your advantage to quickly draft emails, proofread and correct errors, as well as translate emails so every message is understood, regardless of the language it was sent in.

Organize your inbox with the help of Inbox categories so you can prioritize which emails you will pay attention to.

Experience a new level of comfort when working, thanks to our Quick Actions - perform a series of interconnected actions with a single keyboard shortcut.

And last but not least, if you need to keep working on the go, use our mobile app available for iOS and Android to stay on track.

Want to learn more about eM Client’s features? Check out our blog to get more helpful email tips and tricks to streamline your communication.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Streamline your work with the eM Client Quick Actions

sid — Thu, 12 Jun 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Many of us like to keep our work process effective - and not just because of fast-paced work environment. In this article, we will explore how eM Client can save you valuable time and energy with Quick Actions.

When using your work email, there comes a point where you get used to your role and have already found the best way to deal with certain emails. While repeating the identical series of actions during your workday, you might have thought: isn’t there an easier way to do all these routine tasks?

Quick Actions will help you achieve an even smoother workflow.

The Quick Action feature enables you to perform a series of interconnected tasks with a single keyboard shortcut.

How to use Quick Actions in the eM Client desktop app

You can create a new Quick Action by either going to Menu > Quick Actions or using the main toolbar to open a Quick Actions menu and selecting Manage.

In the Quick Actions section you can edit existing Quick Actions or create new ones by clicking the + Add button.

Once you click + Add, the Quick Action Detail window will pop up. Then you can create your new Quick Action by adding an action to the sequence:

Once you have selected the actions to be performed, name your new Quick Action and select which shortcut will launch it:

Note: you can assign any shortcut you like - including single-key shortcuts, unless the same key combination is already in use in Settings > General > Shortcuts.

The use of shortcuts is completely optional - you can change the default shortcuts in the settings. More on shortcuts here.

If you want to change the order of the actions, either drag and drop the action to a different slot, or select the action by clicking on it and use the toolbar arrows to move it into the preferred position:

Once you are finished adjusting, do not forget to click on Save & Close to save your new Quick Action.

To launch your Quick Action, you can use the shortcut you assigned to it. Alternatively, the Quick Actions can be launched from the main toolbar or (when in the main window), you can use the single-key shortcut - Q - to open the Quick Action bar. Once it opens, start typing the name of the Quick action you want to launch, then click on it to launch it.

The Quick Actions feature is currently only available in the eM Client desktop app for paid license users.

When Can I Use Quick Actions?

When Composing Emails

Is there an email that you send out often? You can create a Quick Action that will automatically open a new compose window, fill out your signature, insert a template or a Quick Text, add the recipient or Cc: (carbon copy), the subject, and also notify you when the recipient replies to it.

It’s also quite useful to be able to quickly send a polite reply to emails that need to wait until you are less busy. This way, you can give them the attention they require. By acknowledging their emails, your colleagues or clients will know you are not ignoring them, which is always better than leaving them in silence.

Let’s have a look at this Quick Action example in action: open the Quick Actions window, create a new Quick Action, and add the following:

Tag - Reply - Add QuickText - Use signature - Send - Create Task from Message

Adding a tag that says "Detailed reply needed" or something similar will help you see which emails need your attention later.

You need to insert some text in the email, and QuickText will work great for this (Settings > Mail > QuickText).

But let's customize it a little bit by adding a variable that will insert the given name of the email recipient - or a placeholder that you can later edit manually before the email is sent:

Add a signature of your choice and don't forget the Send action.

The final touch is creating a task from message - once the message is sent out, a Task creation window will automatically open. Schedule a better time for a detailed reply, and set a reminder - maybe after you finally send out that project proposal with an urgent deadline?

Select a shortcut that feels the most comfortable to you and save your new Quick Action.

When Managing Inbox

You might prefer sorting incoming emails into your own folders - and while the Rules feature can solve this easily, sometimes semi-manual sorting is needed. Especially when there is a lot of variation in terms of senders' addresses or email subjects and content.

An easy and clean solution for those cases is creating a Quick Action to move an email to a folder.

Just create a shortcut for each of your folders and sort your emails while also having complete control of what goes where. And while you're at it, you can add a tag to the email and mark it as read within the same Quick Action .

Sometimes you receive an email and you know immediately it's supposed to be handled by a colleague rather than yourself. A simple Quick Action can not only forward the email to the person in charge but also save a copy of the email to a prepared folder, so this task will be as painless as possible:

Quick Actions can transform the way you work and help you optimize your tasks. You won't have to repeat the same series of actions and waste time in the process. With Quick Actions, you can easily compose new emails and replies, organize your inbox, and create related tasks using a simple shortcut.

Try Quick Actions for a smoother and more efficient workflow - we are sure you'll find them useful!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Keep Your Inbox Clean with eM Client Inbox Categories

sid — Thu, 29 May 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Between various emailing lists, email notifications from multiple social sites, and other “non-email” content, our email inboxes have become quite bloated. One way to sort out different kinds of emails is inbox categories. This article will show how inbox categories function in the eM Client desktop and mobile applications and how to make the most of the categories feature.

Missing Messages from Inbox?

You might have noticed that there are fewer messages than you expected in your inbox. Before panicking, consider checking the top tab of your inbox – if the Categories feature is enabled, the message might have been assigned a category and sorted into a separate tab.

The category view helps you filter out the marketing newsletters you subscribed to, occasional notifications from social networking sites, and other emails that typically aren't a priority.

The default categories tabs for Gmail accounts are Primary, Promotions, and Social. For all other accounts, they will be Primary and Other. But you can customize these, of course. We’ll illustrate how further down in this article.

Default Gmail account categories view:

Default non-Gmail account categories view:

The default Gmail account layout, which we call “Gmail style” in eM Client, copies the same Gmail inbox categories view you might be used to from the Gmail webmail.

The default view for all other accounts is very loosely inspired by Outlook’s “Focused Inbox”, with Primary containing the more important categories that might require your attention first and the rest in Other tab.

The view can always be changed to a different one that you prefer – for example “Gmail style” for all accounts.

Changing and Disabling the Categories View

The category tabs view can be customized for each email account separately in the main window by right-clicking the tabs or the top of the message list:

At the bottom part of the drop-down menu, you will also find the “Hide Categories Bar” option which allows you to instantly turn off the categories view in the specific inbox.

Inbox Categories in the eM Client desktop app

eM Client supports Personal, Promotions, Social, Updates, and Forums categories. Any messages that have not yet been categorized will be in the “Not categorized yet” state. This means the categorization process has not been started at all (for example after importing a large number of messages). Messages that do not fit into any of the available categories will be shown as having “No Category”.

How to turn off inbox categories?

The categories feature can be enabled (and disabled) for the whole app by heading to Menu > Settings > Mail > Categories and checking the “Show categories” option:

Assigning and Changing Categories

When the Categories feature is enabled, messages are sorted into categories automatically. In the case of Gmail accounts, the sorting is done by Google and then synchronized with the eM Client app. All non-Gmail accounts’ messages are sorted by eM Client’s algorithm.

If the automatic categorization fails, try using the Repair function – right-click on the Inbox and select Properties > Repair > Categorize messages.

And how to move emails from Promotions to Primary, for example?

Changing category for individual messages can be done either by right-clicking the message and choosing “Category”, after which the available categories can be chosen:

Or change the category by dragging and dropping the message to the target tab.

Once you drop the message to the intended category tab (or confirm the category for combined tabs), a confirmation window will pop up. It shows the different options you have in terms of whether the category change will be applied to future or older messages as well, or just the selected message:

By default, the drag-and-drop category change creates a new rule for all future messages received from or sent to that same email address. These messages will be assigned the target category.

You also have the option to change the category for all past messages associated with that email address. To do this, simply press and hold the “Shift” key while dragging and dropping the message.

Additionally, if you press and hold the “Alt” key (on Windows) or the “Control” key (on macOS) while dragging and dropping, only the category of the selected message will be changed, and no new rule will be created.

In case of combined tabs (Primary, Other, or All), a pop-up window will open, asking to specify the category first:

Note: Changing categories for messages in Google accounts is only available with paid licenses.

Custom Rules for Categories

In Settings > Mail > Categories, you will find all of your Custom rules and category settings in one place.

By clicking the “Modify” button in the Custom Rules section, you can edit the Custom rules:

Each category can be manually assigned here – it is also possible to limit the categorization beyond the default rule (“Sent to and received from”) to only “Received from” or “Sent to”

Category rules can only be applied to a full email address – they do not work with domains or partial email addresses.

Note: For Gmail accounts, the custom category rules cannot be viewed at all.
This is how the Gmail categories work: the eM Client app sends the new category rule information to the Google server, which saves and applies them for future messages, but it does not provide a way to access and view them, not on the web interface nor third-party apps like eM Client.

Additionally, changing categories for messages in Google accounts is only available with paid licenses.

Customizing Category Tab Defaults

In the Categories section, choose which category tabs will be shown by default:

Additionally, by selecting the “Custom” option in the drop-down menu, you are able to separately choose categories tabs’ visibility for your Gmail and non-Gmail accounts and global folders.

For all accounts and folders, it is possible to also specify which categories will be displayed under the Primary and Other tab (in the case of the Primary & Other tabs view), based on your priorities:

Below the tabs view settings, you will also find the display options for recent and unread messages. You have the option to choose which of these will be displayed next to the category tab’s name – the number of recent messages, the number of unread messages, or neither.

The message counter’s style can be adjusted as well – a badge showing the number, a number in parenthesis, or a dot without any number to indicate there are unread or recent messages in the particular category tab.

Inbox Categories in the eM Client mobile app

The mobile app offers nearly identical settings to the desktop app.

The view of all categories can be changed by tapping and holding the top of the inbox – the Category tabs menu will pop up:

You will find the Categories section in the main settings menu:

The default visible tabs can be adjusted as well:

By tapping on the Custom Rules option, adjustments can be made to the Custom rules of each category:

After selecting a message in the Inbox, you can re-categorize it – tap the three dots icon in the upper right corner, then tap the Category option and select which category you wish to assign the message:

Inbox categories are a useful tool that will help you prioritize which emails you view primarily and which ones you postpone for later.

Thanks to the inbox categories feature, various notifications from forums and pesky promotional emails will not clutter your inbox anymore. Category tabs can be adjusted for each of your email accounts, making it easy for you to set different styles for work and personal inboxes.

And if using the categories just isn’t your thing? Turn them off in a few clicks. With eM Client, your inbox will always look just the way you prefer.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Safeguard your emails with PGP encryption

sid — Thu, 15 May 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Nowadays it’s increasingly important to use various online safety measures. In this article, we will explain how PGP encryption can help you achieve truly secure email communication and how to use PGP encryption in both the eM Client desktop app and the eM Client mobile app.

When you send a regular email, TLS (Transport Layer Security) encrypts the communication between email servers, ensuring your data isn’t transmitted in plaintext.

However, TLS only protects the data while it's in transit. If TLS fails or the connection is compromised, the contents of the email could still be exposed.

This is where PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) encryption comes in.

PGP encrypts your email data end-to-end, ensuring it remains secure regardless of the connection’s security. Even if TLS fails to protect your data in transit, or the email server is attacked, PGP keeps your data encrypted until it's decrypted with the correct key.

PGP uses asymmetric encryption: there is always a key pair of a private key and a public key.

Your private key is used to digitally sign your emails, confirming they were sent by you. It is also used to decrypt incoming emails.

Private key should always be kept safe and should not be shared with anyone.

Meanwhile, your public key is shared with others, allowing them to send encrypted emails to you and verify your digital signature.

Read all about the important technical aspects of PGP here.

We will guide you through setting up PGP data encryption in the eM Client desktop and mobile app, so you have that extra layer of security for all your private data.

Let’s look at the PGP encryption settings in the eM Client desktop app.

How to use PGP encryption in the eM Client desktop app

PGP can be enabled when you first set up your e-mail account. If you haven’t done that, there is always the option to set it up later.

To start using PGP email encryption in our desktop app, go to Settings > Signing and Encryption > Certificates and Keys. Click on the “Manage Certificates/Keypairs” button:

If you already have a PGP keypair, you will find the Import feature under the Manage Certificates/Keypairs section. To import your public and private keys from a file, click on the “Import” button. When you select “Import”, you will be able to choose the keypair files from your local files.

In case this is your first time using PGP, create a new key pair by clicking on the “Create a PGP keypair” button.

A pop-up window will show up where you name your key pair and set up a password to protect it:

There is an option to choose the key size in bits - 1024, 2048, or 4096 bits:

Generally, the bigger the key size, the more secure it is.

Once you configure your settings and set a password, an ASC file with your private key is created and saved on your computer. For optimal security, store it in a safe location and back it up on a secure external USB drive or cloud storage.

Your public key has to be shared with the people you want to communicate with - to do this, use the Send function in Settings > Signing and Encryption > Certificates and Keys. After you double-click on your key pair, a pop-up window will appear.

Click “Send” to automatically compose a new email with the public key attached.

After sending your public key, contact the people you want to share it with separately (via phone or in person) to verify the key’s fingerprints match.

The “Export” button will let you export the public key, and the complete key pair or export your key pair to your mobile device using a QR code:

You can export your entire PGP keypair as a QR code, which is quite convenient. However, it's crucial to remember that you should never share your full keypair with anyone, no matter the situation.
Always share only your PGP public key.

You can also upload your public key to the major public key sharing websites - keys.openPGP.org and eM Keybook. More on eM Client Keybook here.

Either upload it to the eM Client Keybook during the key pair creation or later on in the “Manage Certificates/Keypairs” section:

To be able to access the upload feature, make sure the Key Lookup Services are enabled in Settings > Signing and Encryption > Key Lookup Services:

If you choose to share your public key through one of these services, you make it easier for people to send you encrypted emails.

You may need to remove a public key if it expires or if you lose the corresponding private key. In such cases, it's important to create a new key pair to replace the old one.

The uploaded public keys can always be deleted later in the “Manage Certificates/Keypairs” section by right-clicking on the public key and choosing “Remove from…”:

PGP Encryption and Digital Signatures in Practice

Now that you have set up PGP encryption in the eM Client desktop app and shared your public key by either sending it out or uploading it to a Key Lookup service, let’s discuss how the encryption and decryption process works in practice.

In eM Client, both you and the recipient must create a PGP key pair and exchange public keys. Only then can you send encrypted emails to each other.

It's important to note that you and your recipient need to use the same encryption method - either PGP or S/MIME. eM Client supports S/MIME, which is widely used by companies and government organizations. However, it requires a paid certificate issued by a centralized certificate authority (CA).

In contrast, PGP is free and easier to set up, making it a more accessible option for many users, mainly individual users.

When composing a new email, you will see a lock icon in the top toolbar of the compose window - hover over it, and “Encrypt” will show up:

The Encrypt and Sign icons will only show up in the top toolbar once you create a keypair and enable encryption.

Once you click on the lock icon, it will turn on the encryption for the email you compose. The button should have a grey background when the encryption is turned on:

The same goes for the built-in digital signature feature. By clicking on the digital signature icon that looks like a seal, a digital signature will be included in your message:

Your emails will show that you signed them digitally, so the recipient will have no doubts about the sender’s identity:

Once you send the email, the sent copy will be saved in your Sent folder, encrypted by your private key, and thus kept safe from any potential threat:

If you want to decrypt it, you will be asked to enter your password:

The same pop-up will show up if you want to decrypt any encrypted email in your inbox.

Entering your password for each new email might get tedious.

If you want to make your life a bit easier, go to Settings > Signing and Encryption > General, where you can enable eM Client to remember the entered key password - until the application exit, for 5 minutes, never or forever. Select the option that best suits your preferences and workflow. It’s important not to use the “Forever” option if there’s a chance someone else could access your device or if it could be stolen. This could expose your identity, as a thief could easily use your digital signature.

If you do not want to turn on encryption and digital signature manually each time you compose an email, set a policy for each of your accounts by heading to Settings > Signing and Encryption > Account Policies:

Either select a policy for all of your accounts or a different policy for each, depending on your needs.

By choosing “Encrypt messages by default” and “Digitally sign messages by default”, all of the emails you send will be encrypted, as long as you have the public PGP key of the recipients and have set up your own PGP key pair.

Setting up PGP encryption in the eM Client mobile app

You will find the encryption settings in the main Settings menu under Signing & Encryption:

In the General section, the mobile app offers the additional use of biometrics to protect your passwords:

Under the Certificates section, you can create a new key pair. There is also an option to import an existing key pair using a QR code. This means you can use the same key pair for both your desktop application and your mobile application.

You will find the export option in your desktop app under Settings > Signing and Encryption > Certificates and Keys > Manage Certificates/Keypairs:

The same Account Policies and Key Lookup Services options are available in the mobile app:

PGP encryption provides an essential layer of security for your email communications, protecting your private data from potential threats. When using eM Client’s desktop and mobile app, you can easily set up and manage PGP encryption, ensuring that your emails are encrypted and signed for authenticity. Whether you’re using PGP for personal privacy or professional communication, this method offers a reliable way to protect sensitive information and maintain control over your data.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client guide for Postbox users

sid — Mon, 28 Apr 2025 00:00:00 +0000

Postbox is no longer in development and many of its users have jumped over to eM Client.

We know many of them have been experimenting with eM Client and learning already, but some options are in different place, and some were unfortunately missing until now. With the release of eM Client 10.3, we wanted to provide a transition guide for our Postbox-turned-eM Client users for all the features we have added, so here are some tips, tricks, and additional information to getting to know eM Client the way you know Postbox!

Why isn’t Postbox developed further?

We’ve had feedback from some users who wished Postbox could continue as a parallel product, and from others who were under the impression that eM Client “bought out” Postbox. We’d like to clear up any confusion:

Postbox was shutting down no matter what

The team that developed Postbox has moved on to other projects and the app has not been in active development for quite some time.
eM Client was offered the rights to some of Postbox’s features

eM Client is similarly designed for email power-users, so we felt it was a good chance to add some enhancements to our product that we know people already find useful, and at the same time provide Postbox users a smoother transition to a replacement app.

eM Client wanted to help relieve some of the frustration over having to hunt for a Postbox replacement, so we’ve rushed into production many of the features Postbox users love that didn’t exist in our app — and also borrowed some improvements to existing features too.

With that out of the way, let’s focus on those features!

Postbox features now available in eM Client

Here is a list of features that were added I the newest version 10.3:

Account Groups
- To create a group simply Right-click in Mailboxes Panel > Add account group.
Profiles

Set up separate eM Client environments for work and home, or for different projects.
- Set up separate eM Client environments for work and home, or for different projects.
- Go to menu > Settings > General > Profiles (Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > General > Profiles (macOS).
- You can also switch between created profiles via menu > Profiles (Windows) or eM Client > Profiles (macOS).
Keyboard navigation & filing

Functionality to pop up a special bar so you can start typing right away was added, as well as a number of new shortcuts:
- M - Quick Move (move message to folder...)
- C - Quick Copy (copy message to folder...)
- A - Archive
- R - Toggle read/unread
- T - Quick Tag (add a tag/topic)
- S - Snooze
- F - Switch to the next message in the current mailbox
- B - Switch to the previous message in the current mailbox
- N - Switch to the next unread message in the current mailbox
- P - Switch to the previous unread message in the current mailbox
- See the full list of all eM Client keyboard shortcuts here
You can also create your own combination Quick Actions and assign a custom shortcut to execute more actions at once.
Paste as Quotation
- Right-click > Paste as Quote
- You can also paste first, then format using the Paste Options contextual pop-up
Response snippets
- Can be imported from Postbox, and inserted from the QuickText tool in the formatting toolbar of the Compose window
Sent sound
- You can find this option under Settings (Windows) or Preferences (macOS) > Mail > Send > Play sound when message is sent. You can also select your own sound file.

Postbox features coming to eM Client 11

While we would love to include all features right away, some of them require a larger redesign to our current app, so we had to plan some of the features for the next major version.

Among these features are:

More synchronization options for each account (manual sync only, custom intervals, and so on)
Pinning emails to the top of a mailbox
In the meantime, there’s a workaround in the next section
Redesign and more options for the Rules (filters in Postbox)
Redesigned message headers in conversations to show each message’s parent folder
And possibly more, make sure to use our Sleekplan page to vote for features you’d like to see!

eM Client versions of other Postbox features

Some features are not exactly missing, but look different in eM Client, or the same outcome can be achieved by using different settings. Here are tips on some you have asked about:

Pinning

Pinning is not available right now, but you can achieve the same outcome by changing the sorting of your message list based on different attributes, for example, by flagging messages:
- Click the Filter icon at the top of a mailbox
- Choose Sort > Flag and Sort > Descending
- Then click the Filter icon again
- Select Secondary Sort > Received and Descending
- Now when you add flags to an email, it will be sorted to the top
  
  And all other messages will be sorted newest to oldest
Favorites

While Postbox had a Favorites bar, like a browser’s bookmark bar, eM Client features its Favorites section in the Mailboxes Panel (left sidebar)
- Set which special or global folders should be included in your view in menu > Settings > General > Folders (Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > General > Folders.
  
  Favorites automatically include all Unread and Flagged messages
- Any mailbox, tag, or search folder, can be added to your Favorites
- Add folders via right click > Add to Favorites or drag & drop your folders there
Attachments View

At the bottom of the Mailboxes Panel in eM Client (left sidebar) is the menu for other sections, which includes a paperclip icon (or Attachments section under 3-dot menu) that opens an Attachments View even more powerful than the view Postbox offered, including:
- Separate tabs for attached Images, Media, Documents, and Archives (e.g., .zip files)
- The ability to sort by Filename, Subject, date, size, and whether the attachment is connected to an email, a calendar event, a task, a contact, or a note
Inspector Pane
- In eM Client, this feature is called the Sidebar, and it can be found down the right edge of the app window, and expanded/collapsed using F10 or ⌘ ⌥ 0
- The sidebar includes Contact Details and a history of messages and attachments from that contact (which are previewed when you mouse over them)
- The sidebar also shows related Tasks, Invites, and Calendar Events for today

Postbox features not available in eM Client (and workarounds)

Folder locations shown in message headers

Unfortunately, currently you can only view the folder location in message properties (right-click inside the message > Properties) or within a specific view.

This view is with Conversations turned off or in Contact details only in menu > View > Conversations, and the message list set to single-line layout in menu > Settings > Mail > Read (Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > Mail > Read (macOS).
Focus Pane

But you can customize eM Client to emulate some of its features:
- The Filter tool at the top of the message list can focus on messages that are flagged, unread, tagged, with attachments, encrypted, signed, or containing attachments, invitations, notes, or tracking pixels.
- The Favorites and Tags in the Mailboxes Panel can be used in the same way as Favorite Topics in Postbox
- For dates, you can use the Filter to sort by date, which divides your mailbox into collapsible sections by date

Great eM Client features you’ll like

Watch for reply
- Right-click any message and select Watch for Reply
Attaching your own notes to emails
- Go to menu > Message > Add Note to attach your own comments to any email, almost like sticking a Post-It Note on the message
- You can also customize the mail Toolbar to include an Add a Note button for faster Note creation
- Emails with notes display a Note icon in the Messages list and show up to 512 characters of that note in the message header
- Exchange accounts can synchronize these notes across your devices!
Folder colors
- Set your preferred colors via right-click a folder > Folder Color
- And in menu > Settings > General > Folders (Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > General > Folders (macOS), you can select whether this change affects the icon, text, or both
- For Google accounts the colors from labels are used instead, set it up in menu > Tags (Windows) or Tools > Tags (macOS).
Powerful Contacts features
- Apply tags to your contacts
- Attach files to your contacts
- See your history with each contact
- Add notes to your contacts
Quick Actions (guide)
- Create your own shortcuts for all kinds of actions, like inserting a signature, adding a specific tag, or sending at a certain time
Integrated calendar
- Add invites to your schedule with a single click
- Manage your calendars, events and online meetings
- Never miss a thing with reminders for your events and tasks
Avatars in the Messages List
- Skim your inbox for important replies easily based on the faces, logos, or icons you recognize
Account icons in combined Inbox, Favorites, and searches
- See at a glance which messages are from which accounts in combined views and search results

Customizing eM Client

eM Client has a wide variety of customization options, not only for your messages, but appearance, layouts and more.

Keyboard shortcuts
- In menu > Settings > General > Shortcuts (Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > General > Shortcuts (macOS), you can customize almost any shortcut you like
Theme editor
- Change your theme in menu > Settings > Appearance > Themes (Windows) or eM Client > Preferences > Appearance > Themes (macOS).
- Go to menu > Tools > Theme Editor to start customizing the look of eM Client
- Or find a theme made by other users to import in our Theme Gallery
Find more in this blog!

So, welcome, Postbox users! We hope you’ll enjoy discovering all that eM Client has to offer. Feel free to get in touch via our Community forum or vote for and post more ideas on our Sleekplan!

eM Client BETA: Mobile Calendar, Contacts and more

sid — Tue, 22 Apr 2025 00:00:00 +0000

We've just completed the next development step on our journey to create a mobile app with the full functionality you know from the desktop! So we'd like to share the beta version where we’re introducing calendar, contacts, notes, and tasks support.

Our goal is to complete the feature set while making the app as powerful and seamless as possible on all devices, and we can't do that without your feedback. That's also why, based on your suggestions, we've made it possible to adjust the font size across the app and we've tried to improve the user interface to make it more intuitive and user-friendly (especially on tablets). We'd love for you to try out the beta and share your feedback!

What’s new?

Calendar

Functionality for both local and synchronized Calendar is now available in the mobile app.
Have all your events and schedules at your fingertips everywhere you go! Accept invites directly from your messages, create new meetings, view your events in a number of views (week, month, agenda views you know from the desktop app and even a special Three days view for the upcoming 3 days) and more!

1 / 3

iOS - Month view

2 / 3

Android - Week view

3 / 3

iOS - View selector
Contacts

Instead of using just your mobile device contacts, eM Client has a full Contacts management features to synchronize and edit your contacts and initiate new messages, calls and more.
You can also view Communication and Attachments history.

1 / 2

Android - Contacts list

2 / 2

iOS - Contact details
Tasks

Planning and organization is easier than ever, wherever you are. Create and organize your tasks and sync them to your devices with supported accounts.

1 / 2

iOS Tasks

2 / 2

Android Task Detail
Notes

Create notes directly in the mobile app the same way you can in desktop, Exchange and IceWarp accounts can also synchronize them across devices.

2 / 2

Android Notes

1 / 2

iOS Notes Detail
Customizable font size

One of the most requested change is here - you can now make the font inside the app the size you need to read comfortably, instead of the size being taken only from your system setting.
Custom sort for all lists

The sorting functionality was added under the filter icon, the same way it is in the desktop version, for all lists.
Tablet UI improvements

We have improved the interface and layout for android tablets and iPads to more closely follow the desktop version, making the app more convenient to use on a bigger screen than your phone.

You can now pin or unpin the folder list on the left or collapse the message list if you need more space to read your messages comfortably.

1 / 8

iPad

2 / 8

iPad

3 / 8

iPad

4 / 8

iPad

5 / 8

Android Tablet

6 / 8

Android Tablet

7 / 8

Android Tablet

8 / 8

Android Tablet
Performance improvements for iOS

Using your feedback, we were able to find the places to tweak to improve speed of the app on apple devices.
And more fixes

How to install the new BETA update?

iOS

To join testing of the iOS app make sure to install Test Flight on your device. Then use the link below to install the new version:

Download

Android

To join testing on Android go to the eM Client page on Google Play store. Scroll down to the Join the beta section and click Join.

Download

Make sure to share your feedback at mobile@emclient.com!

eM Client 10.3 - Your All-In-One Solution Just Got Better

sid — Wed, 09 Apr 2025 00:00:00 +0000

We've all been eagerly anticipating this update! After carefully considering your feedback, we're thrilled to introduce eM Client 10.3, which will improve email management for all eM Client users.

Inspired by user input, including insights from former Postbox users, we've incorporated highly requested features such as Profiles, Account Groups, more keyboard shortcuts and visual difference for Free/Busy/Tentative/Out of office event statuses in your calendar.

Whether you're a longtime user or new to eM Client, you'll find something to love in this latest release.

Why is the number 10.3?

The last version was 10.1 and now we’re at 10.3 and you might wonder what happened there?

Don’t worry about the skipped decimal - we just needed to unite the numbering of versions with our mobile version for easier management and compatibility of exported/imported data. While it is maybe surprising, it will not cause any issues on your side.

If you have a license valid for eM Client 10, you can install this version without a problem!

eM Client 10.3 features

Account Groups

Get a cleaner overview of your sidebar with account groups - this great Postbox feature allows you to put specific accounts into separate groups that can be expanded and collapsed separately, so you can focus on specific accounts. Right-click any account and then select the option "Add account group" to get started.

This can be used to separate your personal and work accounts or if you have multiple email accounts for different projects or companies it can be useful to sort them into these groups.
Profiles

This feature allows you to run the app in separate profiles. This can be useful for splitting your work and personal accounts or for multiple users on the same terminal device. Each Profile is stored in a separate database. Find the settings in Menu > Settings > General > Profiles.

This feature is not available with the Free license.
"Go" Menu

This new section in the main menu list (Menu > Go) allows you to quickly go to a specific folder or move to Previous/Next message, this includes moving to Previous/Next Unread message. These options also exist as keyboard shortcuts!
Event background based on Free/Busy/Tentative/Out of office event statuses

You can now see the Free/Busy state of each of your events from all your calendars so you can easily view your schedule or compare schedules from shared calendars at a glance.
Useful one-key shortcuts

These shortcuts make it easier to quickly perform specific actions with your keyboard only:
- M for Quick Move, just press the shortcut and start typing the name of the folder to move your message to!
- C for Quick Copy to quickly copy items the same way
- T for Quick Tag to assign a tag - just start typing the name of the tag and press enter to assign it
- Ctrl + T to remove all tags from a message
- R to quickly mark message as Read or Unread
- G for Quick Switch to navigate to a specific folder
- F to move to the Next message in the message list
- B to move to the Previous message in the message list
- N to move to the Next unread message in the message list
- P to move to the Previous unread message in the message list
- F9 to collapse/expand left pane
- F10 to collapse/expand right sidebar
- D to go to Today in Calendar
- Ctrl + D to go to a custom date
- And more!
The defaults here are inspired by Postbox but you can customize these shortcuts in Menu > Settings > General > Shortcuts, as with any other eM Client shortcuts!
Placeholders

Insert Placeholders into your QuickTexts to help you fill in the gaps! Variables fill in details automatically from your contacts, but placeholders can help you prepare snippets for new situations and contacts, that you fill in on the fly. You can find this option either in the toolbar (under the 3-dot menu on the right) or via right-click > Insert > Placeholder.

If you forget to fill in one of the details, you’ll get a warning before the message is sent, avoiding any awkward situations that might arise otherwise!
QuickText Library

We have added a library of pre-defined snippets that you can use as easy-to-insert responses into your messages, or save them for more frequent use, many users will recognize these as Custom Responses from Postbox.

This feature is currently available only in English (but you can always use automatic translation or AI if your license includes these)

This feature is not available with the Free license.
Signature Library

Spice up your signature design with these signature templates! You can save the Signatures from Library directly to your saved settings and edit them with your own details using the standard text editing tools.

This feature is not available with the Free license.
New rule actions

eM Client Rules have new actions such as playing a sound (system or custom), adding words at the beginning of the subject (Prefix) or at the end (Postfix).

We do plan to redesign and add even more options to rules in future updates!
Directional delete

Choose which message is selected after delete, you can now decide if you go to the next or previous one. Find this setting in Menu > Mail > Read section.
Reply with QuickText

With this new reply option you can instantly open the reply window with your selected text snippet already inserted with one click and send. Find it in the drop-down menu of the Reply button.
Optional and customizable send message sound

You can enable sound notification when you send a message, including option to select your own sound file in Menu > Mail > Send settings.
Undo send countdown and more options for duration

The Undo Send pop up now has a countdown so you know exactly how much time there is left before the message is sent. The time duration can also be increased up to 60 seconds.
Context menu for links

Right-click the link to get more options to quickly edit or remove links.
Paste as quote in context menu

Paste as quote is now easily accessible in the context menu and not just in the pop-up.
And more!

As usual, there are always a lot of “hidden” improvements in the background, as we continually try to make the app faster and more efficient!

Get eM Client 10.3

How can you get these improvements?

If you already use eM Client 10, you will simply get a notification that a new update is ready or download it below.

If you own eM Client Pro for version 9 (or older), just purchase an upgrade to eM Client 10.3.

Download eM Client 10.3 Upgrade to eM Client 10

Work smarter, not harder – with eM Client AI tools

sid — Thu, 03 Apr 2025 00:00:00 +0000

In today's fast-paced world, it often feels like we must work at an incredible speed to keep up. Everyone is looking for new ways to streamline tasks and maximize productivity. And email communication is one of the areas where technology can make a significant difference.

While writing yet another work email summarizing a meeting that could have been an email all along, it is sometimes hard not to feel a little disheartened. Fortunately, eM Client’s built-in AI tools are here to save the day (and your nerves).

In this post, we will dive into the powerful AI tools that can improve the tone and clarity of your emails, and help you respond quickly to colleagues and clients without losing your sanity in the process.

Let’s explore how these tools can transform your email experience.

We have explained eM Client’s spell-checking and AI proofreading features - and how to enable them - in our previous blog post here.

But did you know proofreading is just one of the many powerful AI tools you have at your disposal with eM Client? Nowadays, AI can bring efficiency and ease to your emails instead of pain and wasted time.

After checking that you have the AI features turned on in Settings > Mail > Artificial Intelligence > Enable Artificial intelligence, let’s look at some of the useful ways you can utilize AI in your eM Client app.

The AI can assist you with many things - here is a list of all the general options (for each of them you will find additional adjustments):

Generate text
Reply with AI
Shorten
Lengthen
Proofread
Rephrase
Change tone
Rewrite in first person
Translate

We will introduce some of the features in more detail with examples.

When crafting a new email, we often end up in a "stream of consciousness" style of writing, which not everyone enjoys reading. Before sending such a long email, consider using the "Shorten" AI feature:

eM Client: Load more button with Load all option

Or you can "Change Tone" of the email:

You might have to send a nice quick email about a meeting but you only took brief notes? AI is here to help you with the "Generate text" feature. Just write your points down with some instructions in the provided text box, choose the length and tone, and let the mail write itself as the team manager here did:

You can choose how long the generated email will be, the tone (friendly, formal, or strict), and even the language that will be used.

The "Reply with AI" feature will save you plenty of time and energy by analyzing the text and suggesting a proper reply according to your preference.

This feature branches out and gives you various options in terms of your reply:

REPLY WITH AI

Reply
Thank you
Not interested
- Maybe next time
- Never
Tell me more
- Interested
- Not sure
Resolve with someone else

The reply’s content will vary depending on which option you choose.

Maybe you are like Deborah - neck-deep in a work project and your boss keeps micromanaging you? Let’s use AI to deal with him quickly while not losing our job:

In the Reply window, click on the "AI" icon and choose "Reply with AI" > "Reply".

This option will generate a response to any email, keeping in mind reacting to any questions:

Sometimes the person is asking you something that should be handled by someone else instead - choose the "Resolve with someone else" option and a "Select Contact" window will pop up.

Choose the person in charge you want the sender to get in touch with and click "OK".

As you can see, the reply will re-direct Bob to send a request to Ollie instead:

Work-life can sometimes test your patience. Deborah became frustrated with Bob’s constant questions about a project she was not overseeing.

Let’s see what happens if she chooses the "Reply with AI" > "Not interested" > "Never"" route:

As shown here, AI can help you write a quick and to-the-point reply to any email.

eM Client’s AI tools are designed to help you navigate the complexities of email communication with ease and efficiency. These handy features can streamline your email drafting, adjust the tone, and enable you to craft quick, well-written replies.

With AI, you can save valuable time, boost your productivity, and maintain professionalism - all while investing your energy in what truly matters.

These AI tools are available as an add-on that can be purchased in addition to your one-time payment license. Alternatively, you can access them with our 1-year subscription, which includes the AI add-on in the subscription fee.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Improve Your Email Game with built-in Spell Check and AI Tools

sid — Thu, 13 Feb 2025 00:00:00 +0000

We all know the frustration of discovering a typo in an email that we have just sent. Writing professional emails without grammatical errors can become tedious without the right tools. Fortunately, eM Client provides built-in spell check and AI tools that can help support you throughout your busy day.

In this article, we will explain how eM Client's spell check works and how to effectively utilize eM Client’s AI tools to quickly craft concise emails.

Using Spell Check in eM Client

When you compose an email, eM Client will check your spelling in real time and underline any errors it finds. You can then right-click on each word and choose from a list of suggestions to replace the incorrectly spelled word.

To turn this feature on, go to Settings > General > Spell-Checker and check the "Use automatic spell-checker" option.

You have the option to choose the language for spell-checking. This setting can automatically adjust based on the eM Client’s app language, which you can change in Settings > General > Language. Alternatively, it can also switch based on your keyboard language, which you can configure in your system’s keyboard settings.

Additionally, it is possible to download dictionaries of more than 40 different languages that can be then chosen as the spell-checker’s language.

In case you want to check all of your grammar at one time, right before you send the email, you can turn on the "Check spelling before sending message" feature.

To do that, go to Settings > Mail, then head to the "Compose" section and turn on the "Check spelling before sending message" feature.

Once spellcheck is enabled, you will be alerted to any misspellings after clicking "Send". A window will appear allowing you to correct or ignore errors before clicking "Send" again to send the email.

eM Client’s spell-checker feature on Mac

If you are a Mac user, it's important to know that the autocorrect and autocompletion settings from your Mac will be carried over to the eM Client desktop app. If you want to use the spell-checking features in eM Client, ensure that your Mac's autocorrect settings are enabled. Conversely, if you prefer not to use these features, make sure they are turned off.

Enhance Your Writing with AI Tools

Apart from the classic spell-checker, taking advantage of AI tools has become a natural part of writing emails for many – and that is when eM Client’s built-in AI features come in handy.

For AI features to be available you have to either have the AI add-on or become a subscription license user.

In Settings, go to the Mail section. Choose the Artificial Intelligence option and click on the "Enable Artificial intelligence" checkbox.

Now that you enabled the AI tools in the eM Client app, let’s look at how they can enhance your work life.

When crafting an email, you will find the "AI" icon among the other options in the new email toolbar. Click on it to choose from the AI tools list.

The "Proofread" function will suggest ways to make your email more concise:

Learn more about eM Client’s powerful AI tools here.

Integrating Grammarly for Extra Help

For English speakers, the Grammarly desktop app offers additional support in the form of a floating icon that offers all the functionalities of the Grammarly app and gives further suggestions:

This feature works well even with the eM Client desktop app – give it a try if it is something you find useful.

In conclusion, eM Client's built-in spell check and AI proofreading tools provide a powerful combination for professional emails with none of those awkward errors. With eM Client you can be sure your email communication is clear and polished at all times.

For a broader perspective on how AI is transforming modern email clients, particularly when it comes to productivity gains without compromising user privacy, this independent analysis by Bits From Bytes team provides useful context.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How to create and import mail templates with eM Client mobile app

sid — Wed, 29 Jan 2025 00:00:00 +0000

If you spend a lot of time at your job writing and sending out emails, you could make good use of a couple of email templates to make your life easier and your workflow smoother. eM Client templates can be handy for creating email newsletter templates or templates for other emails you tend to send often.

This article will walk you through the basic template creation in the eM Client mobile app, enabling you to start creating your templates right away.

To use your mail templates in the eM Client mobile app, you can create them via the app or import them from a file. Additionally, you have the option to import your templates by scanning a QR code.

How to create a template in the eM Client mobile app

To create a new template, go to the main mobile app menu and head on to Settings.

Once in the Settings menu, go to "Templates".

In the Templates section, use the "+" sign to add a new template.

The new template creation section offers basic editing options including sharing the new template as an HTML or EMLT file (use the three dots symbol to access this function).

By tapping on the "Font" section, font design including font color can be changed according to your preference:

How to edit source code in eM Client mobile app

The template text editing section in our eM Client mobile app offers options to format your template text and also to edit source.

To edit a source, click on the three dots symbol in the upper right corner.

How to edit a template with the eM Client mobile app

In the eM Client mobile app, you can edit already created mail templates by tapping on their name and editing the text.

Importing templates via QR code from eM Client desktop to mobile app

All your favorite templates that you created on your desktop app can be imported to your eM Client mobile app in a couple of seconds.

First, open your eM Client mobile app and head to the Settings section.

Once there, tap on the "Templates" option. In the Templates section, you can see three dots in the right upper corner - tapping this symbol will show two options - choose the "Import via QR code" option.

The walkthrough will open on your screen, once you click on "Import via QR code".

Follow the steps shown on the screen and import any templates you want from your eM Client desktop app.

In case you want the full instructions, here it is:

Open eM Client for desktop
Open Settings
Once in Settings, head on to the Mail section and open "Templates and Signatures"
Click the "Mail Templates..." button
In the Mail Templates section, select the template(s) you want to export and click the "QR Export" button
Optionally include account bindings
Click the "Export" button
Scan the QR Code with your phone (the scanning is available from Settings > Templates > three dots symbol > choose "Import via QR code")

If you want to learn how to create email templates on the eM Client desktop app, check out our guide here.

And there you have it! Anyone can create email templates easily with eM Client - make sure to try it out.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client acquires Postbox Inc.

sid — Tue, 22 Oct 2024 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client has officially acquired Postbox Inc., a well-established email application for Windows and macOS. As part of this transition, Postbox Inc. will be winding down its operations. What does this mean for existing Postbox customers?

What’s happening with Postbox?

We are pleased to announce that eM Client is acquiring Postbox, a trusted email application for Windows and macOS users. As part of this transition, Postbox Inc. will be winding down its operations.

While Postbox will no longer be sold or developed beyond essential maintenance updates required for end-of-life, support for existing users will continue through December 22nd, 2024.
Additionally, the Postbox Support Website will remain available until December 22nd, 2025, ensuring users have access to important resources during this period.

For those who recently purchased Postbox, all refund requests must be submitted by November 22nd, 2024.
But you can switch to eM Client instead!

At eM Client, we are committed to making this transition as smooth as possible for Postbox users. We are offering significant discounts on our licenses to help you migrate to eM Client.

Get eM Client discount

This offer is available through December 31st, 2024.

Why switch to eM Client?

Over the years, eM Client has evolved into a comprehensive tool for managing not only emails but also calendars, contacts, tasks, and notes. Our latest version even includes integrated chat with support for group platforms like MS Teams, Slack, and Rocket.Chat, making communication easier than ever.

On the email front, eM Client offers all the modern features you’d expect, including conversation view, inbox categories, quick translation, snooze, labels, signatures, templates, quick texts, and quick actions. In addition, with AI-powered tools for generating and editing text integrated into the latest version, eM Client allows users to craft emails more efficiently.

We also provide flexible licensing options, including a one-time purchase or an annual subscription, ensuring you have the choice that best fits your needs.

Preparing for the future

Both eM Client and Postbox Inc. are working closely together to ensure continuity for users during this period of change, and we are excited to welcome Postbox users into the eM Client community, where they will enjoy our enhanced features and continued development.

Stay tuned for more updates as we move forward together!

Introducing eM Client 10.1

sid — Tue, 22 Oct 2024 00:00:00 +0000

After months of refinement, we’re pleased to introduce version 10.1! Our team has worked hard on bug fixes, optimizations, and responding to user feedback from eM Client 10. eM Client 10.1 brings several improvements for IMAP, with faster attachment download and support for subaccounts, Rocket.Chat integration, whitelist support and more!

What’s new in eM Client 10.1

Major speedup of attachment download on IMAP

We have reworked IMAP implementation so your attachments are downloaded much faster than before. This will be noticed especially by users with Microsoft 365, iCloud and Yahoo accounts.
Rocket.Chat support

Rocket.Chat is joining the ranks of supported Chat collaboration services! Including support for channels, multichat, mentions, starred messages and threads.
Read-only calendars support

eM Client can now detect and correctly work with read-only calendars, so it won’t be possible to accidentally synchronize anything back to the server.
Postbox importer

eM Client now includes an import tool for Postbox, so you can easily bring over all your accounts, folders, messages, address book, filters, tags, signatures, account settings for automatic copies, and more!
Delegated accounts and public folders can now be shown as subaccounts on IMAP

Previously, we showed all shared, public and delegated folders for IMAP accounts as any other folders. Now you can manually set which folders belong to the other accounts and separate them from your main folders.
This can make the distinction between these folders clearer and will also separate the Conversations threads inside your IMAP account.
Ignored paths setting for IMAP accounts

This setting can be used to remove specific folders from synchronization – the folder will still be available on your mail server and your webmail, but instead of just hiding your folder, it will not be synchronized into eM Client at all.
Tenor for animated GIFs

Tenor has replaced Giphy as our provider for gifs that you can use in your emails and chat.
Fixed missing generated events on Google

Automatically generated events in Google accounts, such as flights, concerts, etc., are now correctly shown in eM Client.
Server-side blacklists and whitelists for IceWarp and SmarterMail accounts

Blacklist which moves messages to Junk Mail folder and whitelist, which makes sure messages from specific contacts are never marked as Spam can be synchronized with IceWarp and SmarterMail accounts, ensuring you can have these same settings on your server and across your devices.
Search in whitelist and blacklist

You can now search inside your blacklists and whitelists to easily manage these rules.
Fixed a few issues with chat notifications

The chat notifications sometimes did now show up correctly or were not visible enough with the Chat section now being moved from the right sidebar to the left section – so we reworked the notifications to make sure you never overlook them, even when you have the eM Client app already opened.
Fixed badly displayed search bar for some custom themes

In custom themes the search bar was too low when a different colored background was used for the title bar, the position is now fixed for these themes.
Fixes for swipe (macOS)

Visual glitches with swipe feature on macOS devices are now fully resolved.
Quick Look for attachments (macOS)

eM Client now supports Quick Look for attachments, so you can easily preview all your files by selecting them and pressing the spacebar.
A lot of bug and crash fixes

Get eM Client 10.1

How can you get these improvements?
If you already use eM Client 10, you will simply get a notification that a new update is ready or you can use Menu > Check for updates option inside your app.

If you own eM Client Pro for version 9 (or older), just purchase an upgrade to eM Client 10.1.

New to eM Client? Try it out!

Free trial Buy license

eM Client 10 has been released!

sid — Wed, 03 Jul 2024 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client 10 is finally here, and we would dare say it's the biggest upgrade we've ever released! Not only does eM Client 10 bring a huge load of new features, but it also comes with a modernized design and optimizations on all fronts.

We've been diligently working on all of these for over 2 years. We were inspired mainly by your feedback, which we collected from the user forum, your emails, VIP support and now also from Sleekplan, where you can vote on new features and changes.

In addition to the new features, we've also added new licensing options.

License changes

We are slightly changing our license model. Instead of a paid Pro license, we now offer Personal and Business licenses. Either license can be purchased as a subscription or for a one-time fee.

Or course, current Pro licenses will keep working and never expire - you can still upgrade to eM Client 10 with your existing Pro license. Licenses with Lifetime Upgrades will be valid for eM Client 10 and all future versions as before.

Read about why we changed the license model and other details in this blog post.

You can also learn more about current prices and license options on our Pricing page.

So what’s new in eM Client 10?

Key features

New initial and upgrade wizard

Whether you’re installing eM Client for the first time or upgrading from an older version of eM Client, you’ll have a more user-friendly start from the get-go. The new wizard will allow you to choose which features will be enabled and which will be hidden, including an explanation of what they change in your app, so you can decide for specific settings for message layout, theme, conversation settings, categories, badges and AI features.

The upgrade wizard also contains step to easily re-authorize accounts, making the onboarding process much smoother.
Generative AI integration

Powered by ChatGPT, you can now generate your messages based on specific prompts or let eM Client help you write content-aware replies.

The AI features can also provide message summaries, proofread your text, translate, change the tone of your message, or help you make your response shorter or longer, and much more.

Look for the AI button in the message composer or an additional option for Reply/Reply All buttons.

To use AI features you will need a separate AI-Add-on or the new license subscription.

If you purchase a version 10 upgrade for your Pro license before the end of July 2024
you will get a 3-month subscription for the AI Features for free.
Customizable email classification into Inbox Categories

eM Client now supports category tabs in your Inbox, so you can have the most important messages at the ready while the newsletters, social site updates, and other emails are categorized into separate sections for your convenience.

There are several options: use just two categories (Primary and Other), Google style model (Primary, Promotions, Social, …), add or remove other options (All, Updates, Forums, Other, …), and mix and match based on your preference.

For Gmail accounts, categories are synchronized from the server while eM Client uses its own algorithm to sort messages for other accounts.

If the default categorization does not fit your preference, drag the message into a different category tab or change the category via right-click on the message > Category and assigning the right one for you! You can also merge different categories together, if you perhaps want to see your Social updates in your Primary inbox.

Together with this option come Custom rules for category organization – when moving a message, it is possible to set any new messages from the same sender to go into the same category and you can also move all older messages into this category.

Custom rules and all category settings can be modified or removed in menu > Settings > Mail > Categories section.
Full support for Chat collaboration services

eM Client now directly supports Microsoft Teams, Slack, and IceWarp TeamChat. This is not a widget or browser add-on, but a complete integration of these services to our own user interface. The chat has been moved from the right sidebar into the left pane section, so you can have a better view of all your accounts, multi-chats and channels. The sidebar on the right can be used for chat threads.
Quick Actions

Open the ‘Quick Actions’ window via the top toolbar and create macros for common task automation to execute several actions via a single shortcut or option in the toolbar.

You can for example set steps such as creating a new email, forwarding or replying to the mail, instantly changing its properties to contain specific addresses in Cc fields, Reply-to address, signatures, templates, set importance or more. For managing existing messages you can add steps to snooze, assign flag, tag or move it to another folder, etc.
Possibilities are limited only by your imagination.
Search redesign and NOT and OR operators

The Search bar is not only moved into a more convenient place in the middle, but it is also more powerful than before.

Use the hyphen/minus symbol - in front of a searched term or keyword to specify you want your results without these terms.
If you want to specify that the word should not be in a specific part of the message you can combine the feature with keywords.
Or you can even negate the whole section!
To use OR, make sure to use the curly brackets {} and put your two conditions inside.
You can of course insert terms directly, but if you are already searching in the same “section” (like all text, or subject, etc,) then a comma already works as OR. The new option allows you to use OR among different details of the message.
Recent badges for new messages

New unread messages will now be shown as separate, red counters, so you can recognize right away which mailbox has a new unread message instead of just how many unread messages are available in total.

Other great features and improvements

Conversations UI redesign

The Conversation detail now has a cleaner look, making it easier to see where each message starts and ends and also show a useful message preview even in the collapsed form.
Change the Conversation order

You asked for it and you got it – you can now switch the Conversation order in menu > Settings > Mail > Conversations and set newest messages on top in the message detail.

The order can also be switched in the menu View > Conversations menu.
Conversations sync with Exchange

Conversation threads are fully synchronized on Exchange accounts (via EWS protocol), so conversations look the same in webmail and on desktop, the same way it already works with Gmail Conversations.
Mentions

Use the @ symbol in the message text and eM Client will offer a contact list from which you can easily add recipients to your composed message. This also makes it easy to point out who you're addressing in the specific part of your message.
Emoticons lookup

You can easily lookup the right emoticon you want to use in your emails or chat message. Simply type a colon : and then without any space start typing the description/name of the emoticon you want to use.
Data files

Import your PST files as separate Data files that can be mounted (or unmounted) from your main database and even stored in different location. You can also move some of your messages into these separate files for archiving reasons or easy sharing.
Folder colors

Set a specific color for each folder icon (or even the whole name) in the folder list. These colors can also be synchronized with MS Exchange, IceWarp and SOGo accounts; for Gmail and Google Workspace accounts label colors can be used.
Folder filter

Easily search and filter folders in the left pane, just use the magnifying glass icon next to the section title (for example 'Mail'). This filter is available in Calendar, Contacts, Tasks and other sections of the app.
Preview for PDF attachments

eM Client now contains a native PDF preview feature to allow you to check the contents of the file before fully opening it in your default PDF viewer; just hover over the file.
New synchronization options for IMAP

Instead of only having the option to download messages for offline use or not, you can now set the scope for either message list data only, full messages with or without attachments, or opt for raw download of entire messages at once.

Some of these options can resolve issues with slow download of messages and attachments on some services.
Overall UI and visual improvements

The interface has been modernized, including the search field redesign and new polished icons.
Custom color for unread messages

Themes can be set to have a specific background color for unread messages in the list, making them pop!

The default themes already include different colors that you can use, but for custom themes you might need to use our Theme editor first.
Improved printing of contacts

Contacts now have more options to print all details, including printing envelopes.
Redesigned Invites section in the sidebar

The invites section has a much more compelling look and feel.
HTML Reply/Forward headers

Customize the way your reply and forward headers look, now including HTML formatting elements.
Upload indicator

A new icon indicates messages that are being uploaded/synchronized to the server.
Improved table editing

Both tables created in eM Client and those copied from other apps are now easier to edit and work with.
Other Improvements

This list is only the tip of the iceberg. There are hundreds of other improvements in version 10.

Get eM Client 10

Free users & Pro users with Lifetime upgrades

Download eM Client here

Pro users with eM Client 9 or older

Upgrade to eM Client 10

Don’t have an eM Client license yet?

Visit our pricing page

Warning: eM Client 10 will update your database so it is highly recommended to make a backup in case you’d like to switch back to eM Client 9 for any reason.

Use Menu > Backup to create a backup file.

eM Client: Changes coming to our licensing model

sid — Tue, 02 Jul 2024 00:00:00 +0000

We’re always trying to bring something new and keep up with the times with the eM Client app, but something has stayed the same for many years - our license model. You have been requesting changes and more options over the years and we have listened.

We are adding a new license subscription option but don’t fret - nothing changes for those who already have a license and a one-time payment option will still be available.

What exactly changes about the license type?

Our Pro license changes into two new options when buying a new license - Personal and Business. The Personal license can be used with up to 3 devices and the Business license can be used for any number of devices your company or organization needs. Both of these options have all advanced “Pro features” available as compared to Free license.

We received a lot of complaints on the available number of devices for single users in the past, since 2 or 3 devices are quite common for personal use nowadays - so that is why we changed the default paid Personal license to already cover 3 devices.

The good news is that the price is not going up - with the new Personal license, you are effectively saving up to 66% compared to the previous cost if you use more than 1 device!

Why subscription?

Subscriptions have gradually become a standard and many people and companies prefer them - they can choose to use specific services at much lower price for a specified amount of time they need to use them. Subscription also makes it easier to step away if you no longer wish to use the program or need a break from it.

For organizations, small companies or even self-employed professionals, this makes expenses clearer and easier to file. With the subscription you always get access to the newest version and VIP Support is included!

eM Client is also no longer an isolated desktop software.

We use a couple of services that improve user experience (AI integration, translation, weather forecast, Gmail commercial API and more), but that also means ongoing costs for our company.
One-time fee model is hardly sustainable in the long term with these additional services.

This is why licenses purchased for the one-time price will not include the AI Add-on automatically, but it can be purchased separately if you want to make use of the AI writing features.

So eM Client is now perfectly customizable not only in its feature set but also in its payment plans!
Everyone should be able to pick the right model for their needs.

Current licenses and Lifetime Upgrades

Does the change in our license model make older licenses unusable? Of course not!

Nothing changes for existing users:
Your Pro licenses, with or without Lifetime Upgrades, will never expire.

Your Pro licenses will continue working the same way they always have; licenses for older versions will continue working with those versions and you can still upgrade to eM Client 10 and other major versions for a smaller fee, same as you did before.

Licenses with Lifetime Upgrades will get automatically upgraded for new major versions.

When are these changes taking place?

The switch will happen with the release of eM Client 10!

Don’t hesitate to reach out to sales@emclient.com if you have any questions.

Get in Sync: Shared Calendars Guide

sid — Wed, 17 Apr 2024 00:00:00 +0000

Looking to keep track of shared events for your business, team, or family? Shared calendars give you (and others) the power to schedule and manage events. This is an excellent way to avoid confusion for anyone with a busy schedule through a collaborative calendar. Our shared calendar guide will cover everything you need to know about shared calendars - from finding the best shareable calendar to delegation in eM Client.

eM Client comes with built-in calendar features - allowing you to manage shared calendars directly from the application. You will find step-by-step instructions on how it works available in this article.

Shared calendars with eM Client

eM Client does more than just email. eM Client supports CalDAV, Exchange, Google calendars and more - this includes shareable calendars from Google and Microsoft accounts. Create, manage, and add shared calendars all within the eM Client desktop application.

eM Client also allows you to join online meetings; eliminating the hassle of switching applications to join online meeting calendar events.

You can also subscribe to public calendars. For example, calendars created by a club you’re in, your or your child’s school, calendars dedicated to specific sport events or any other activity.

Providers with shared calendar options

What are the best shared calendars? That depends on what you’re looking for - and you’ve got options. Many shared calendars are offered through your email provider, like Gmail, but some can provide calendars only if you already have a separate mail solution. The best part? eM Client supports calendar sharing for all of the following calendar options.

Google Calendar: Create a shared Google Calendar for any purpose - personal or professional. The Google shared calendar is available for free for anyone with a Google account. Anyone who needs the Google Calendar without a Google account can access the calendar if it is made public.
Although eM Client can synchronize all of your shared calendars, Google users will need to initiate sharing of their own calendar through the web, since Google prevents external applications from setting this up. But once the calendar is shared, it’s shown for the person whom the calendar was shared with automatically in the eM Client interface!
Office 365 sharing: This online calendar-sharing option offered by Microsoft requires a paid subscription. Office 365 is tailored for businesses: up to 300 people can be a part of the collaborative applications offered by Office 365, including the shared calendar. Both options can be found via the right-click menu on the calendar but closer instructions can be found further down in this article.
Smartermail: SmarterMail can be used as both Exchange and IMAP with CalDAV calendar service in eM Client - both can have sharing set up via right-click on the calendars.
CalDAV (IceWarp, iCloud, Fruux, …): Most services will provide calendars via CalDAV protocol. Sharing is often limited within your own domain. But some of them, like iCloud, allow you to share the link with anyone. If the server supports sharing, you will have the Share option in eM Client available via right-click.

Already have a shared calendar with your email provider? eM Client supports calendar sharing - for free. When you add your mail account with calendar service to eM Client, you’ll have the option to synchronize your existing shared calendars.

Set up Exchange Calendar Share

The following step-by-step guide for setting up calendar sharing applies to any Exchange, Microsoft 365 and SmarterMail accounts for eM Client.

First, you’ll need to right-click the calendar you want to share and use the "Share..." option.

Image showing the menu, highlighting the Share option.
Look up and select a user to share the calendar with and identify their roles and privileges.

Share window with search bar to enter user or group names.
After you click “Share,” the user or user(s) within a group will receive an invitation to the calendar.

Example of the calendar invitation.
After the recipient clicks accept, the shared calendar will be shown in their list. The invitation email must remain in their inbox in order for the calendar to stay visible in the list.

Image showing the shared calendar in the calendar list.
Once the calendar is added to the user’s list, they’ll be able to view or manage events that are added to the shared calendar according to your permissions.

Delegation of calendars

Just like with your inbox, you can set up a delegation of authority over your calendars. What is delegation? It’s allowing another user to access and manage your calendar. This is a great tool for work or family circumstances that might require someone else to manage your events.

For example, if you use Gmail delegation; the new user can also access your Google shareable calendars based on your settings. This option is also available for Office 365 and other Exchange users. With any delegated calendar, authorized users can respond to events, create new events, and create new shareable calendars on your behalf, based on the access settings.

Using delegation to share calendars

When using delegation rather than sharing you can set specific roles for the other person in Access Control, and decide if they can just view, edit, create, or delete events. These steps apply to Microsoft Exchange and SmarterMail accounts.

Here’s how to do it:

Click Calendar and then Properties.

Image showing the menu highlighting Properties.
In the Folder Properties window click Access Control. Click Add to look up people to delegate your calendar to.

Access Control window where you can manage delegation and privileges.
Select the users or groups that need calendar delegation access.

Image showing the window for searching and adding users or groups.
Specify the delegation options in the Calendar section for the user or group.

Image showing the delegation options.
After the delegation preferences have been specified, the end user can add the calendar through the delegation settings.
Instead of “Shared folders,” they will see the name of the user who delegated the calendar access instead.

Image showing the final delegated calendar in the end user’s list.

Sharing CalDAV Calendars

CalDAV calendars are the most common online calendar solution. If the server allows sharing, you will have the option to share it from within eM Client.
This option is available for servers like IceWarp, Zoho, Yahoo-based servers (only paid domains with multiple accounts) and others.

Here’s how to easily share these calendars in the eM Client:

Right-click the Calendar and select Properties.

Right-click menu on a CalDAV calendar with Properties selected.
Inside the Properties window go to Access Control.

Image showing the Access Control window.
Clicking the Add button allows you to add more users from your domain to set access privileges to the folder.

Select users for sharing your calendar on your CalDAV service

Sharing iCloud Calendar

iCloud (Apple) accounts also use CalDAV calendars, but their implementation for sharing is a little bit different. This is why we added the option to share it eM Client 10, which is currently in public BETA.

Simply right click on the calendar > Share.

Share option via right-click on the iCloud calendar.
In the Properties window that pops up you can directly Share your iCloud calendar to any email address by clicking the "Add" button.

Properties window allowing users to share calendars to specific email addresses.

Calendar sharing is easy and convenient with eM Client - with plenty of options for every type of calendar your mail provider offers. Ready to learn more email, calendar, and productivity tips? Check our blog to stay updated!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client for iOS and Android is officially here!

sid — Fri, 22 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

Exciting news! eM Client has reached new heights by expanding its compatibility, enabling users to access their preferred mail application on a broader range of devices – introducing the addition of iOS and Android apps alongside the familiar Windows and macOS versions!

What makes eM Client special?

There are a lot of simple mail apps on both Android and iOS, and we never wanted eM Client to just be another one on the list, with nothing special to offer.

That is why we worked hard to keep the same technical core for the mobile apps as it is in the desktop versions. That way we could keep most of our features, which grew quite complex over the years of desktop development, in the mobile versions. This means that full support for all email services, technologies, and protocols from the desktop app is immediately available. And it seems to be appreciated, as the BETA version has already been adapted as their main mail app by tens of thousands of people on iOS and Android!

We also did our best to keep the mobile interface familiar for our current eM Client users, but also feel natural and easy to use on your phones and tablets.

What are some of the great features?

Super easy setup
Migration from the desktop app via QR code
Message encryption (PGP, S/MIME)
Instant translation
Snooze messages
Watch for Reply
Instant push notifications
Undo Send
Anti mail tracking detection
Unified folders for multi-account management

Price of the app

As stated in one of our BETA blogs, the mobile versions of eM Client are free for all users, no matter which desktop license you own, if you have one at all. There is no license or registration needed and all the available mail features are free to use.

Future of the app

eM Client for iOS and Android currently only contains email management features, but that is of course not where we plan to leave things off – Calendar, Contacts and other functionality, well-known from the Desktop version, are coming soon to the mobile versions as well, our team is already working on it.

Even though the BETA testing phase is over and we tried to make the apps as perfect as possible, we are also aware problems can still arise and things can always be improved – so we will appreciate any continued feedback from you.

Be it reporting issues to mobile@emclient.com or sharing your ideas for new features on our Sleekplan page, so we know what you want to see in future versions of eM Client.

How to install eM Client for iOS and Android?

If you haven’t installed eM Client for iOS and Android yet, go ahead and click the buttons below or search for eM Client in your Store app – with the Import via QR feature it will take just a few clicks to get all your settings from your desktop eM Client and bring your emails wherever you go.

If you are new to eM Client, our automatic account setup will get you sorted shortly as well, detecting the services and correct settings for all email accounts.

Download

Sleekplan App: Share Your Feature Requests for eM Client

sid — Wed, 06 Mar 2024 00:00:00 +0000

We’ve got exciting plans for the future of eM Client, and we want you to be a part of it! eM Client was designed to create an optimal email experience, and the best way to achieve this is through community feedback.

In the past, we’ve relied on social media, our forum, official support channels, and feedback emails. All of these are great tools, but they were spread too wide and missing an important feature: user votes.

We’ve found an all-in-one efficient option that lets you vote and share what features you think eM Client should add or improve next: the Sleekplan app for eM Client!

How does it work?

The Sleekplan app lets users vote, share ideas, and track eM Client’s roadmap for the future.

There are three sections in Sleekplan listed at the top of the page:

Feedback: Create and view suggestions about existing eM Client features. Comment on posts and share your opinions with votes.
Changelog: Stay in the know and see changes made inspired by community feedback with the Changelog. Click the Subscribe icon to get alerts.
Roadmap: View In Progress, Planned, and Under Review updates to get a glimpse at behind-the-scenes changes.

Sleekplan is ready for your votes, original feature requests and feedback. We’ve already added some feature requests from other channels, along with other features that are coming out or considered for eM Client 10 so you can get started with voting right away.
Look up an idea and then cast your vote for it to show support.

How do I get involved?

Simply click on the Sleekplan app link and then search for your desired feature request topic. You can also see feature request posts based on categories by clicking the options in the menu to the right: Mail, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Notes, UI change, Chat, Improvement, New Feature, iOS, and Android.
We’re still getting to know the platform ourselves, so if you think a specific category is missing, let us know!

Click the arrows next to the post to share feedback in a second. Up or downvote suggestions created by other users based on what you think will create the best eM Client experience.

Image showing a post with the voting feature located on the left.

Can’t find your idea? Create a new post to share your feature suggestion. Note - each post is manually reviewed, so there can be a delay before it is posted for voting.

Keep in mind the following guidelines
when using Sleekplan:

Check to see if your idea has already been posted and vote to show support. This prevents duplication and makes consideration of feature requests easier.
Duplicate posts will be deleted, so it’s better to add a vote to the existing idea rather than post a new one.
Separate each new idea into separate posts. This ensures that voting is clear; with more ideas in one post, it would not be clear what others should vote for.
Don’t add unnecessary comments - if you have an idea that expands the existing feature request, go ahead and specify it! If you simply agree, just vote for the idea.
If you’re looking for in-depth discussions, we still recommend using our Community forum.
Don’t be rude: disrespectful posts will be edited or removed!
Please send your ideas in English - it’s okay to use auto-translate, but having one common language will make the process of looking up existing ideas and voting more efficient (and easier to process by our team as well!)

Try it out!

Help shape the future of eM Client by voting for feature requests and sharing your ideas with the Sleekplan app today.
We’re new to Sleekplan, too - and we’re taking time to understand the platform and monitor new posts and comments for the best user experience. We appreciate your patience and help with this long-term project. Your support on Sleekplan helps us make eM Client the best mail app possible.

If you see an issue on Sleekplan, reach out to us at info@emclient.com.

Outlook as data collection and targeted ads service

sid — Wed, 21 Feb 2024 00:00:00 +0000

Microsoft services are used by a lot of computer users on all platforms around the world - but the direction they are taking their services in the current day might take their security into question. We’d like to weigh in on the topic from the eM Client’s point of view as a creator of another email app.

Exchange on-premise sundown

A lot of companies want to make use of the Exchange server features but want to keep their data secure - having your own on-premise server in your company was the way to go for many companies that take security seriously. With the subscription plans released in 2021 this option has been taken away though - all will be in the cloud now. Microsoft Exchange 2019 is the last version that offers “standard” Exchange licenses, which allow you to install the server on your own hardware, and the “end of life” for this solution is set for 2025, just around the corner. From then on, the only option will be to store your data on Microsoft’s machines.

Outlook’s unification

Microsoft’s goal to make their Outlook app the same on all devices and platforms is a reasonable one and one we agree with - we have already taken this approach years ago with eM Client for macOS and when we started working on our mobile apps. The app should feel the same no matter what device you use, and the interface and features should feel familiar no matter which platform you move to, so Microsoft is finally catching up in that aspect.

This would be a great step for Microsoft if they indeed unified all the features they have on all platforms - but as many users noted, the New Outlook removed a lot of the options and features from the usual Microsoft Outlook roster, and some really have us shaking out head - such as the option to access or even import PST files (their own proprietary file type), lots of customization options for ribbons, rules, filters and advanced search, message previews, message word-style editor to compose and more. In streamlining the program and making it a replacement for both Windows Mail, MS Outlook and making it the same in webmail interface, a lot of useful features seem to have been lost and while there is a chance that some might be added later in the New Outlook development, many are not so optimistic.

That is not the worst news though - as something more troubling has happened with how New Outlook stores your data.

Your accounts belong to New Outlook

Proton, an email provider known for its exceptional end-to-end encryption, has recently released an article that has the email world spinning, accusing Microsoft of creating a powerful data-collecting app rather than an email client in the New Outlook for Windows.

“Every account added to Microsoft Outlook will store all user data that only Microsoft has access to. Every email, calendar appointment, contact, and file that is synced to Outlook will also be on Microsoft’s Cloud. That data has a lot of value to Microsoft, and their access to it is rather frightening.”

Edward Komenda, 2024, Outlook is Microsoft’s new data collection service

The most horrifying thing is that Microsoft would not only have access to the data stored in your Outlook.com or Office365 mail accounts but all accounts you add to the email app - no matter what provider they are from, as your login credentials will also be uploaded to the cloud. Microsoft is enabling itself to have access to all your email accounts, at any time, without your knowledge, in the name of providing you with “rich, interactive experiences” according to their Privacy page.

Even if the app claims you can switch back to old Outlook at any time, the data would already be stored by the company - it is not possible to use New Outlook without synchronizing all data to Microsoft Cloud so once you give it a try, the login details are already sent to Microsoft servers.

Ads run the world

The New Outlook includes ads in the app and the only choice you have is to set where the ads will be shown - and that happens even if you previously used a paid version of MS Outlook. Not only that, the default makes the ads look like messages you received, making it more likely you click on them and provide more data to Microsoft and its marketing partners.

Advertising preferences in New Outlook

According to the findings Proton mentioned in their article, New Outlook does not keep your login credentials and your data in your device - it is all uploaded and saved in their cloud and potentially made available to their 772 external partners, to be used to improve their own products, send you personalized ads and in other ways Big Tech makes money in this day.

Whether you want it or not, you will receive ads from Microsoft’s marketing partners and data about your use of the app so they can improve their own products and marketing, making New Outlook just a glorified surveillance tool for targeted advertising.

What to do?

Unless you can keep using your old version of Microsoft Outlook, it might be better to jump ship, as Microsoft only plans to grow its marketing empire.

At eM Client we take security very seriously: we keep desktop client data in your computer and we do not plan to change this. Your passwords are stored encrypted in the SQLite database in your device, as well as the Access Tokens for the accounts using secure OAuth login. The data is not made available to the system, other apps, or the eM Client servers. eM Client only synchronizes your license info and the minimal data we need to keep the program functioning.

To be fully transparent - with our upcoming mail apps for iOS and Android the exception is made with Push Notifications - a feature that unfortunately cannot work without your credentials synchronizing to our server, but we have taken every precaution possible to make this feature secure, including undergoing and passing the security Audit by Leviathan Security Group.

The feature is also never enabled automatically - you can enable/disable it per each account separately, at any time. But this is not something you will ever need to worry about with the desktop eM Client for Windows and macOS.

eM Client will never sell any of your data, credentials, or content of your emails and will never show you targeted advertisements.

eM Client could be a great alternative for you if you are looking to replace your Outlook app - we provide a lot of advanced and enterprise features in a user-friendly interface. You can get a paid version for a one-time price or use the Free version for personal use - neither of which has ads anywhere in its interface. After you install eM Client it will run in a 30-day trial with no registration needed, no strings attached - if you dislike the app, you can uninstall it and we will never know. Try it out for yourself!

Download eM Client

Mass Mail and how to hide recipients in your email

sid — Wed, 17 Jan 2024 00:00:00 +0000

Need to relay information via the same email while protecting the identity of multiple recipients? All email providers offer the Bcc option in the recipients field with the purpose of offering an option for hiding recipients. There are many reasons why you might need to hide recipients when sending group messages - and eM Client is here to help you learn how to successfully send an email without disclosing your recipients.

We’ll cover the meaning of Bcc, how to effectively use Bcc, and how to utilize the Mass Mail feature available in eM Client Pro.

Why would I need to hide recipients?

There’s plenty of practical reasons to hide recipients for personal or professional purposes. Maybe you need to send a life update to family and friends but want to make it feel more personal. Or you need to send a newsletter to your clients without showing all the recipients. Perhaps you run a club or team and need to reach out to members while keeping their information private. Regardless of the reason for keeping address information private, options like blind copies via Bcc or mass mail are trustworthy choices.
So how to send a mass email and hide recipients?

Mass Mail in eM Client Pro

Mass Mail is a helpful eM Client Pro feature that streamlines the process of sending mail to a small group or your entire contacts list. Mass Mail adds personalization options without disclosing the entire list of recipients. Mass Mail can be used similarly to Bcc - except the recipient will only see their message that can include a personalized greeting.

Mass Mail can be used for everything from product newsletter to birthday party invitations. This is a great option if you’ve implemented distribution lists using your contacts in eM Client. The Mass Mail feature allows you to access and send your mail to your previously created lists. Follow the steps below to learn how to send a mass email without showing addresses.

Here’s how to use Mass Mail in eM Client:

Click New.

Click ‘New’ button to compose a new message.
A new window will appear. Click the drop-down menu button next to the Send button and select Send as mass mail option.
The Send button will be changed so next time it is clicked, it will send a separate email to each recipient.

Send button drop-down menu options.
Now simply add your recipients’ emails or distribution list to the To: field.
Type your message and hit the “Send as Mass Mail” button. The Mass Mail feature will ensure that each recipient only sees their own address displayed in the email, because it will create a unique email for each address in the To: field.

Send as mass mail button.

In combination with Mass Mail you can also use Variables. Right-click inside the text and use Insert > Variable option to open the list of available variables.

eM Client: Variables list with preview and fallback options.

When creating the mass mail eM Client will fill in the variable based on the available information in your system for dates or fill in names, addresses and other details from your contacts.

1 / 2

Variable will be filled in based on your contact details

2 / 2

Variable will be filled in based on your contact details

❮ ❯

Mass Mail is an integral feature for anyone who needs to send personalized and private group emails on a regular basis. Users with Free eM Client licenses can switch to Pro anytime to gain access to this enterprise feature.

How to use Bcc

Wondering what is Bcc used for? Bcc is simply used for hiding recipients in your email. As a result, recipients will be unaware of who else received the message.

If you need to send a message to someone, but you don’t want the other recipients to know that they have received the message - add the desired address to the Bcc field. No one else included in the email will be able to tell that the person added to the Bcc field received the email, because the email is not part of the message code.

Here’s how to use Bcc in eM Client:

In the left corner, click New to start composing a new email.

Click the New button to compose a new message.
A new window will appear. Click on “Add Cc & Bcc” in the To: field.

Click Add Cc & Bcc as shown to the right of the To field above.

Note: You can also set Cc & Bcc to be shown all the time in Menu > Settings > Mail > Compose, by enabling the option to ‘Show Cc and Bcc fields when composing.’
New options will appear: Cc and Bcc. Type your recipient’s address in the Bcc field, add your subject, and compose your message. You can add recipients to the regular To field or the Cc field if needed - however, these will be visible to all recipients.

Email address added to the Bcc field.
Type your message and click send. Any undisclosed recipients that were added to the Bcc field will not be shown to anyone.

Example email received by a Bcc recipient.

The Bcc option is available for all Free and Pro eM Client license users. Multiple recipients can be added to the Bcc field in addition to the Cc and To fields. This gives you the flexibility to customize your communications - regardless of the type of eM Client license you have.

As for Pro license advantages, Mass Mail is just the tip of the iceberg when it comes to all the cool features available for you in eM Client. eM Client offers innovative productivity tools for email, tasks, calendar, and contacts.

Curious to learn more about how eM Client can enhance your email experience? Check out our blog!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Out of Office Messages with eM Client

sid — Wed, 13 Dec 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Worried about your work email while you’re away on vacation? Stay present during your time off and avoid your inbox by implementing out of office messages for your email account with eM Client. Out of office messages can be both friendly and professional reminders of your absence. You can create a generic message to automatically send to anyone who contacts you. Our guide will cover exactly what you need to craft the perfect out of office message so you can enjoy your well-deserved vacation.

When to use an out of office message

Out of office messages are a versatile tool that can be used for a variety of occasions:

Short or long vacations
Appointments
Attending out of office meetings or conferences
Maternity leave out of office message
and more

Out of office messages are important to use in order to effectively communicate with your recipients that you are unable to respond. This sets important work boundaries and prevents any misunderstandings that might occur due to your inability to respond. Vacation responder can take the pressure off so you can focus on what you’re doing while you’re away.

How to create an out of office message

To create an out of office message, you’ll need to use automatic replies in eM Client. Automatic replies can be used for more than just out of office messages - you’ll need to specify the purpose of your message in the content of your response.

Follow these steps to create an out of office message in eM Client:

Navigate to the top of your screen and select Menu > Tools > Automatic Replies.

The dropdown list featuring Automatic Replies.
After you select Automatic Replies, a new window will appear. This is where you will adjust the settings and craft the message for your new out of office message.

Automatic reply settings and message displayed above.
Ensure that you have selected the correct email account for your reply. Click the dropdown list next to Account.
You can choose to send automatic replies for an indefinite amount of time, or you can use a specific end date.
Select the first and last day for your message. Once the date for the last day has passed, your message will no longer be automatically sent to recipients.
Write your subject and message.
Lastly, check whether you’d like to send the email to external senders or only senders in your contact lists. With Exchange accounts, you can also opt to only send responses to people in your organization.
Review your settings and select Ok to implement your Out of Office response.

The out of office message can be used for a variety of purposes. When you create a new out of office message, you have complete control over the content of the subject and message.

Note: Automatic reply will only appear in the menu if you have one of the supported services, which includes:
Gmail and Google Workspace accounts, MS Exchange/Office 365, SmarterMail, IceWarp, and Imageway.

Some of the settings for the Automatic reply can vary depending on your mail server type.

Writing an out of office message

It’s essential to create an out of office message that is concise and informative. Basic information should be included:

A standard greeting and closing statement.
The reason for your absence.
The dates you will be unavailable to respond.
When recipients can anticipate a response.
Optional: any relevant contact information for alternative people recipients can reach out to in the case of an emergency.

The message you create for your out of office message can be brief. There’s no need to go into too much detail about what you’re doing.

Out of office message examples can simply look like this:

“Thanks for reaching out! I will be on vacation from August 1st until August 15th.”
“I will be out of the office to attend a conference until July 27th.”
“Unfortunately, I cannot respond right now, please reach out to my colleague John at smith@exampledomain.com for any urgent issues.”

If the idea of writing your own out of office message is daunting, you can check out an out of office generator like Vacationtracker or Ooogenerator. Both options can help you quickly create the perfect professional out of office message that will help you take your mind off of work while you vacation.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client Local Folders

sid — Wed, 08 Nov 2023 00:00:00 +0000

It’s difficult to decide which messages and information should be kept and which can be deleted - the potential issue of deleting something that you might need in the future is stressful. The option to move your important information to a local folder directly on your device was implemented to give you the choice to store files directly on your device.

You can easily move your important emails, events, contacts, files, and notes in eM Client to a local folder to free up storage space on the server without permanently deleting anything! Our guide will discuss what the local folders can be used for, the difference between local folders and the archive, and we’ll walk you through enabling local folders in eM Client.

What can I use local folders for?

Local folders can be used if you need to store copies of your messages on your device. This is a great option if you need to keep records of your communications for personal or professional reasons. Alternatively, it’s a great idea to copy your important communications to a local folder if you ever plan on switching email accounts. This is especially useful for users who need to move their information after a provider discontinues its email services. Instead of accepting defeat and losing access to years’ worth of important mail and other data; all of the information from your account can be transferred and saved to your local folder on your device.

Data that is stored locally does not require the internet and therefore can be accessed offline through your selected folder in your eM Client. This is different from backing up your information - with local folders, you choose the information that you wish to keep locally. Keeping your local folders up to date guarantees that you have extra copies of your important messages, contacts, and attachments in case you’re unable to access your email account.

Using Local folders with POP accounts

Most common way to encounter the Local folders feature is when setting up a POP email account.

POP account setup: Account folders location selection.

POP protocol only downloads new messages from the Inbox on the server, and does not synchronize anything back - so the folder structure in eM Client does not need to match the one on the mail server (as would be the case with IMAP and Exchange accounts). That is why you also have the option to merge your POP accounts into the Local folders, because they work on the same principle - messages stored in these folders are downloaded into the eM Client database in full and are not synchronized anywhere.

If you have more POP accounts and want to keep the messages separate for each email address, it is better to create separate folder structure for each account - but if you have just one account or plan to sort your messages from numerous POP accounts into similar folders, using the same rules, etc., Local folders can be a better choice for you. Though you can still get global view of all your account using Favorites and other Special folders in eM Client. No matter which folder location you choose for your emails, POP accounts will by default use Local folders for contacts, events and other items.

Archive vs. local folders

Many users confuse local folders with the local archive. Both features serve similar purposes: to save information that is not currently relevant in order to clean up your inbox. However, there are a few key differences:

The archive feature can only be used for emails. You do not have the option to archive contacts or calendar events.
You have the choice to automatically download your archived emails to a separate local folder structure in your database. Downloaded archived messages can still be viewed in the eM Client application. Navigate to Menu > Settings > Mail > Automatic Archive to customize your options for the local archiving. Read more about archiving on our blog here. Local folders can be used for emails, contacts, and more. Once enabled, each section of the app will have folder structure available for Local folders. This is useful if your mail account provider does not offer its own CardDAV or CalDAV service.
Local folders can be used for emails, contacts, and more. Once enabled, each section of the app will have folder structure available for Local folders. This is useful if your mail account provider does not offer its own CardDAV or CalDAV service.

Both local folders and the archive on your device are accessible even if you’re offline. Local drive and the archive are primarily used for storage and backup purposes.

Note: If your specific concern is the ability to access your messages to work without a connection to the internet, you also have the ability to set up eM Client to download your messages automatically to your local drive for Offline Mode.
To do this, navigate to Account Settings and select Download for offline use. Or, you can download specific folders: right click the folder Properties > Offline setting.

Enable and use local folders in eM Client

Note: In eM Client 10 and newer versions this setting has been moved to Settings > General > Folders.

Enabling local folders in eM Client only takes a few steps. Learning how to use local folders is essential for protecting your important messages, events, contacts, and information. Local folders can be used in situations where your email account provider is being discontinued, or if you simply want a backup of important messages on your device in addition to your mail server.

How to view your local folders for your email:

Open eM Client and navigate to: Menu > Settings > General > General.

eM Client: Settings for Local Folders.
Check the box that says Show Local Folders.
After the box has been selected, click ‘Apply’ or ‘Save & Close’ to save the setting and you’ll be able to view your local folders at the bottom of the folder list in the left pane.

eM Client: Local folders as shown in the folder list

The Local folders work as any other account, you can create new folders, copy and move folders and messages, set up rules to move messages into, drag and drop items into the folder, etc. When you navigate to your contacts and calendar through eM Client, you’ll find the local folders in a similar location on the left side of the screen.

Want to learn more about how to use eM Client to improve your productivity? Check out our blog to learn new email tricks!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Give your email a break with Snooze

sid — Wed, 25 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000

We send and receive hundreds of emails each day. Maintaining a clean inbox for your work and personal email can feel next to impossible. The Snooze feature in eM Client Pro was created to help you manage your inbox and relieve the anxiety you might experience from having a packed inbox. Although many senders will set their email priority as important, it’s still easy for them to get buried beneath hundreds of messages that do not require your immediate attention.

You might tell yourself you’ll go back and respond – but it’s easy to forget if you already saw the notification and don’t have a second reminder set up. The snooze feature was added to eM Client to solve this common problem. Pro users have access to this ultimate productivity hack that enhances your overall email experience.

How does snooze work?

Emails that you don’t need to respond to right away can be rescheduled with snooze. After the email has already arrived in your inbox, you can use the snooze feature to temporarily remove any selected emails from your inbox. The snooze feature will allow you to set a new time for the email to reappear in your inbox with a fresh notification.

Snooze gives you the power to choose exactly when you’d like to set aside time to respond to the email. Unlike deleting an email, snoozed emails are just temporarily removed from your inbox and placed into the Snooze folder until your selected date and time.

When it’s time, your email will be moved from Snooze to your regular inbox. While you can organize your emails based on folders and tags, snooze is beneficial because it provides a notification for important emails that can be dealt with later. When your snoozed messages reappear, they will show the new time from the Snooze as received time. This prevents your snoozed messages from becoming buried in your folders under newer messages.

How can snooze help me clean up my inbox?

The snooze feature lets you focus entirely on the emails that are important for you to acknowledge immediately. This will help you avoid getting overwhelmed with a crowded inbox full of emails that need your attention – helping you finally achieve the ultimate goal of inbox zero!

How do I use snooze in eM Client?

Enabling snooze in eM Client is simple. Here’s a step-by-step guide that will help you set up snooze for your inbox:

Open eM Client and go to your inbox. Select one or multiple emails.
In the toolbar, click the Snooze button to snooze emails for the default amount of time.
Default is Later today if you’re using Snooze before 5PM or Tomorrow if after. If you want to set a specific time, select the arrow to make the dropdown list appear with options for dates and times that you can choose to receive the email (or emails) with the new inbox notification.

Snooze drop down list option.

You have the option to set a custom date and time if none of the premade options are desirable.

Custom snooze window.
That’s it! When the time arrives, your email will appear in your inbox like it has just been received for the first time.

Want to see snooze in action? Check out our video tutorial on how to use snooze in eM Client:

Can I turn off snooze in eM Client?

Yes, you can! If you’ve accidentally snoozed an email that requires an urgent response, you have the option of removing the snooze time from the email.

Here’s how to turn off snooze:

Go to the Snoozed folder, which will appear automatically after you snooze at least one message.

The Snoozed folder is shown in Favorites.
After you’ve clicked on the message (or messages) you want to Unsnooze, the option to Unsnooze will appear in the toolbar. Select your emails, and then click Unsnooze.

Unsnooze option at the end of the list

Note: You can also change the Snooze time here, if you decide you want to push the message to an earlier or later time.

After you’ve completed these steps, the unsnoozed emails will return to your inbox.

Is the snooze feature available for everyone with eM Client?

The snooze feature is only available for eM Client Pro license users. Snooze will bring you another step closer to cleaning up your emails so you can finally achieve your inbox zero dreams. If you’re currently using the free version of eM Client and you’d like to upgrade your license, you can purchase a Pro license here.

Learn more about all the great ways you can enhance your workflow and achieve inbox zero with eM Client by checking out our blog!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client and SmarterMail team up for enhanced email experience

sid — Thu, 12 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000

We are thrilled to announce an exciting new cooperation between eM Client and SmarterMail! We have joined forces to offer a fresh, innovative email experience to all eM Client and SmarterMail users, and we’d love to tell you more about what exactly has changed.

The Power of Collaboration

Two is better than one. SmarterTools is well-known for developing mail server with best-in-class EWS support for enterprise level features - SmarterMail.

At eM Client, we’ve worked hard to provide a feature-rich email app for Windows and macOS; with iOS and Android mobile apps being on the horizon. By combining our strengths and expertise, we hope to revolutionize the way you can manage your email, calendars, tasks, and more.

Our teams have worked closely together for over a year to achieve this truly exceptional feat – the overlap of SmarterMail's features with eM Client's functions. This advancement covers all aspects of modern email management.

Enhanced Email Functionality

Automatic SmarterMail account setup - you only need to enter your username and password and eM Client will do the rest for you.
Signatures set in webmail are now synchronized to eM Client and vice versa when using EWS or IMAP.
All categories including the master category are now synchronized not only when using EWS protocol, but also for IMAP.

Improved Calendar and Collaboration Tools

SmarterMail’s Online Meetings support has been added for comfortable scheduling of online meetings.
Complete integration with SmarterMail’s shared calendars, contacts, tasks, and notes when using MAPI & EWS.
Enterprise features like delegation, contact groups, Global Address List synchronization, and web calendars are now fully compatible with the SmarterMail server.

Security and privacy

With the increasing importance of online security and data privacy, we are committed to providing top-notch protection. That's why we prioritize the security of your email communications – to ensure that your data remains confidential and secure. With the current trend of data ownership being shifted to big corporations, one of the many reasons we've chosen to collaborate with SmarterMail is because of their "Your data is your data" approach to security.

Together, we are committed to the following principles:

eM Client connects to SmarterMail directly, and the only servers your data passes through are the servers, or services, YOU have in place. (E.g., gateways or antispam services like SpamExperts)
eM Client offers end-to-end encryption, so communication within an organization can be encrypted and secured.
Neither SmarterTools nor eM Client sells any data collected about their users - ever.

Simple management

We’ve gone the extra mile to make your email experience even easier. If you already have a SmarterMail license, we've partnered with SmarterTools to make acquiring an eM Client license and device activations quickly and easily, right from within SmarterMail itself! And, once you have your eM Client license, you will be able to manage your device activations from within SmarterMail as well. We’ve worked together to create an experience that allows for simple administration, a hallmark of both eM Client and SmarterMail.

About SmarterTools

SmarterTools, founded in 2003, is the developer of SmarterMail, an alternative to Microsoft Exchange. SmarterMail is the only other email server on the market with native support for MAPI, the enterprise-level protocol available with Microsoft Exchange. SmarterMail also includes many other protocols, including EWS, WebDAV, EAS, IMAP, and POP, as well as LDAP, XMPP for chat and STUN/TURN server support for online meetings. SmarterMail has become the ideal choice for corporations, ISPs, hosting companies, and service providers looking to replace on-premises or to offer their own hosted solution as part of other service offerings. SmarterMail has over 15,000,000 users spread across 115 countries. Discover more at https://www.smartertools.com.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Aliases with eM Client

sid — Wed, 04 Oct 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Sometimes, you need an alternative email address for your small business, school, or work – but you don’t want to go through the hassle of checking separate inboxes for your accounts. Many people might be unaware that you don’t have to start over with an entirely new email account for this – you can simply use an email alias with your regular email account!

The alias feature was created specifically for situations when you don’t want to reveal your original email address to your recipients. With eM Client, you can efficiently create an email alias for all of the email accounts you have registered in the application.

What is the purpose of an email alias?

An email alias gives you the ability to create an alternate email address connected to the same inbox for different recipients. Any email alias that you create will be connected to your mailbox – although you’re using a different address or name, it is technically associated with the same inbox. If you’re uncertain about the trustworthiness of a recipient or if you’re worried about your real email address being compromised; the alias is a great solution for protecting your identity.

Since we use our email for a variety of purposes – from job applications to login information for financial institutions, it’s recommended to use an alias if you’re unsure if a website or recipient is reputable. If you find out that a website’s user information has been hacked, you can also disable the alias so you never have to worry about unwanted junk mails being sent to your real address again.

You can also use an email alias to sign up for mailing lists or promotions. This makes it easy to simply disable the alias when you’re ready to stop receiving the promotional emails. You can also create professional email aliases if you are a university student or applying for jobs.

What email providers offer email aliases?

Popular email providers like Outlook, Gmail, and others have options for email aliases. Here’s an overview of the alias options for each provider:

Outlook: Create up to 400 email aliases for your personal account. It’s free to create aliases. The only drawback is that Outlook will not allow you to create an alias for a work or school owned account.
Google: Create up to 99 free email aliases for your work, school, or personal account. Google requires that you enter the SMTP server during the alias creation process for work or school accounts if they are not provided by Google.
Other providers: Yahoo mail offers email aliases to anyone who subscribes to Yahoo Plus. ProtonMail also offers paid email aliases. The downside to using either of these providers for email aliases is that both do not offer as many aliases and both require payment.

Depending on how you plan to use your alias, there’s an abundance of options of email providers that include free or paid email aliases.

What is a catch-all alias?

A catch-all email alias will send all of the emails directed to your alias to the same inbox. A catch-all email alias has the same domain and is usually only available if you own your domain and mail server. For example, you might have your own domain catchallalias.com and have an email service connected to it. You’re now able to create multiple aliases with the same domain for different websites. All of the emails that are sent to this catch-all alias address will be sent to the same main inbox.

The benefit of using a catch-all alias is that it gives you the flexibility to create more than one email alias in the moment. You don’t have to go back to your email provider or email client to go through the alias setup process each time. All you need to do is create a unique email with the same domain (like example1@catchallalias.com or example2@catchallalias.com). You are able to create as many as you want for different websites or forms.

Another benefit of using a catch-all alias is so that it can be used as an organizational tool. You can set rules based on the name of each email alias you create. For example, if you create an email alias named myemailalias@email.com; you can set a rule through eM Client that sorts, labels or tags each email that is sent to that address in a specific direction.

What is a linked account?

A linked account is essentially a list which contains all of the accounts that are associated with your selected email address. This would include any aliases that you have created. You have the option of adding or removing linked accounts as needed.

How do I set up an email alias in eM Client?

The process for setting up an email alias in eM Client is simple. Most webmail servers will automatically sync the aliases that you create in eM Client; so you do not need to worry about going between the application and your webmail to ensure that your alias is ready to be used. It is suggested to check to make sure that your email server will accept your email alias before you use it.

Follow these steps to create one (or more!) email aliases for the accounts you desire:

Navigate to Menu > Accounts.

eM Client: Menu > Accounts
Select the account you wish to create aliases for.
After the desired account has been selected, click the aliases button next to the name of your email.

Select the Aliases button shown to the right of the Email address.
A new window will appear. Here, you’ll see any previously created aliases. You also have the option to enable Catch-All aliases here.
Click the button in the top left corner that says +Add Alias.

A list of previously created Aliases
Another small window will appear. In the first field, type your email. In the second, type your desired display name.

Edit Alias window.
Click Ok and you’re done!

If you’d like to set up an alias for your other accounts linked to eM Client; restart the process and select your desired account before continuing. After your alias is created, you can start using it as needed. All of the emails sent to the email alias you created will be automatically directed to your inbox.

eM Client is the best email application on the market for anyone who wants to improve their productivity. Learn more about all the helpful features you can find in eM Client by visiting our blog!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Push Notifications and other mobile updates

sid — Fri, 15 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000

It’s been just a few weeks since our latest update on the state of eM Client mobile apps, but we already have some more exciting news for you! The Push Notifications are now here and we want to explain how they work in more detail! We also have some UI improvements for the tablet versions ready.

Push Notifications for new messages

The most asked about feature for the iOS and Android apps is finally ready, and some of you have wondered why it took longer than the other basic features. Why is this feature so elusive on the mobile platforms, even though it seems that it should be straight-forward, the same way it is on Windows and macOS?

How do Push Notifications work

While on desktop systems we can run the eM Client app in the background to connect to the mail servers and show you the new notifications as soon as the message arrives to your inbox, on mobile devices this is usually not allowed - or to be more specific, it is not allowed on iOS and with Android it’s not very reliable. The system can reject the connection and terminate the background process at any time and you would not know about new messages until you open the eM Client app again.

So we need to make use of so-called Push Notifications, which are done via a Firebase server. Instead of eM Client app installed on your device running a connection to your server, it needs to be our own server checking for these new emails and it lets the Firebase server know to show you a notification in your device. While this might sound a bit scary and complex, it’s a safe procedure that almost every app you use for real-time notifications already does (often without telling you).

First things first - what’s a Firebase server? You have probably not even heard about it before, but it’s a cloud service provided by Google that works in the background and hosts a lot of databases, services, and authentication for variety of applications, including iOS and Android. If you have either of these systems, you already have an account on the Firebase server that can cooperate with your device, notably by sending the notifications to your phone. So what eM Client and many other mail apps need to do, is to let this server know there is a new message, and in turn the new message notification shows up in your phone, even though eM Client is not running.

That unfortunately means eM Client needs to know about your new messages in another way. We have created a new service on our own servers that processes some of your data - like encrypted passwords and oAuth tokens - to connect to your mailserver and wait for new messages. Once a new message arrives, eM Client copies the sender and subject headers and sends the information to your Firebase account, which creates the email notification in your phone.
After clicking the notification the eM Client app will open on this new message and download the content of the message inside the app for you to view.

A step-by-step of your email notification on mobile:

Email Server

1. A new message is received in your Inbox on your mail server

eM Client Server

2. eM Client server, waiting on any news, is alerted

3. Message envelope data is processed by the eM Client server (Sender, Subject, Received time, optionally Message preview)

Firebase Server

4. This data is sent to your account on a Firebase server

5. Firebase uses the envelope data to create a notification

Your phone

6. The new email notification is pushed to show in your phone

7. Click the notification to read your new message!

The mentioned data sent to our own server is never saved or logged in any databases or file storage and exists in-memory only, so it cannot be retrieved or compromised. It’s only processed to allow you the use of the Push notifications.

Since some data processing cannot be avoided with the Push notification feature, we decided to make this setting optional and you can decide if you want to enable it or not, on per-account basis. This option can be found in the Account settings inside the app, so you can decide if you want to enable the feature to all accounts or just some of them and you can change your mind at any time. But we have spent a large amount of time making sure this process is perfectly safe.

Note: Push notifications were not available for Gmail accounts on initial introduction, as it took a bit longer to get the permission from Google to get access to email envelope data. But as of 11th December 2023 Google notifications are now available.

Push notifications settings on iOS and Android

Custom toolbars

The newest update also brings toolbar customization to the phone apps - another great feature from the desktop app, so you can make eM Client your own and have the most important features available in one click.

Custom toolbars on iOS and Android

1 / 16

Android - Settings

2 / 16

Android - Mail Compose Toolbar

3 / 16

Android - Mail Compose Toolbar

4 / 16

Android - Mail Detail Toolbar

5 / 16

Android - Mail Detail Toolbar

6 / 16

Android - Multiselect Mode Toolbar

7 / 16

Android - Multiselect Mode Toolbar

8 / 16

Android - Toolbars

9 / 16

iOS - Settings

10 / 16

iOS - Mail Compose Toolbar

11 / 16

iOS - Mail Compose Toolbar

12 / 16

iOS - Mail Detail Toolbar

13 / 16

iOS - Mail Detail Toolbar

14 / 16

iOS - Multiselect Mode Toolbar

15 / 16

iOS - Multiselect Mode Toolbar

16 / 16

iOS - Toolbars

❮ ❯

Layout improvements for tablets

The eM Client app was a bit clunky on the iPad and other tablet devices until now, but we’re finally climbing this hill - the interface is now designed to use the space more efficiently and allow for buttons to be clicked with more ease than before.

Screenshots: UI Improvements on iPad and Android tablets

Download

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Manage spam and junk emails with eM Client

sid — Wed, 30 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Spam and junk emails are unfortunately here to stay. But that doesn’t mean you have to give up the fight for a clean inbox. With proper spam filtering and junk folder management, you can transform your inbox from a garbage dump into an organized email paradise.

What is the meaning of spam?

Spam messages are sent from potentially dangerous senders to your inbox. Unlike newsletters, you can’t unsubscribe from spam messages because they’re from unverified senders and not from subscription lists. A spam definition includes the fact that you have no control over the amount of spam you receive.

Another form of spam messages includes backscatter scam. The sender will use a fake version of your email address or an address of your email server provider. This is called spoofing. You’ll receive bounced back messages sent by the scammer claiming that the message you allegedly sent could not be delivered by the mail server.

eM Client: Example of backscatter spam pretending to be server provider

Spam emails of all kinds are irritating, but fortunately they can be easy to identify if you know what they have in common. Look out for unusual email addresses and urgent language when you receive a strange email. Quite often, there will be mistakes in grammar, spelling or formatting.

Don’t forget to always report spam email messages to alert the server that the sender is suspicious.

Spam vs. junk emails

The difference between spam and junk emails is that you do not have any control over spam emails, but you can unsubscribe from no-longer-wanted junk emails. Junk emails usually refer to any emails that were used for advertising purposes. You can either reach out to the junk email sender or unsubscribe to stop receiving junk messages. Unlike spam, junk emails are typically harmless - but they can be equally annoying and excessive.

Be aware that you could encounter a fake marketing email that seems like harmless junk, but is actually spam. If you see an email claiming that it’s from a reputable company about a product or service you didn’t use, it's probably spam. You could receive anything from Apple spam emails, Paypal spam emails, or even postage spam emails. Spammers have gotten creative over time - so double check to make sure that the email is legitimate before you respond or click on any links. If the message is trying to claim to be a specific service you use, they should address you by the name you filled in when registering the service, not just ‘dear user’ or similar neutral or incorrect name.

To check if the links in an email are trustworthy, you can hover over the link to see a preview of the website. This should give you enough information to determine whether or not you should click. You can also hover over the sender’s name to see if they are from your contacts list. If the address seems unusual and contains random letters, numbers, and a strange email provider; it’s most likely spam.

Spam emails without sender address

Another perplexing type of spam emails are spam emails with no sender. Instead of seeing the sender’s address, most mail providers will display “No Sender” where the address would typically be in the email. This is done intentionally by the spam email sender to make it more challenging for recipients to avoid receiving their spam messages in their inbox. Unlike other spam emails, you are unable to create a rule that filters or blocks the spam email without sender address. A solution to this problem is to see if the subjects of the spam emails with no sender have anything in common. Then, you can create a rule to filter the emails based on the topic or subject of the spam email without a sender address. A quick way to create such rule is to right-click the email, and use the ‘Create Rule from Message’ feature.

Spam filters

Spam filters automatically identify spam messages and prevent them from entering the inbox. Instead, spam messages are sent to the spam or junk folder as a result of your email spam filter. This process is controlled by the mail server from your email provider. Most mail servers have efficient systems to effectively prevent spam from entering your inbox. For example, you can go to Gmail report spam if you’d like to alert the server about a dangerous message. Messages similar to your reported spam and phishing emails will be identified as spam by your mail server in the future.

This is why it’s such a major advantage to keep the spam filter on the mail server - it helps the mail server learn how to become even more effective at preventing spam by learning through message processing. Email clients like eM Client never read our user’s messages to ensure your information remains secure. Adding features to scan your messages via our own online tools would create more points of access to your private data. As a result, relying on the mail server is the most efficient and effective way to block spam from your account, since your mail server already has the access to your messages.

Junk and spam email management with eM Client

The mail provider you use with eM Client is usually responsible for the majority of default spam filtrations. As an added security measure, eM Client provides additional options to ensure that junk and spam that misses the mail server’s filtration system stay far away from your inbox. Control spam in eM Client through blacklist, settings, and rules.

How to create a Blacklist

Move your first spam email into the blacklist by right clicking in the message list or by using the Mark option in the toolbar.
Use Move to Junk and click or hover on this option.
A new submenu/window will appear with three options: Move to Junk, Move to Junk and blacklist email and Move to Junk and blacklist domain.
Select an option that involves the blacklist. If you select blacklist email, it will block emails specifically from that email address. If you blacklist a domain, it will add any emails with the same domain to the blacklist.

Edit the Blacklist

If you accidentally blacklist the wrong address or domain, you always have the option to remove it from the list.

Go to Menu > Rules.
Select ‘Blacklist’ and click edit.
You’ll see a list of email addresses that have already been blacklisted.
Add or remove any addresses as needed. Adding addresses will blacklist them; so make sure you’re certain that you no longer want messages from that sender in your inbox.

Update 6/9/2025: The Blacklist has been moved in eM Client 10.3 from Rules to menu > Mail > Blacklist and Whitelist section of the app.

eM Client: Editing window for Blacklist rule

Create custom rules for junk and spam emails

If blacklisting the domain or email hasn’t worked for certain spam emails, you can manually create rules based on the content of the email rather than the address. This is helpful, because it’s common for spam emails to use a variety of email addresses. Here’s how to create a quick rule based on existing message:

Right-click a message and use Create Rule from Message
Select an option from the menu:

Always move messages from _____ to folder…
Always move messages with the subject ____ to folder…
Create rule based on ‘from’...
Create rule based on ‘subject’...
Select your option. A window will appear asking if you’d like to make this a Local Rule or a Server Rule. Local Rules can only be used while eM Client is running, but Server Rules stay in effect even if eM Client isn’t active.
The Rule wizard will appear. Select the action for the rule. For example: selecting Move to junk will cause all of the emails containing the information selected previously rules to be moved to the junk folder.
Click Finish and your rule is complete.

eM Client: Create Rule from Message

There are extra parameters that can be set in rules in order to create additional barriers to prevent the junk email from reaching your inbox. For example, you can select repeated keywords that you frequently notice in your spam emails and use them to create a rule. This will be outlined in our next section.

Create rules based on keywords

Create rules based on keywords: Choosing keywords to identify spam messages is a great tactic to keep similar messages out of your inbox. This is a recommended option for users who repeatedly get similar spam messages from different senders about the same topic.

Go to Menu > Rules.
If you have accounts that support server rules, you will be able to select the account or stay in Local rules.
Click New Rule.
From here, you can scroll down in the list provided by the rule wizard until you find the following options:
with words from the subject
with words found in body or subject
Select an action (for example, “delete mail,” “move to folder,” “copy to folder,” etc.) and then finish the rule configuration.
Complete the process by clicking “words” to type and add any text you want identified by the rule.
Click Finish to complete the process.

Extra security

If you would like to add additional security measures to your email provider’s mail server, you can download an external application to enhance your security and guarantee that spam never reaches your account. Programs like Mailwasher and the Barracuda spam filter can help you avoid spam. Check to make sure that the application you choose is compatible with your email account. For example; the popular Barracuda spam filter is only compatible with Microsoft 365 accounts.

With the rise of scammers and hackers, it can be tough to figure out how to dodge spam messages. Using eM Client’s rule features will help you create the perfect anti-spam email experience. If you want to learn more about how to use eM Client to elevate your email experience and improve your productivity, check out our blog for awesome tips and tricks!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Updates to the beta versions of eM Client for iOS and Android

sid — Tue, 15 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

It's been a while since we announced the release of the first beta versions of our mobile apps, so I'd like to share with you how far we've come in the development in that time. We're still not ready for the official release, but we're well on our way to that important milestone.

Since the first published beta, we've worked on the user interface, the range of features, and especially the stability and speed of the app. Gradually, we are integrating features, settings and various little things you know from the Windows and macOS versions into the mobile app.

A complete list of improvements we made since the first beta release would be quite long, so I'll just highlight a few points that we consider most important:

The message list now contains all the same information as the desktop versions and is comparably configurable (turning off avatars, number of preview lines, etc.)
Redesigned account setup wizard
Support for zoom gesture (increase and decrease content) in message detail
Support for different font sizes based on system settings
Redesigned Quick Filter
S/MIME support on Android and now on iOS
Notes for emails
Response format settings
Many improvements in QR import (including the ability to import search folders)
Full eM Keybook support
New localizations

We try our best to listen to your feedback, that you have sent us a tremendous amount of, for which we are very grateful.

Of course, we're developing the app primarily for you, our users, so we want to make it as easy to use as possible and work the way you want it to. We have received countless ideas, suggestions for improvement, and bug reports, and we tried to respond to most of them. In any case, we read all feedback channels carefully, evaluate them and then incorporate the approved changes into our development plan.

Screenshots

1 / 14

Android - Inbox

2 / 14

Android - Read

3 / 14

Android - Quick Filter

4 / 14

Android - Notes

5 / 14

Android - Response format settings

6 / 14

Android - eM Keybook

7 / 14

Android - Settings

8 / 14

iOS - Inbox

9 / 14

iOS - Read

10 / 14

iOS - Quick Filter

11 / 14

iOS - Notes

12 / 14

iOS - Response format settings

13 / 14

iOS - eM Keybook

14 / 14

iOS - Settings

❮ ❯

The most common topics you ask about are

Tablet versions
Calendar support
New message notifications (or background message download)
Price of the app after release

Since these questions are frequently asked, we have decided to discuss them in more detail. First, we’d like to explain what our biggest priorities are and what our next steps will be.

Our top priority is the full release (end of beta phase) of the app with complete functionality for managing email messages on Android and iOS, with quality, stability and response speed comparable to the desktop app.

We are currently adapting our development plan to reflect this as much as possible. However, the scope of eM Client's email functions is so extensive that it will take some time to complete everything.

Tablet versions

You can install eM Client on your Android tablet and iPad already. However, the user interface is not yet sufficiently adapted to these devices. This will be one of our main tasks for the upcoming weeks.

In the coming days and weeks, you will definitely see significant changes for the better in this department.

Calendar support

Support for the calendar (as well as other features such as contacts, tasks, and notes) is planned for the second phase, after the full release of the first version, which primarily focuses only on email features.

We understand that the calendar feature is much sought after, but unfortunately, we have to take it one step at a time. As with email, we want to bring functionality comparable to a desktop application. And as they say, Rome wasn't built in a day.

New message notifications

By far the most frequently asked question revolves around the topic of notifications for new incoming messages, or background message synchronization. This is where we need to pause for a moment and explain how mobile platforms differ from desktop platforms in this particular aspect.

On mobile operating systems, it is not possible to reliably run program code in the background (when the application is not actively running).

On iOS, for our purposes, where we need a constant connection to mail servers, this is not possible at all.

On Android, there are some possibilities, but despite the fact that we already use them, they don't always work completely reliably. The operating system can decide to terminate such background synchronization at any time, whether due to the system performance, battery life, etc.

The only way out of this is the concept of so-called push notifications, where our server-side service (your mail server cannot do this) sends special notifications that can be processed and displayed on the mobile device. After you click on this notification, the app is launched and the new message (or messages) is then downloaded and fully displayed.

We are working hard to support these push notifications so that they work reliably and securely. It's one of the biggest challenges of the mobile app project (not least because it involves extensive infrastructure on our server side), and it's also one of our biggest current priorities.

However, we are very close to the point where this feature can be included in the current beta version.

Price of the app after release

Here's some good news for you. The mobile app with complete email functionality will remain free after the official release. It is possible that we will change our approach in the future, but for now, the mobile app will continue to be completely free.

Feedback and a thank you

I would like to thank you again for all the assistance, ideas and bug reports you have sent us via your feedback.

It is an invaluable source of information for us to continually improve our product.

As a reminder, the address to send any questions, comments or bugs about the mobile app to, is testing@emclient.com.

Michal Bürger
CEO

Download

How to restore backup in eM Client

sid — Wed, 09 Aug 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Someday, you might trip and spill coffee all over your device and risk losing your important information forever. Or maybe you accidentally click the wrong button and somehow delete everything. Recovering your emails, contacts, notes, messages, and tasks seems like a daunting task; but it actually only takes a few steps if you’ve backed up your data.

Users who already learned how to automatically backup their data in eM Client have the option to restore their data from the last backup. Restoring your backup will ensure that you regain access to all of your important information eM Client once again. Our guide will walk you through options for accessing your data once again.

Restore your backup

The basic process to restore your data in eM Client is stress free. Follow these steps to restore your backup:

Open eM Client on your device.
Click Menu > File > Restore.
If you previously created multiple files with different backups: choose the file with the backup that you would like to restore. If you only have one backup, it will be selected automatically.
A pop-up window will appear with a restore confirmation. It includes a warning that explains that data since the last backup may be lost if you restore. Click Yes if you want to proceed.
eM Client will automatically close and restart during the restore process.

Once this process is complete, your eM Client application should have all of the information that was included in the selected backup. If you’re online, you’ll be able to see all of your new incoming messages and updated synchronized data in addition to seeing the information from the restored backup.

Restore in Offline Mode

Synced accounts that have been removed from the server can still have their backup restored. If you’ve enabled automatic backups; your information will be recovered from the last time that you were online and a backup was performed. Follow these steps to restore your backup in offline mode:

Navigate to Menu > File > Restore.
Select your backup and start the restore.
When the application shuts down, hold down the Ctrl key - you’ll be asked if you would like to start the application in offline mode.

Once the restore is completed, you’ll be able to see all of the messages, calendar events, contacts, notes, and tasks from the last time you were online and saved your information in a backup. Restoring in online mode will replace the restored data from the backup with new data from the server. This is because the server contains the newest data, so it has priority. Everything would be wiped out after the initial sync. If you restore your backup data and the app is offline: you have time to either export the messages into files or copy them into local folders.

Export the data using Menu > File > Export. Alternatively, you can select and then drag and drop specific files in the folders on your device.

How to rename the original database

Renaming the original database allows you to keep a copy of your old database. It will also help you restore eM Client if your application will not load. Before renaming the database, check to make sure that eM Client is not running. This is essential before starting the renaming process.

After closing eM Client, here’s what you need to do to rename the database:

On Windows, go to C:\Users\%username%\AppData\Roaming\eM Client
On macOS, go to /Users/User Name/Library/Application Support/eM Client
Next, change the name from “eM Client” to something else and save.

After this process, the program will create a new eM Client folder so that the application can begin fresh with a new database. In certain situations, only some of your old data is necessary when you’re restoring your back up. If this is the case - you can do a partial restore. A renamed database is necessary for this process. Having your information stored in a specific renamed database gives you the flexibility to do a partial restore, export only the data you need, or you can add the information to your current database.

How to do a partial restore

If you only need some of the data from your backup and don’t want to replace everything, you have the option of conducting a partial restore. It’s essential to know how to restore offline and change database locations to begin a partial restore. Here are the steps:

Begin by renaming the database (For example ‘eM Client main’).
Start the eM Client application on your computer - it will create a new empty database under the old folder name ‘eM Client’.
Restore your data from the backup. Completing this action while offline is recommended so that no new messages are downloaded during the process.
Locate the data you wish to retrieve. Export the data via Menu > File > Export or use right-click > ‘Save as’ to download it.
Shut down eM Client.
Delete the database where you restored, named ‘eM Client’.
Rename your old database (‘eM Client main’) back to the original name (‘eM Client’).
Start eM Client app - it will load your main database back.
Finally, import the data you exported via Menu > File > Import or saved to return it to eM Client.

Partial restore is a way to return specific data back to eM Client without losing your current database. It’s not always an ideal option for every situation, but a partial restore is a solution for users who want to restore pieces of data they might have lost without changing their current settings.

Do you still have questions about automatic backups or restoring backups? Reach out to our support to get advice, take a look at our video about automatic backups to learn more about how you can save your information!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client with Google Workspace

sid — Wed, 26 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Are you taking full advantage of everything eM Client has to offer your Google Workspace account? Access a better version of your Gmail with eM Client.

Google Workspace users can enjoy complete synchronization and exclusive special features in eM Client. All of the familiar tools and features from Gmail can still be found in the app - but with improvements. Amplify your personal and professional life by using the organizational tools, calendar features, email management services, and everything else that eM Client has to offer Google Workspace accounts.

Advanced Gmail management

eM Client has advanced solutions for cleaning up a cluttered Gmail inbox and maintaining organization - so you can focus on your email priorities in both your professional and personal accounts. After connecting your Google Workspace account to eM Client, you have access to helpful features like archiving, advanced search, and label management using folders and tags. These features might seem familiar to your Gmail webmail account - but they’re even better on eM Client.

Archiving: In Gmail, your archived messages are removed from your inbox by removing the Inbox label. The server archive matches the webmail behavior for Gmail and all archived messages stay in All Mail folder. To archive messages click ‘Move to Archive’ in the toolbar at the top of your screen, or use the shortcut Ctrl+Shift+A.
Server search: Search through all of your email communications without needing to download the whole messages and waste space on your device. Gmail users can fully utilize this feature. The server-side search is enabled by default, but you can change the setting on your device; go to the drop-down menu in the search field in the top right corner of your screen. You’ll see the option to use Server search here. With this feature, you do not need to enable download for offline use to fully search your messages.

eM Client: Server search settings

Stay organized

eM Client is the only email client that copies Google’s label management system using folders and tags. This helps speed up the synchronization process and ensures that your Gmail messages are properly stored in eM Client. Your real folders are: All Mail, Trash, and Spam/Junk.

You have the option of creating new folders; which are converted to corresponding labels to group your messages. The steps for creating a folder (right click in the message list > New folder) are the same as creating a new label on Gmail. Just like Gmail, you need to keep in mind that your messages in eM Client aren’t actually physically moved to a new folder. The folders that you create and select in the navigation panel are actually messages grouped together with the same labels.

The purpose of Gmail’s label system is to make the process of organizing your messages more efficient than traditional email folders. Creating a physical folder that includes physical copies of email wastes time and storage space. The lack of physical folders helps you save time if you need to reorganize your messages with new labels since each message exists only once.

Tag options: You can adjust the labels for your emails based on your organization preferences. For example, if you want to change the tag that marks emails as ‘Important;’ go to Menu > Accounts > Gmail > IMAP and find ‘Tags.’ Select “Always” or “Never” based on your preferences for “Show important tags.”
Label management: eM Client can synchronize the colors and setup of your Gmail labels! Manually synchronize a color to a label to maintain consistency for your Gmail account. eM Client simplified the process for assigning colors to labels: go to Menu > Tags on Windows or Tools > Tags on Mac.

Let eM Client do the work

Do you ever wish that you had a personal assistant who could file, organize, and respond to messages when you’re busy? Several features in eM Client can be enabled to automate your Google Workspace email management. Boost your productivity and focus on the tasks that matter.

Automatic configuration of all settings: eM Client users with Gmail accounts can automatically sync their settings during the account setup process. Your emails, tags, calendars, events, folders, signatures, rules, and more will be synchronized to your eM Client program. It only takes a couple of clicks - and eM Client will do the rest. If you don’t want your Gmail settings synchronized completely, you have the option to leave out the Google settings either during the setup or later in Menu > Accounts.
Server rules: Server rules set parameters for the organization of your Gmail accounts. eM Client fully supports rules created using the Gmail webmail. Automatically organize incoming emails into certain folders based on the message subject, contact, or keywords included in the message. This eases the process of finding important emails - you’ll know exactly which folder to find them.
Set specific server rules by going to Menu > Rules. Select ‘New rule’ and the rule customization window will appear. You’ll be able to select which email account you’d like the rule to be applied to.
Out of office: Nobody wants to respond to emails if they’re out sick or on vacation. You can set up Out of Office automatic replies for your Gmail account through eM Client. Open Menu > Tools > Automatic replies. At the top of the page; select the account(s) that need the automatic replies. Check the “Send automatic replies” option. Choose the dates, write a subject and compose the message for your email, specify who will receive the automatic responses and save by clicking OK. All of the changes you make are also saved through Gmail - so you can conveniently adjust your Out of Office message without logging into your webmail!
Aliases: This feature allows users to create an alternative email address (alias). This feature is helpful for employees who have multiple roles and for users who need a temporary email address. You can synchronize your previously created Google Workspace alias. Navigate to Menu > Accounts to set your alias.

Calendar features

There’s no need to switch back and forth between eM Client and your browser every time you need to schedule or join a video call. eM Client users can still take advantage of the convenience of Google Meet video calls. All future and previous calendar events will be synchronized to eM Client.

If the calendar event includes a video call; a camera icon will appear on the calendar event. Users can quickly join a Google Meet meeting from eM Client by clicking on the event. You can join or run the meeting directly from eM Client. If you need to remove video conferencing providers, you can switch from Google Meet to another provider (or just add more) in Menu > Settings > Online Meetings.

You can also quickly switch the video conferencing provider while creating events in the new meeting window. Users who never use Google Meet have the option of removing it from their provider options through the Online Meeting Settings. This action can always be undone if something changes.

Want to see if your participants are free or busy? When you schedule a new meeting on eM Client, you’ll see an overview of your participants availability as you’re creating the event. Click the ‘Schedule’ button in the event window to see the availability overview. Modify the event by selecting the previous or next time slot. This is a convenient tool that will help you seamlessly schedule important meetings.

Contact features

eM Client uses the latest People API to automatically synchronize contacts from your Gmail - so you don’t need to worry about losing anyone’s information. With eM Client, you can conveniently manage your contacts by organizing your contacts into folders for contact groups.

People who use Gmail as a business account also have access to a Global Address List through eM Client. The Global Address List includes the contact information for everyone in your organization. Users who are added to the directory will be shown to other members of the organization. To view this list on eM Client, all you need to do is go to Contacts and click on the Directory folder. This will contain all of the Global Address List contacts from your Gmail account.

eM Client with Google Workspace for businesses

eM Client doesn’t just synchronize your Gmail account; it makes it better. The bonus features offered by eM Client for Gmail users make it an excellent email client for businesses. Pro users will also discover advanced organizational features like Attachments View, or use Threads for your Conversations, or use Watch for Reply feature, which are currently not offered through Gmail webmail. Both of these features are essential for sharing important information and communicating efficiently with your colleagues.

Attachments view helps you easily access your attachments in a list or grid to quickly find the files you need. Thread view allows you to group your emails together based on the contact and content of the messages and go through messages separately. eM Client copies Google’s conversation algorithm - so you’ll feel right at home and you will see your messages sorted into conversations in the same order on all of your devices. Using the Watch for Reply feature you can get notifications for important messages that have been unreplied to for too long, so you can get a reminder to follow up with specific recipients.

Enjoy the features you love from Gmail on eM Client - plus more. With full synchronization and helpful choices for customizing your account, you’ll get more from your Gmail when you download eM Client. If you want to learn more about all of eM Client’s revolutionary email and task management options, check out our blog!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How do I create or add a new email account in eM Client?

sid — Wed, 12 Jul 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Almost everyone has multiple email accounts. At a minimum, you probably have at least one personal email account and a work email account. Navigating between several email accounts at once through webmail just wastes time - you can add multiple email accounts to your eM Client application! Quickly switch between accounts without worrying about remembering your login information every time you need to see new emails or manage your tasks.

How to add new email accounts in eM Client

Adding a new email account on eM Client will only take a moment. We’ll walk you through the basic steps:

If you just installed eM Client and it’s your first time using the application, you’ll be able to set up your new account right away.
After you’ve set up your initial account and you’re ready to add the next one; click eM Client on your computer’s toolbar.
- Windows users: Menu > Accounts, click Add Account
- macOS Users: eM Client > Add Account
Choose your account setup option. You’ll have the choice of automatic setup, or manual setup.
- The automatic setup is the easiest option because your settings are automatically detected by the application. Automatic setup chooses the recommended mail protocol for you; either IMAP or EWS for most up to date services. If you require a specific setting, you might need to use manual setup.
- Manual setup is great for users who have a non-standard setup on their device or server. Manual setup lets you choose specific protocols that will be compatible with your email account. You can change the specific settings for mail, chat, calendar and contacts based on the needs of your system.
eM Client: New account setup

After deciding which option is right for you, click “Next” when you’re done. You can always return if you change your mind before finishing the account setup process by clicking “Back.”
You’ll be asked to provide your email address. If you’re adding an account without OAuth (authentication in a separate window), you’ll also need to add your password.
Add your full name and check your email address for the “Account Details” page. “Your name” is what recipients will see when you send them a message from the eM Client application. Additionally, you can name your account for your own personal use. Recipients will not be able to view your account name - only you. When you’re ready to move on, click “Next.”
It’s time to set up encryption. You have three options: Create encryption keypair, Import existing PGP keypair, or Continue without encryption. Your messages are safe regardless of your security choices; eM Client was designed to include enhanced security measures to protect your information. However, setting up encryption is recommended only because it adds another layer to keep your messages secure. To learn more about email encryption, read our encryption guide here.
If you choose to create a new PGP keypair, the next page will have you set it up by creating a unique password.
If you choose to import an existing keypair, you’ll be asked to select it from your device in a new pop-up window.
Users who choose to continue without encryption will simply continue to the next step for account setup.
Almost there! Choose your avatar using a default image, or an image from your computer. Avatars can also be selected if you have a domain icon or Gravatar connected to your email address. Next, select the services you’d like to use that are supported by your server. The final step is to set your sync options. Click “Finish” and you’re done.

After you click “Finish,” it is likely that you’ll be asked to quickly grant eM Client access to add your email account to your eM Client application. This step is only for email providers using OAuth - such as Gmail, Outlook, Microsoft 365, Yahoo, and AOL.

Once the process is complete, you have the option of adding additional email accounts to eM Client by navigating to: Menu > Accounts. Your accounts will remain in your eM Client application panel; so you don’t need to switch screens or spend time logging in and out of multiple email accounts. To navigate to the desired email account, click one of your email addresses or account names shown in the left toolbar. If you click the email address, you’ll be shown your inbox. Once you’ve added two or more accounts; favorite folders will appear at the top of the list. This will include global folder options. Check out our blog post to learn more about special folders. They’re easy to use and keep your messages organized!

What email providers can I use with eM Client?

Users have plenty of free and paid email provider options to use that are fully compatible with the eM Client application. Popular free mail providers include Gmail, Outlook, and Yahoo. Sync your calendar, contacts, and messages. You can add accounts from different email providers on your eM Client application, so there’s no need to worry about your providers clashing or getting mixed up.

Paid email providers including Exchange/Office 365, Icewarp, Imageway, and Google Workspace are able to use full synchronization of all the great features offered on their accounts - plus more! Explore the full features offered for each type of email account here.

How many email accounts can I add to eM Client?

If you are currently using our free version of eM Client; you can only add two email accounts. If you upgraded your license to PRO, you can add one additional email account or one thousand - there’s no limit! Each email account you add will have access to the full benefits and features on eM Client. Organize and view each account and their folders, calendars, tasks, and more. eM Client was designed to make it simple for users with multiple email accounts to manage their messages and tasks all in one place. Easily differentiate between your accounts using avatars, and customize each account with folders and tags to keep your information organized.

The ability to add and manage multiple email accounts to one application is just one of the many benefits of using eM Client! Learn about all of the great features you can use with your added accounts by reading our blog.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How to customize your eM Client application

sid — Wed, 28 Jun 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Beauty is in the eye of the beholder - so we’ve given you plenty of options for personalization. You can make your eM Client application look exactly the way you want it to so that it’s both aesthetically pleasing and easy to use. Making your inbox look visually appealing is not just for fun; adjusting your visual settings can improve your productivity! Learn how to adjust your appearance settings to create a design tailored to your unique visual preferences.

Appearance

You can modify the display settings based on your preferences. Adjusting the settings can help improve your productivity and improve your eM Client experience.

To navigate to the Appearance page, go to: Menu > Settings > Appearance. The appearance page will give you several options to change your display settings: Layout, Themes, Lists, and Toolbars. These options will allow you to change details including the font size and application colors.

Layout

Layout changes the organization of your messages. The position of the messages is based on the message list. You can either display your message detail on the bottom of your screen or the right. Or you can turn this off completely. This option will also let you change the sidebar; so it can be expanded, minimized, or hidden.

If you enjoy a compact view of your message list; then you’ll likely prefer to display your messages on the right. This is also the default setting. Users who like to see more details: viewing the messages at the bottom of your screen will show more details for the single line message view. The message preview can be disabled completely; for users who only want to see minimal information on their screens.

Each message list layout can be customized by right clicking at the top of the message list or one of the column headers, then by selecting Columns Configuration. This will let you add, remove, or change the order of the items on your screen.

Themes

Change the background color, text color, and the entire visual appearance of your application. You can select one of eM Client’s default themes or you can import your own theme file. Check out eM Client’s Theme Gallery to download and use themes created by other users.

Feeling creative? Select Theme Editor to change everything from the font colors to the color of the scroll bar.

Once you’ve made your eM Client application display look the way you want it to; your theme settings will be saved to eM Client. Then, you need to save your theme elements to a local folder and import your theme to the eM Client application. Saving your new theme to a new folder will also allow you to access the theme later; giving you the flexibility to change your theme whenever you want without worrying.

Lists

Change your Item List Properties, Font, and Row Dimensions here. The first option, Item List Properties provides a checklist; so you can either enable or disable alternating colors for rows, show grid lines, use color of tag as color, and allow in-cell editing.

The Font section gives you the choice of changing your font type and size. Change your item list font, the item item list group font, and the folder list font. These options will not change the fonts included in new email messages; it will only change the font for the eM Client lists display.

Row Dimensions lets you customize the spacing on your application. You can add up to 45 pixels for spacing out each option. You can change the following height options: Item lists height, Item lists multiline line height, Item lists group header height, Items lists groups header height, and Folder lists row height. The purpose of this option is to improve the readability of the text on your screen by either adding or removing spaces.

Toolbars

Decide which options you want to be shown in your toolbars to efficiently access the commands you use on a daily basis. In the Toolbar option on this window, you will see three options: Main Toolbar, Mail Compose Window Toolbar, and Mail Detail Window Toolbar. Click the customize button to see which items you’d like to add or remove.

When you’re customizing the Main Toolbar; the options you choose to add will appear in the toolbar at the top of your screen. If a certain number of additions are added to your toolbar, click More to view them in the toolbar. You have full control over how many or how few options you’d like to see listed in the Main Toolbar.

The Mail Compose Window Toolbar gives you options for adding and removing features that will be shown when you click New or Reply to compose a new message. If you like to keep it simple with few distractions, you can choose to remove features like Emoticons or Watch for Reply. You could even remove everything, if you really wanted to. If you want to have all the options all at once - you can do that too!

Your options are the same for the Main Detail Window Toolbar. Choose to see one or all of the commands in the Main Detail Window Toolbar.

Change the font for messages

The font size and style for messages can be customized by going to: Menu > Settings > Mail > Read. After you click on Read; scroll down to Preferred Style. Here, you’ll have several choices for your message fonts:

Preferred font for messages: select the font and font size that you want to see in email messages that you receive.
Preferred text color: choose a custom font color (“Use color specified”) or a font color from the theme.
Select whether or not you’d like to use your preferred font for fixed-width plain text messages.

The font settings for writing messages can be adjusted by going to: Settings > Mail > Compose.

Zoom in and out

Are you struggling to read and compose messages, even after adjusting the font size and style? Use the zoom feature to zoom in or out of messages that you’re reading or writing. Here are the commands:

Zoom in: press Ctrl and +, or Ctrl and scroll.
Zoom out: press Ctrl and -, or Ctrl and scroll.
Another option: right click in the message, then select Message > Zoom > Increase or Decrease.
To reset your zoom settings, press Ctrl and 0.

Resetting the appearance of eM Client

Did you accidentally set your font to Wingdings? Do the colors you chose clash? You can reset your appearance settings by going back to Menu > Settings. Click on Appearance again. Here’s how to reset each appearance option:

Themes: Choose one of eM Client’s default themes. This will reset all of your custom color and font choices.
Lists: Simply click “Reset to Default.” This option will change everything categorized under Lists - item list properties, fonts, row dimensions, and indentation.
Toolbars: Click “Customize’ for each of the three toolbar options: Main Toolbar, Main Compose Window Toolbar, and Mail Detail Window Toolbar. Each type of toolbar must be clicked on individually. A pop-up window will appear with your setting options for the toolbar you selected. Click “Set defaults” to return to the original toolbar settings.

The ability to reset the appearance gives you the flexibility to figure out the display settings that work the best for you. Do you want to learn more about how to customize your eM Client application? Take a look at our blog and read about all the ways you can personalize your eM Client experience.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Advanced options for managing attachments with eM Client

sid — Wed, 14 Jun 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Sometimes, you only need to see the file - not the message. Trying to figure out which email has the correct file attachment can be a pain if your inbox is flooded with multiple emails from the same person that all include attachments. Our options for managing attachments are essential for both your personal and professional email accounts. Manage attachments from your emails, calendars, contacts, tasks, and notes with eM Client. We decided to make the process easy so you can find the files you need in only a matter of seconds.

Options for managing attachments using eM Client

You’ve got plenty of options for managing attachments using eM Client. The best option depends on the quantity of attachments you need to view at once and whether or not you know the specific sender of the attachment. View attachments through individual emails or use Contact Details to view all of the attachments received from a sender.

To manage attachments in an individual email:

Select the email that includes the attachment you wish to view.
Click on the attachment and a pop-up window will appear asking if you’d like to Open or Save the attachment to your computer.
If you select Save, a window will appear asking you to save your file in a specific folder of your choice on your computer.
If you select Open, the attachment will simply open in a new window using the default application for the file type on your device. This allows you to review the document before saving it.

To manage attachments from Contact Details:

Select an email from a specific contact. It can be any email; regardless of whether or not the selected email has an attachment.
After the email has been selected, a panel labeled Contact Details will appear on the right side of your screen. This panel includes information about the sender; including your message history and attachments sent to you from the sender.
Next to History, select Attachments.
You can preview the attachment by simply hovering over it with your mouse. Once you’ve found the desired attachment: click Open or Save.

The Contact Details option for accessing attachments from a specific sender makes the process easy if you’re trying to quickly access documents from someone with a long history of sending you attachments. It’s much easier than using the search bar or scrolling endlessly to find the attachments you need. You can view the attachment history in the Contacts section using the attachment tab in the People view. This will also let you view your attachment history between you and the sender!

How to use All Attachments View with eM Client PRO

eM Client users get the added bonus of accessing the All Attachments view with eM Client Pro! All Attachments view is a revolutionary feature for managing email, calendar, task, and notes attachments. Your attachments are displayed together without the original email messages; making it simpler for times when you only need the attachment and not the message. All Attachments View allows you to see all attachments from all senders - all in one place.

To access the Attachments View, click on the More button (three dots) at the bottom of the screen on the left panel. Here’s how to get the most out of All Attachments View:

You can view all of the attachments you’ve ever received in either a list or a card view if you select All in the toolbar.
Looking for a specific file type? Select Images, Media, or Documents to narrow down your search. Archives contain .zip, .rar and similar file types containing more files inside.
Sort your files based on the date they were sent. Click on Created to reorganize your documents based on if they were sent recently or a long time ago.
After finding the attachment you want, select it. Look at the toolbar to see your options. You can either respond to the sender using Open Source, save the attachment using Save as, or you can Forward or Delete the attachment.
If you choose Open Source: a new window will appear showing you the original message, event, task, note or contact the file was received or saved in. You can interact with the original source of the file this way, if you for example need to update some details or respond to the message.
If you only need to forward the file to another sender - select Forward in the toolbar. Your attachment will be automatically included in the forwarded message that appears in a new window. Add the name of your recipient, type your message, and then your attachment is ready to go!

Once you’ve tried All Attachments View, you’ll have a hard time living without it. This user-friendly feature will save you time and energy. All Attachments view is just one of many innovative features that make eM Client the best email management app for everyone. If you want to learn more about all of the benefits of eM Client Pro License, check out the list on our pricing page. To find out about updates and how to get the most out of eM Client - read our blog!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Modern Message List

sid — Wed, 31 May 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Everyone likes something different when it comes to viewing their message list. If you’re looking for simplicity, an abundance of shortcuts and quick actions, or the option to customize the message list to see all the essential details about the message at a glance - eM Client’s message list can do it all. Go from a simplified to a highly detailed view in just a few clicks. There’s no need to compromise on what you want and our advanced message list features are proof of that.

Avatars

The main identification of the sender is usually their email address, but sometimes the sender’s email address is unrecognizable. Checking their avatar is a quick way to identify the sender. Some people see their synchronized contact avatars as a fun way to personalize their online presence, some just use the default logo of their domain or website, while others view it as unnecessary. Whether or not you enjoy seeing these contact icons in your message list, eM Client offers customization so you can make your inbox look exactly the way you want it to.

eM Client users have the option to use both local and external avatars. Version 9 allows users to shrink avatars or disable them completely. Here’s how to change your avatar settings:

Navigate to Menu > Settings > Mail > Read > Message list
Change the avatar size. Two sizes are available: regular and small.
The option to hide the avatars can be changed in settings by clicking the “Show avatars'' checkbox or you can right-click at the top of the message list. Repeat this action to display the avatars again.

That’s not all - eM Client also allows you to change which folders will display avatars and which will not! In other words, we didn’t settle for just one global setting for avatars. We want to provide our users total freedom when it comes to adjusting the message list and the flexibility of avatars is one of the many message list options we created for you.

Be sure to check out our video about the avatar feature below:

Message Preview

Message preview is helpful when you don’t want to open the new message that just came in, but still want to peek at the message contents in this new email. If you set the preview to one, two, or three lines; you will see part of the message body. The message preview alone is occasionally enough to read shorter messages without even opening them. The multi-line preview is available only in the compact message list view. The single-line layout lets you get the gist of the message from the first line and plan how to respond later.

If you don’t need to see anything before you open a message: you have the option to disable message previews. When you receive a new email without a message preview, new emails will be displayed with no pane and the full message won’t be displayed until you open it.

To hide the message preview:

Change the message preview option to “Disabled” in Menu > Settings > Mail > Read > Message list. The message preview will be hidden and only the header will be displayed.
Or you can use a shortcut and right click at the top of the message list to see your message preview options.

The customizable columns that allow you to see more (or less) details are just one of many advantages of using eM Client to manage your messages. Read more about user interface customization in our blog posts.

Want to see more of how it works? Check out the video below:

Quick Filter

Another amazing addition to the message list features is Quick Filter. Filtering messages by specific attributes is a convenient way to narrow down the list of messages to find exactly what you’re looking for. Search for a message by attachment, flag, invitation, read status, or any one of the other available attribute options in the filter. To read about the quick filter in more detail, take a look at our article dedicated to this helpful feature.

Message List Actions and Customization

Updates have been made to the unread and flag button behaviors when avatars are displayed in the message list. When avatars in the message list are on, you will see only the flag button when hovering over the message. You can set up this action to be the same as eM Client version 8, when you could see both, flag and unread upon hovering over the message.

Change this setting based on your preferences by going to: Menu > Settings > Mail > Message List and either ticking or unticking the box labeled Always show “Read” and “Flagged” icons on mouse hover.

In the settings section, you now have the option to display or hide the quick delete button in the message list. The shortcut for message deletion will also appear in the message hover when the setting “Show “Delete” button on mouse hover” is on.

eM Client: Delete button on the right side appears on mouse hover

The column configuration menu is accessed with the following navigation: right-click on the top of the message list > Columns configuration. This gives you the power to hide or reveal more details about the message (reply indicator, avatars, attachment icon, read status, etc.).

If you are using a single-line layout with a bigger screen, you can probably fit all the details comfortably, but the space could be tight on smaller screens or high DPIs - that’s where the column customization can be taken to the next level. This is a perfect choice for users who prefer to see all the important details without making the interface look too busy.

eM Client version 9.2 is packed with features and changes guaranteed to improve your organization and productivity.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How long should you keep emails for?

sid — Wed, 17 May 2023 00:00:00 +0000

It’s doubtful that every email in your personal inbox needs to be kept for decades as a historical record. But the prospect of deleting old emails on your professional or personal account can be nerve-wracking; because you don’t know whether or not you’ll need them in the future. Your personal inbox has flexibility - but your work email could be different. Verify that it’s safe to delete old emails before you clear your inbox.

How long should I keep emails on my personal account?

You can keep personal emails for as long as you want; email providers including Microsoft Outlook and Gmail will not automatically delete your old opened emails. Emails that you choose to delete on Outlook and Gmail will stay in your trash folder for 30 days. This gives you time to reconsider deleting your messages. After the 30 day time period is up, your deleted emails will be gone forever.

There are certain types of emails that you should consider keeping. Emails containing important documents and communications should be kept if you anticipate needing them in the future. If you no longer want to see old messages in your inbox, but still want to keep them - read our post about how to archive old emails.

How long should I keep emails on my work account?

Email retention laws set parameters that companies and government agencies need to follow in order to ensure that information is securely stored. Countries around the world have various email retention laws specific to certain professions that require information to be kept for a certain time frame. People working in law, medicine, and any other profession that requires documentation should review data retention policies before deleting old work emails.

Here’s an overview of email retention policies around the world.

United States:

Lawyers and other law professionals should keep their emails for 3-7 years. This resource explains data retention laws for various professions in the United States.
Doctors should keep their emails based on state requirements according to HIPAA laws.

Europe:

Each country in Europe has different policies for data retention - review the guidelines before deleting a work email.

Canada:

Law professionals must keep their emails containing important files for ten years.
If an email contains clinical records in Canada, there’s specific time frames for each territory. Check the chart before you delete an email about a patient.

United Kingdom:

This chart explains the expectations for email data retention throughout the United Kingdom.
Law professionals need to keep their emails for six years.

China:

This guide can be used to check current data retention laws in China.

If you’re unsure whether or not you can delete an old email on your work account - consider checking with your supervisor before you proceed. Utilize folders and the archiving feature on your account to separate old and new emails.

Archive old emails

The archiving feature on your email account lets you keep old communications without clogging your inbox. Archived emails are stored on your account; but they will not be shown in your inbox unless you search for them. Different email providers have different options for accessing archived messages; but regardless of what email provider you use, you’ll always be able to find your archived messages in your account. This is a great tool to use for either your professional or personal email account.

Manage old emails using eM Client

The process for managing old emails using the eM Client application is easy and secure. Whether you decide to delete an email forever or save it for later with the archive; you have options on eM Client that ensure that you can fix any mistakes. We’ve created a guide to show you all the ways you can handle your old emails based on your needs.

Archiving on eM Client

The eM Client application includes an archiving feature to help you manage your old emails. Here are the steps for archiving on eM Client:

Click "select". You can "select all", or you can click on the box next to the specific emails you want to archive.
After selecting the desired emails, click "Archive" in the toolbar.

This basic process will let you view your archived messages through All Mail when you’re online if you have a Google account. Other email accounts will see a folder titled Archive in their folders list.

Another great feature the eM Client application offers is Automatic Archive. Automatic Archive sends archived messages to a folder in the local directory in the eM Client application. You can set time frames for the Automatic Archive, so your old emails are automatically removed from your inbox and saved in the local folder.

Access Automatic Archive by navigating to Menu > Settings > Mail > Automatic Archiving.

Clear your inbox with eM Client

One of the benefits of using eM Client is that there are backup options and no time limits for deleted emails - so you have the flexibility to make mistakes.

Follow these instructions to delete your old emails on eM Client:

Click “Select all” above your inbox - or click the checkboxes to select specific emails.
Click “Delete” in the toolbar.
A pop up window will appear asking you to confirm your decision.

Deleted emails are stored in the Trash folder indefinitely in eM Client. However, you should be aware that emails sent to the deleted folder on synchronized accounts could still be deleted after a certain amount of time. For example, popular email providers like Outlook and Gmail only store deleted emails for 30 days - so you’d have to remember to recover an email before it’s too late!

Automatic backups on eM Client

If you’re concerned about accidentally losing an old email you deleted in error; one of the many benefits of using eM Client is the automatic backup system. The backup system ensures that all of your emails and attachments are stored securely either on your computer or in cloud storage. Enable automatic backups and let eM Client do the rest!

To enable automatic backups to save all messages and data:

Navigate to: Menu > Settings > General > Backup.
By default, your data will be saved locally to the Documents folder on your computer. However, you can change the folder to a different location in your device or even set it to a folder on your cloud storage if you use one (Dropbox, Onedrive,...) - that way your backup is safe; even if your device is lost or damaged.
If you’d like to use backup for full restore of IMAP and EWS accounts, your messages should be downloaded for offline use. You can download your entire account by going to Menu > Accounts, then select settings in IMAP or Exchange. This will download all of the messages on your account. If you want to do this for a specific folder: right click on the folder > Properties > Offline.

The eM Client application is a great solution if you want an organized inbox and the option to keep your old emails secure. So you’ll never have to wonder: “where are my old emails?” Check out our blog to learn more information about how to manage your inbox and to get the most out of your eM Client application!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Getting things done with Tasks

sid — Thu, 27 Apr 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Let us introduce you to eM Client’s detailed task view inspired by David Allen’s Getting Things Done methodology. This new default layout for tasks is a tool to help you increase your productivity and reduce your stress. See all the details of your tasks and manage your work more efficiently than ever before!

What is GTD and how can it help you?

Wondering what Getting Things Done (or GTD) is? It is a methodology that helps you focus and prioritize your tasks. GTD is built around the principle of breaking down your agenda into smaller tasks and writing then down somewhere, be it a notebook or an app in your device, to clear your mind and concentrate on the tasks that have the highest priority. In other words, it helps you offload your brain: so you can take a step back and work on what really matters.

The five steps of GTD:

Capture your thoughts and important responsibilities. Use a notepad, whiteboard, eM Client tasks; where you can jot down what needs to get done. Nothing is too small of a task; so capture everything that needs your attention.
Clarify what your next steps will be to complete the tasks you have written down. Break down items into steps that you can complete one by one. If a task seems impossible and overwhelming, set smaller goals to help with completing the intimidating task in portions.
Organize your tasks once you are clear on what the next steps will be. Sort your tasks into categories that will reflect which area of your life they belong to: home project, shopping, work, emails, etc.
Review your organized tasks and prepare to get started. If something in your plan changes or some tasks get canceled, you need to keep your task list up-to-date. You might get a new idea of how your goals can be improved or reached faster. There are no limits to what can change in a week; so keeping your list reviewed and updated is very important!
Action is the final step; that’s when you begin your tasks after everything has been set and organized. Let’s get to work and get things done!

GTD in eM Client

Given how efficient and popular GTD is, we took inspiration from this method and added more visible status icons that will help you quickly assess how much needs to be done and what has been completed already. Let’s take a tour of what the new task view offers and get productive with the updated eM Client Tasks.

See more and do more with the Detail view

The “Detail” view provides a GTD-oriented interface to boost your productivity. You can sort your tasks by the completion status using the tabs right above the task list. It is possible to sort by these statuses: Upcoming, Completed, and On hold. Or you can see all tasks regardless of their status.

The detail view has a pane with the additional task info and a progress slider so you can precisely mark how much work needs to be done for the individual tasks. Drag the bar to 100% when the task is done, or change its status with the all-new task status buttons. You can also see and change the due date and add/edit a note if there are some details you want to remember about the given task.

We have created a short demonstration video that you can check out to get familiar with tasks:

Statuses

The status icons you can now see in eM Client 9 also serve as buttons to change the status. If you click on the status icon in the detail pane you can switch the task status to one of the presets: Not Started, In Progress, Completed, Deferred, and Waiting on someone else.

eM Client: Task status selection via icon menu

The status change is immediately reflected in the task list. If you need to double-check the task status later, the task status will be conveniently displayed in the list. With the new status icons you can instantly see what’s on your to-do list and start getting things done.

There are two special statuses: Not Started for the upcoming tasks and Overdue for the tasks that are past their due date. Additionally, the “Overdue” status can be combined with other progress statuses in case the task wasn’t finished on time, but was started in the past. If you only see the “Overdue” status, it means the task hasn’t been started; but its end date was in the past.

Filtering and sorting

Too many tasks? To sort your tasks based on your priorities, you can use the completion status tabs at the top of the task list mentioned earlier. However, there’s also a possibility to sort tasks by using different parameters or with quick filters to view tasks based on their attributes; including tags, progress status, and more. Click on the funnel icon at the top of the list, pick the attribute and the filter will be applied. Once you found the task you were looking for, click on the “X” button under the quick filter to cancel filtering.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Limited time sync

sid — Wed, 12 Apr 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Are some of your accounts syncing a lot of old unnecessary emails? Worry not, there’s a solution to that in eM Client called “Limited time sync”. Set the time-limited synchronization to a preferred period of time to synchronize only the messages that are still relevant.

What are the benefits and limitations?

Enabling limited time sync can help with speeding up the initial synchronization due to the lower number of synced items, reduce the space taken on the disk because fewer emails will be stored in the eM Client database. This will also speed up the overall functionality of the application, especially when browsing through your folders or using search. And if you are using metered connection, it will reduce the data usage so you won’t run out of the data limit if you are not at your home Wi-Fi.

It is worth noting that by limiting the number of downloaded messages you will need to sync older ones “on demand”. Older messages can be synchronized additionally but these can be accessed only with an active internet connection, which in office environments is not that big of an obstacle. However, if you are mobile and want to do some work with eM Client while offline it’s good to consider setting a broader sync period if you might need to check older messages. The local search will ignore additionally synced messages which can be worked around (as long as you are online) by using the server-side search.

If you are constantly online and you are certain that all messages you need are included in the specified sync period, you might not even notice any of these changes to normal eM Client functionality.

Setting up Limited Time Sync

You already have a general understanding of what limited sync does so now it is time to set it up.

If you are adding a new IMAP or Exchange account to eM Client, the limited time sync setting can be found at the last step of account setup under the “Sync options” section. The default in the desktop email app is “All time” meaning that all the messages you ever received and sent will be available in eM Client.

If you would like to change the sync time period for the account that is already set up in eM Client, it is possible to do so in Menu > Accounts. When in the “Accounts” window, select the account and go to “IMAP” or “Exchange Web Services” depending on the account type.

Then look for the “Sync Options” section and set “Message sync time period” to one of the offered options - a specific number of days, weeks, months, and up to one year. Should the option synchronize too few or too many messages, you can change it in the account settings at any time.

Check out the video on this feature below:

How to use Limited Time Sync

This feature will limit the number of synced messages but it might happen that older messages are needed for something. Where to find them, and how to sync them?

Once the limited-time sync has been enabled go to the message list and if you have numerous messages, scroll to the bottom of the message list. At the end of it, you should see the “Load more” button. This button allows the loading of even older messages. Each click on “Load more” should add approx. 7 more days' worth of emails so you will not lose access to other messages with limited time sync enabled.

eM Client: Load more button with Load all option

In case you need to browse through all your messages for any reason, you can also set eM Client to quickly synchronize all messages in the given folder - use the arrow in the Load more button to find the ‘Load all’ option or even a direct link to this account’s sync setting to change your default synchronization quickly.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Keep everything in sync with server-side tags, rules, and signatures

sid — Wed, 29 Mar 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Are you coming to eM Client from webmail, or using other email apps in addition to eM Client? You will appreciate eM Client’s ability to synchronize labels, rules, and signatures with numerous email providers. If you use any of those features on eM Client, your preferences will be carried over to the server and downloaded on all of your apps that support the synchronization of these items and settings.

Tags and labels

Tags are a useful feature for people who need to sort their emails. They help you sort emails without the hassle of moving them into different folders. Tags can also act as an extra identification layer: even if your messages have been already sorted into folders.

If color coding is your thing, you can apply different colors to tags to make each category stand out. In eM Client, you can apply tags to emails, notes, tasks, and calendar events. This feature is great on its own; but with the server tags you can also sync your tags with your webmail and devices so that you will never lose track of your tagged messages.

If you need to edit the server tag color, name, or remove the tag you can do so by going to Menu > Tags.

To assign a server tag, right-click on the message and look for the tags above the line. The tags above the line are server-side, while those under the line are local tags.

eM Client: Assigning tags in the message list

Currently, you can take advantage of tag sync with Gmail, IceWarp, Exchange, Dovecot, and Imageway accounts and the list is growing! With Exchange and Gmail accounts you can use one more neat feature - management of the server-side tags directly from the eM Client interface.

You can watch our video below if you want to see tag synchronization in action. To see the extensive compatibility list; check out our compatibility page.

Rules

Making the management of your emails automated is now easier than ever before - set the rule parameters, save it, and let it work while you focus on what’s really important. Rules can change message attributes (read status, flags, tags, etc.), they can sort messages into specific folders, and even forward individual received messages based on the parameters you have configured in the rule.

All of that can be achieved even with local rules that are applied only when eM Client is running. But what if you’re leaving and need rules to still work while you are away?

You can create local and server-side rules by going to Menu > Rules. Once you open this menu, you will see the account selection drop-down menu next to the “New Rule” button.
Clicking this will expand the list with compatible accounts. At this moment, eM Client supports rule sync with Exchange, Gmail, and IceWarp accounts. Select the account, create a rule, save it, then relax and let eM Client do the job for you.

The rule will be uploaded to the server and it will keep working even if you are taking a break or you are simply without access to the internet. When you return, your mailbox will be tidy and all of the tasks that the rules were assigned to will be performed despite eM Client being inactive. Check out this video to learn more and to see the introduction to eM Client rules:

Automatic Replies

We went even further with Gmail, Exchange, IceWarp, Kerio, ImageWay, and MailFence accounts. In addition to rules, users with the previously mentioned email accounts can also use server-side automatic replies. eM Client users with IceWarp and ImageWay accounts can also use the automatic email forwarder feature.

Automatic replies on eM Client are a huge time-saver: you’ll no longer need to visit each email provider’s webmail to set up automatic replies for each and every email account you have. Learn more about setting up automatic replies on eM Client here.

Signatures

Another great feature for business communication is now even better, thanks to the ability to sync your signatures with the server. Create your electronic signature to add essential information and personalization automatically to your emails. You can use signature sync with Gmail and Exchange to transfer your existing signatures to eM Client, or you can upload the signature to the server. If you are not familiar with HTML or can’t be bothered with the export/import hassle; this feature will make your life easier.

Signature settings can be found under Menu>Settings>Mail>Templates and Signatures. You can assign a signature to specific scenarios like replies, new mail, and forwards. eM Client also shows you which signatures are synced and which accounts they are specifically synchronized with. Creating a signature for an account in eM Client will sync it to the respective server and vice versa - the signatures created on the server will be seen in eM Client.

The signature creator tool offers a lot of formatting options and if you are familiar with HTML, you can create a new signature with the HTML editor built into the “Signatures” menu. It has everything you need to build a professional email signature - and more! Unify your signatures thanks to synchronization and never wonder again whether or not you have the same signature everywhere you need it. Follow this link to learn more and make sure to check out our video about synchronized signatures in eM Client:

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Inboxes and other special folders

sid — Thu, 16 Mar 2023 00:00:00 +0000

If you need to manage numerous email accounts, you are sure to appreciate eM Client’s unified inboxes, favorite, search, and tag folders. These special shortcuts allow you to browse emails based on their type and quickly access the default folders of your email accounts without having to scroll and look for the specific account or a folder to find that one message you were looking for.

What exactly are these special folders?

Think of the special folders as your bookmark tab or the shortcut that will quickly display the folders' contents and messages with tags/labels. You can also create custom search folders with permanent criteria if you are often looking for messages with some specific attributes. The upside? You don’t have to enter the same search criteria in the search again and again, or if you are extensively using tags, you can easily display all the messages that have a specific tag assigned. Let’s see how to use special folders and how they can help you with email management.

Inboxes

New feature that has been introduced in version 9 will take your productivity to another level. No more scrolling through the account list or looking up which account received which message. The most frequently used folder is usually an inbox where all your incoming messages go and now there is a way to manage them all in one place while having messages sorted between their respective accounts.

Don’t take our word for it, see how you can use the “Inboxes” special folder in the video below.

The “Inboxes” special folder unifies all the Inbox folders of your email accounts under one section, but keeps them separate so you know at all times which inbox you’re currently checking. In contrast to the “All Inboxes” special folder under “Favorites”, it offers a more organized view and it makes distinguishing personal and work inboxes and their contents way easier.

The Inboxes section will not be displayed without adding at least two email accounts, and once you add the second account it should appear above the “Favorites” section. Expanding “Inboxes” will reveal all of the accounts you have in eM Client, through these you can access their respective inboxes.
It is also possible to manually apply the rule or mark all messages as read in the selected Inbox, same goes for the following special folders.
You can enable or hide these folders in Menu > Settings > General > General, using the option “Show Inboxes folder”.

Favorites

This folders section will be displayed right away as it is enabled by default. It can be used to bookmark individual folders and there’s a set of pre-defined, frequently used folders added straight out of the box. If you want to add more folders, right-click on any folder under your email account and select ”Add to favorites”. The folder will appear under “Favorites” and it will be easier to access in the future. This special folder is an excellent feature for users who use the Inbox Zero method because you can swiftly access all the important folders from the “Favorites” section.

With favorites, you can also view “All Inboxes”, “Unread”, “Flagged” and other special folders that will display the contents of specific folders or messages with special attributes (such as Snoozed, Flagged, Unreplied, and so on.) across all of your accounts in one convenient location.

Search folders

Search folders are hidden by default and in order to enable this feature you need to right-click on “Favorites”, go to “Display”, and at the bottom of the “Display” menu you will see “Search folders”. Adding “Search folders” to the toolbar will allow you to configure something like a permanent search shortcut.

To create a search folder, right-click on the “Search Folders” title and select “New Search folder”. That will open a window similar to the advanced search but this window serves the purpose of setting up a search folder.

You can name the new search folder, select individual folders you want to be included in the search, keywords, and much more.
When you are done, hit OK and the search folder will appear in the left pane. When opened it will display all the messages that fit the search parameters.

If you are searching for similar items often, this feature might be a lifesaver for you as it can create a pre-set for the search so the results will be always one click away.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Workaround for the sending issue via SMTP for Microsoft Outlook.com accounts

sid — Thu, 02 Mar 2023 00:00:00 +0000

At the beginning of February, Microsoft started having issues with their secure OAuth authentication for SMTP protocol used for sending emails in external apps. This has affected all eM Client users who set up their free Outlook.com email accounts, including emails with domains for outlook, hotmail, live, msn and other free Microsoft domains, as the eM Client app always uses the latest, most secure Authentication options available for given accounts.
That unfortunately meant that eM Client couldn’t send email from Outlook and Hotmail accounts.

10th July 2025 Update: Versions newer than 10.3.2545.0 now use SMTP again so the workaround below is no longer needed.

Using direct login with App password or using an older OAuth authentication still worked, which is why we at first provided a workaround in our knowledgebase to easily switch to this older authentication option - Cannot send emails for Outlook.com accounts - Authentication aborted

We opted to provide this simple workaround as it does not force you to update to a new version of eM Client (so you can stay with your older update if you prefer older UI or other details) and also because we believed Microsoft would fix the bug on their servers soon - after all, this affected all external apps who used their preferred, most secure login option, so they would want their users to be able to stay fully protected, right?

Unfortunately, that turned out not to be the case, so instead of waiting any further, we have created a new update with a more direct workaround - the default Outlook.com setup now uses AirSync protocol to send emails instead of SMTP protocol.
So the account can be set up with the latest OAuth and still send messages.

We are pushing out the update to all users in waves but if you do not want to wait for the Automatic update to pop up, you can install the app directly via the links below:

eM Client 9.2.1628.0 for Windows

eM Client 9.2.1628.0 for macOS

You will not need to re-add your account or change your account setup in any way, installing the update will apply the change automatically. Just make sure AirSync service is enabled in the Menu > Accounts section.

Note: If you have previously used the workaround for older authentication, you can remove it, the steps are available in the original article.

If your license only covers eM Client 8 or older, you will need to use the older workaround still - please make sure to check what version your license can be used with in Menu > Help > License.

Come test the Beta version of eM Client for iOS and Android

sid — Thu, 16 Feb 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Usually, I don't write blog articles myself and leave them to my capable colleagues. Today I'm going to make an exception because I have some really exciting news for you. After a long time in development and a lot of work, the first mobile beta version of eM Client for iOS and Android is here. I am aware that this has been widely requested from you, the users, for a long time, and that's why it was, and still is, a huge priority for us.

It must be said up front that this is a version intended for beta testing, it may contain some bugs, and we're definitely a few more weeks away from the first official release. Nevertheless, we wanted to share this first preview of the app with you so that we can take your feedback into account for the final release. It is a big step forward for us, which we hope you will appreciate.

History

Our journey (and I've been there since the very beginning) began 16 long years ago with a vision to develop the best email and calendar management app on the market. Things didn't always go as easily and quickly as we first envisioned, but our product has improved with each version, both in terms of user interface, design, and range of features. You can see for yourself how it has evolved on this page.

As eM Client improved and our user base grew, so did our motivation to work even harder. Thank you for that. It is only thanks to your support that we can develop eM Client even further. In 2018, we launched the macOS version, which, despite initial teething troubles, has gradually become one of the most used email apps on Mac.

But the world didn't stop turning and it gradually became clear that the desktop version would not be enough. It was obvious (and our users made it very clear) that we would have to come up with a mobile version that would function as seamlessly as possible with the desktop app. It took us a bit longer than expected, but that time has come...

One code to rule them all

We didn't want to become just another generic email app, of which there are many on both Android and iOS. So how is the mobile eM Client different? Mainly in the fact that we managed to pull off quite a feat and kept the same technical core for the mobile as it is in the desktop version. This allows us to take advantage of the quality and complexity of the code accumulated over many years of desktop app development since the first release of the mobile app (which is happening right now). This means that full support for all email services, technologies, and protocols from the desktop app is immediately available. A fix on one platform is always automatically reflected on all other platforms with the next update.

Performance

The mobile version of eM Client has been designed from the start to handle a workload comparable to its desktop counterpart. For example, we only download the last month of messages by default to speed up the initial sync and save data usage, but the mobile eM Client can sync your entire email history for dozens of email accounts and still work as quickly as it would on the desktop. This also includes the ability to quickly and easily scroll through a list containing tens or hundreds of thousands of messages. Our competitors usually can't or don't do that. Mobile eM Client is simply a full-featured tool on your phone (or tablet) without compromise.

Familiar user interface

Our competitors' products generally look and behave differently on each platform. This is due to the fact that a completely different team works on each project. We wanted to avoid this at all costs when designing the mobile app and setting up the environment so that the user is right at home when switching between platforms. This means that we use similar UI elements, the same icons, the same range of features, a very similar breakdown of the app settings, or, for example, a folder list view including all folder types that one can view in the desktop version. Wherever you go in the application, you will recognize elements from the "big" eM Client and everything should be clear at a glance.

Import

Compatibility with the desktop version goes so far that, in addition to all your accounts, you can also import templates, signatures, quick texts, PGP and S/MIME certificates, and most other settings (such as whether or not to show conversations) into the mobile version via a QR code with a single tap. You can do this import not only the first time you launch the mobile app, but also anytime later. Just find the QR Export button in the desktop app (you must have the latest version installed).

Range of features

The mobile eM Client is also unique in its range of features. This is not just an app for doing the bare essentials before you get back to your PC. Unlike our competitors, you can do the vast majority of operations in the mobile app. The list of functionalities includes:

IMAP, POP3, Exchange, Office365 and Google Workspace support
Automatic account setup
Conversation support
Complete folder management
Advanced search
Quick filters
Tag support (Gmail labels and other supported services)
Templates
Signatures
Quick Text
Archiving
Snooze emails
Watch for reply
Advanced privacy management (external content) including tracking pixel detection
Instant translation of incoming messages
Encryption and signing of messages using S/MIME and PGP (including eM Keybook support)
Favorites and global folders
Search folders
and much more

Things we can’t do yet

In the first version, only the email functionality is available compared to the desktop app. You won‘t therefore find contact management, calendars, tasks, notes or even chat. However, we will gradually add these features to the app to make it a truly full-fledged alternative to the desktop version.

The beta, which is currently being released, does not yet include support for cloud attachments, quick notes for messages, rules management, mass mail, send later, and the option to turn off avatars or change the number of preview lines in the message list. You also can't use the zoom gesture in the message detail or switch the content of a specific message to its original colors in dark mode.

The beta version also doesn't support push notifications yet, so you'll only be notified about a new message on iOS when the app is in the foreground and on Android when the app is running at least in the background. That's a pretty big point that we're currently still working on.

What devices is the mobile eM Client available for and how to try it out?

The mobile eM Client is available for Android and iOS.

The Android version can be downloaded from the Google Play Store.

The iOS version can be downloaded using the Test Flight app available on the Apple App Store. After installing the Test Flight app, just click on this link to install eM Client for iOS.

The mobile eM Client can be installed on both mobile phone and tablet devices. However, it should be noted here that the application is not yet fully optimized for tablets in terms of the user interface. We will also be working on this in the coming weeks.

Download

Where to report bugs and send feedback

As already mentioned, this is a beta version, which is certainly not without flaws. It may be unstable, not fast or responsive enough, may have problems displaying some messages, and may behave differently on different devices. It is important that we know about these bugs. As well as finding out that maybe the user interface doesn't suit you in some way, or you're perhaps missing an option or a feature.
Please send all such reports to testing@emclient.com. We will try to respond to you and address the reported issues as they arise. Help us make the mobile app the best it can be. We will listen to your feedback (I will personally read all the reports and suggestions you send us).

Further plans for the future

The release of the mobile app is certainly not the end of our plans. We have many other exciting things in the pipeline for 2023. In addition to further aligning the mobile app with the desktop (especially calendar, contacts, tasks, and notes), we plan new features for desktop version 10, such as support for the message classification categories you know from Gmail, redesigned chat with support for multichat platforms such as Slack, support for Quick Actions for creating simple macros, an improved design, and much more. At the same time, we're also working on a web version of eM Client so that we can offer you a unified user experience, this time truly across all platforms.

Michal Bürger
CEO

Switching from Bing Translator to Lingvanex

sid — Wed, 15 Feb 2023 00:00:00 +0000

After utilizing Microsoft's Bing translator for many years, eM Client has decided to move beyond and use a new translation service. We've been using it for the past year in all current versions and we are now assured that this translation solution is a better fit, so the time has come to let Bing go and discontinue this service.

eM Client previously used Microsoft technology Bing for its automatic translation of emails. A year ago we reconsidered this and decided to switch to a solution by Lingvanex, which provides high-speed, next-gen translation service based on cutting- edge AI and latest scientific researches.

This service runs on our own servers so we can ensure privacy of your data and prevent any potential data leaks to 3rd parties. In this architecture, we can fully guarantee uninterrupted service in the long-term. We kept the same range of supported languages as before so as a user, you will still get the same functionality but with better translation quality and privacy.

This new translation service is available starting with version eM Client 8.2.1721 and newer, so if you are running current versions of eM Client 9 nothing will change for you. For those running older versions than 8.2.1721, the automatic translation feature will stop working once we fully discontinue the Microsoft translation service for our app.

If you have a license for eM Client 8, we recommend downloading the version below:

Download 8.2.1721 for Windows

Download 8.2.1721 for macOS

If you license is for eM Client 7 or older, we recommend buying an upgrade first and then using the latest version, eM Client 9.

Offload your thoughts with notes for email

sid — Tue, 14 Feb 2023 00:00:00 +0000

If you were looking for an email app that would allow you to add notes to email messages, your search might be finally over! Sure, you could use a separate note-taking app, or you can use tags and folders to sort emails and get back to them later, but all those solutions aren’t ideal and we wanted to give our users a proper way to add notes to emails.

eM Client 9 brings a feature that allows you to add notes for emails so there’s no more need for improvised and clunky solutions. You can do it all in one app to keep things simple and your notes accessible at all times in your digital “notepad”.

How can the notes improve my mailbox?

So, let’s discuss why the notes are such a big deal for productivity-oriented users. You might have received a message that you would like to get back to later and you have some quick thoughts you would like to write down. Notes are here for you. There might be some conversation about the collaborative project, where do you write down possible comments to share with colleagues in the future? That’s right, notes got you covered.

There are many use cases for notes but one thing is certain, having the possibility to attach a note to the message so your future self can backtrack your own thoughts is just useful and convenient. Sort of an email-specific sticky note without making any paper waste, what’s there not to like?

Working with notes

There’s been enough theory so let’s put the notes to good use now. To add a note, right-click on any message in the message list and look for the “Note” button. The note window will appear and you can jot down anything you need. When you are done with note-taking, click on “OK” and the note icon should appear next to the message.

Upon opening the message preview you can see the note written under the message header and it is possible to edit the note through right-click > Edit note or using the “Edit” button next to the note in the message preview. Alternatively, you can add the button to the toolbar using right-click in the toolbar area > Customize.

If you are not using the message preview, you can also view the note by hovering over the note icon in the message list. The floating text will appear and you can read the note without even having the message preview pane displayed.

To see how the notes can be used in practice, check out this video:

Synchronization of notes for emails

If you use any Exchange account, including Microsoft 365, your notes will be synchronized between eM Client apps on your devices. For other accounts, the notes will be stored locally in your device.

So if you try to synchronize your notes via the IMAP protocol on another device, the notes will not show up.

Note: If you Repair a folder in your eM Client via right-click on the folder > Properties > Repair and then click the “Repair” button (which will remove local data and re-download your messages from the server) the notes connected to your emails would also be lost.
So please keep that in mind.

Removing the existing note

Are you done with the message or no longer need the note? You can delete the entire message or delete just the note if you need to keep the message.
To delete the note go to the edit mode using the “Edit” in the message header or “Edit note” button, remove all the text, hit “OK” and the note itself will be removed.

Give the new notes for emails a shot, we are sure you will like this great addition to eM Client’s features.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Send and unsend emails like a Pro

sid — Wed, 18 Jan 2023 00:00:00 +0000

Sending emails is easy, you just type your message up and hit the big Send button. But eM Client offers some advanced sending options you might enjoy. Let’s take a look, especially at the newcomers, Undo Send and Resend, introduced in eM Client 9, in more detail.

How to unsend an email

Undo Send: have you been wondering how to unsend an email? Sometimes you might hit the Send button a little too soon and then realize you might have forgotten to add a certain file or information or simply made a typo that you just noticed. Now you can easily click the ‘Undo’ button that pops up in your message list to get the email back in your Drafts folder.

eM Client: Undo send button

But how does it work? eM Client actually takes a little pause before sending your message out and while it holds the message, you can use the Undo button to get it back. Once the Undo option disappears, the message is actually sent out and can no longer be retrieved.

You can change the waiting time for the Undo send feature in Menu > Settings > Mail > Send, or you can even disable the feature if you don’t need it.

You can see the Undo send feature in action here in this video:

Send the email again with one click

Sometimes you just need to send the same message to the same recipient as a quick reminder. Or maybe the recipient accidentally deleted your mail and needs to get it again in the same form as before.

While you could previously arrange opening the same mail in a compose window via our ‘Forward as Original’ feature, the information on recipients was removed. This is fine when you have a single recipient, but if the message was sent to two or more? And maybe some copies? That can get annoying real quick.

Now you can just go to your Sent folder and under the Forwarding option use the “Resend” feature to get your message out, just the same as it was and to the same people!

Watch our video to see how it works!

Send later

While send later is not a new feature in eM Client 9, we thought to give it a bit of a highlight in this article, as it can also elevate your sending experience! This feature was first introduced as ‘Delayed send’ in eM Client 7 but has been improved and renamed since then to the ‘Send later’ options you can use today.

You can use this option per email via the Send button dropdown and selecting the ‘Send later’ option. A window will pop up where you can insert the desired time - you can schedule messages to go out at a specific part of the day or even schedule days in advance and prepare reminder and follow-up emails ahead of time. Changing to specific hours can also be useful when communicating with people from different timezones - a message received at 1 AM when you actually sent it out at noon could look strange to some recipients and it might also be buried by newer messages from that day. Setting a more work-appropriate time may ensure that your message is received at the start of the day and noticed more quickly.

eM Client: Send later

And how does it work? eM Client will store your message in the local Outbox folder and wait for the specified time in your device to arrive and then send it out. That means that eM Client needs to be running at the specified time to be able to send your message. If the app is closed at the time, it will be sent as soon as you run your eM Client again.

Aside from using this feature from inside the compose window, you can also set up default ‘Send later’ time in Menu > Settings > Mail > Send. That way all messages are delayed a little bit, giving you the option to edit the message in the Outbox if you need to make some last-minute changes. In that regard it can be used similarly to Undo send, though if you need to make bigger changes, we do recommend dragging the message back to Drafts or changing the Send later time so the message does not go out while you’re still typing!

Undo Send and automatic Send later time unfortunately cannot be used together, but hopefully you’ll find which option works for you best!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Seamless email experience with eM Client and Imageway

sid — Wed, 04 Jan 2023 00:00:00 +0000

At eM Client, we sometimes get asked which email service we’d recommend, when users experience trouble with their past provider or want to find one that will synchronize more than just emails, but also contacts, calendars and other items.
Today we’d like to introduce one such email service provider – Imageway!

Who is Imageway?

Imageway is a Managed Service Provider for quality website, phone and most importantly – email hosting. eM Client directly communicates and cooperates with the authors of Imageway and thanks to that we are able to implement better integration of all services.

Imageway has offered their email hosting services since the year 2000. They specialize in email hosting using IMAP(s), POP(s), SMTP(s), CalDAV(s), and CardDAV(s) protocols. Imageway believes in supporting open standards and providing ongoing legacy support for hardware devices. Extra attention has been focused in the areas of privacy, reliability, speed, and security.

Features that Imageway considers special to their services include:

Shared account storage

Most high-end email providers now charge on a per user account basis. Imageway allows their users to create as many email accounts they want, which use a shared storage pool. Once all the accounts have used the domain allocated storage for that package level, the customer can either upgrade to a higher level package or purchase additional email storage.

IMAP/POP email recovery

Anytime an Imageway user deletes an email using IMAP or POP, it goes into a special read only directory structure for a limited time (currently 30 days). First, this protects against accidental deletions, even if the trash is emptied. Second, it means the user can restore messages even if they are permanently deleted accidentally in another app, like eM Client. Last, the messages are protected and restored in case the accounts are hacked and all messages get deleted.

IMAP accessible junk mail management

If the user receives junk mail in their INBOX, then they can just move it to the SPAM folder to train Imageway’s system and put that email address on the block list. If legitimate mail is received in the SPAM folder, moving it to the INBOX will train Imageway’s system and put that email address on the friends list. This makes junk mail management easy when using eM Client with an IMAP connection.

Two-Factor Authentication (2FA)

Imageway supports 2FA using "Google Authenticator" or "Authy" on mobile devices to provide another layer of login security. Imageway has a special 2FA implementation that supports 2FA when using IMAP or POP with any email client, such as eM Client, by using a combination of a password plus a 2-factor code when inputting the login credentials.

Large File Attachment Support

Imageway currently supports email sizes up to 150MB when using an email client. Most email providers will only accept a maximum of 25MB, so Imageway offers a special server-side setting that will automatically strip out attachments when the email size goes over 25MB and store them on the local mail server. The mail system will then automatically insert links in the outgoing email to download these attachments, similarly how eM Client’s cloud attachments work.

Email Encryption

Imageway offers end to end encryption that works with any email client. When sending an email the user only needs to put [secure] in the subject, and the email will automatically be encrypted by Imageway’s system and stored on the mail server. The mail server will then send an email with a link which can be clicked so the email can securely be accessed using a web browser.

Email Archiving

Imageway provides the ability to enable email archiving. Once enabled, all incoming and outgoing emails are stored in a searchable archive that is compressed, encrypted, and indexed. This is great if the customer needs to meet any legal requirements for email retrieval.

SSL certificate

Imageway includes a free SSL certificate for all custom domains that are set up with their hosting services. The certificate is continually renewed so it will never expire.

Imageway offers 24x7 e-mail support, and during normal business hours both phone and live chat are available. Direct support for eM Client users is included to ensure that no issues occur while connecting to their email hosting services.

If you are looking for a new service provider, we believe it is worth a try. When using eM Client you can of course synchronize all your messages via the IMAP protocol, which naturally includes all folders, flags, tags and even special status of your messages such as Snooze and Watch for reply. eM Client can also connect to the Imageway server to set up your Automatic reply while you’re away from your computer or set up Auto-forwarding for your messages.
Besides synchronizing all events via CalDAV, you can also share your calendars and tasks. And what’s more, you can sync your contacts, including number of details, tags and assigned images.

Read more about Imageway here and make sure to set up your new Imageway account in eM Client in Menu > Accounts!

Boost your Conversations with Thread view

sid — Tue, 20 Dec 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Keeping tabs on all your messages can be hard and if you talked about more topics with the same contact recently, things can get mixed up. That is why we introduced the Conversation feature a while ago – to put messages on the same subject with the same people in one easy-to-read thread. So what is the new Thread feature in eM Client 9? That’s what we’re here to explain today.

Threads vs Conversations view

Conversations are a feature that allows you to view the messages on the same subject in one simple place, without having to search the message history and go through different folders. Conversations can be set in Menu > View > Conversations and they have 3 options – Conversations in all views, in message details only and disabled. You can read more detailed explanation of these views in our Conversation blog.

eM Client: Conversations in all views

Threads allow you to easily view all emails that are part of the conversation in the Message list so you can easily go through them one by one and perform separate actions on them like reply, forward, resend, delete, etc. which can be a bit more tricky when you’re just using the full Conversation view. In that case you need to click the drop-down menu in the header instead of using the shortcuts or toolbar buttons you’re used to.
Depending on your message list setting, you can also use the avatars and message previews to have a quick overview of the whole conversation and decide which one you want to open or respond to.

eM Client: New threads option in the message list

You can take a look at how conversations work in the video below:

Order of messages in conversations

The order of messages in conversations is by design showing the oldest at the top and the newest at the bottom so you can read the whole message thread comfortably, from start to finish as any other text. This order cannot be changed at this time.

But with Threads you can go through the messages one by one in any order you prefer – the messages are listed separately based on your “Sorted by” setting – with descending you get the oldest messages at the bottom, with ascending oldest at the top to match the flow of your message list.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Is eM Client the best mail app for Apple?

sid — Thu, 01 Dec 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Is eM Client the best mail app for Apple?

Our all-in-one email application has been a staple on Windows systems for years. Our venture into the macOS world continues to hold up our great reputation as an innovative and user-friendly email client. eM Client will help you manage not only your emails; but also contacts, events, tasks and so much more. Let’s take a look at the features eM Client offers Apple users.

Email client for macOS

Most email apps for macOS, including the default Apple Mail app, are streamlined and simplified so there are few buttons or elements on screen. A minimalist design can be beautiful; but can fall short when you need easy access to advanced features. eM Client is a great tool that is simple to set up, has a customizable interface, supports a wide range of email services, and contains a number of advanced features and integrations.

eM Client also stays up to date with the latest macOS updates, making it the best mail app for Mac. We can guarantee support on the 3 latest supported systems; including macOS Ventura. eM Client 9 also natively supports the Apple Silicon M1 chip and M2 chip, so you’ll get the most out of your hardware!

Apple M1 chip vs M2 chip

Apple introduced its custom silicon chip for Mac in November 2020. In June 2022, a second generation M2 chip was introduced to the market. These Arm-based chips provide incredible performance and efficiency for the macOS systems.

M2 has two more GPU cores and a few minor improvements. The M2 chip can run over 40% more operations than the M1 chip. However, depending on the machine, users might not notice a significant difference in performance. Regardless of the chip you use, eM Client is completely compatible with systems using the M1 chip, M2 chip and also the older Intel chips.

eM Client is a powerful Mac mail app

There’s more to eM Client than basic reading, composing, and sending emails. Modern authentication from popular email services are supported in eM Client, so account setup is a breeze. Authentication from popular accounts including Google OAuth, Exchange OAuth and Yahoo Oauth are supported by eM Client. iCloud accounts can also easily work with the standard App Passwords offered in eM Client.

iCloud email app

Using automatic setup, eM Client can quickly help you find the correct settings for your iCloud account. eM Client will automatically configure your iCloud mail and allow you to work with your emails and shared folders, synchronize your calendars and manage your contacts.

Take a look at the step-by-step iCloud instructions on our website here: eM Client with iCloud.

eM Client will automatically configure your iCloud mail and allow you to work with your emails and shared folders, synchronize your calendars and allow you to manage your contacts.

Gmail client for Mac

As mentioned previously, eM Client supports the modern authentication that Google requires for all Gmail and Google Workspace accounts. With automatic setup, configure your email, calendars, contacts and tasks in only a few steps. The automatic setup process is described on this page in detail: eM Client with Google Workspace.

Easily manage all aspects of your Google account in one place with eM Client. Our application supports Google Meet integration for online meetings and Google Drive for cloud attachments. This is what makes eM Client the most comprehensive desktop Gmail app available for macOS.

eM Client also supports both S/MIME and PGP for message encryption and digital signatures - end-to-end encryption on Mac has never been simpler. When you download eM Client and begin your account setup process; you’ll be able to choose your settings for message encryption to ensure that your messages stay safe. Message encryption can be set up for any email account you choose to use with your eM Client application.

Enhanced features for email management with eM Client

Improve the way you send emails with features like Send later, Undo Send, Watch for Reply, and more.

These tools will give you full control over all of the messages entering and leaving your inbox:

Send later lets you send an email at any specific time.
Use Undo Send to pull back a message sent with a typo or missing file.
The Watch for reply feature will give you a notification when an important reply arrives or if you want to get reminded to send a follow-up email.
Offline mode: this will prevent new messages from going to your inbox. You can still work with messages you downloaded online. This is great for times when you don’t want to be overwhelmed by new messages. Use either local or server-side mail archives and bring your mail accounts offline for when you travel or experience trouble with your connection.
Snooze email for later: the snoozed email is put aside from your inbox and then brought back at your specified time so the message arrives as a new one.
Set up an out of office message for your accounts on Mac to enable automatic replies while you’re away on vacation.

Auto reply is also available for Mac users with Google, Exchange, or IceWarp accounts. If you need to quickly find an email you’ve sent or received, eM Client has a super-fast search feature unlike any other email client. Quickly search through your email headers, message bodies, and even attachments! You have the option of creating special search folders instead of repeating your commonly used searches manually.

Advanced email organization with eM Client

You have access to a number of ingenious organizational tools in eM Client. Customize your settings to make your email account organization right for you. Use Rules to mark or move your messages into dedicated folders. You also have the option of using local or synchronized folders with Google, Exchange, and other servers.

Tags can be used for easy categorization and color navigation. eM Client supports synchronized labels for Gmail accounts, and categories for Exchange and other servers. Simply set up your email account in eM Client – your tags or labels will be automatically added.

View your attachments all in one place with eM Client Pro’s Attachments view. View all of your Mac email attachments as files without having to tediously comb through specific accounts or folders. eM Client also offers a wide range of integrations for Cloud attachments, such as Google Drive, OneDrive, and others, so not only is your outgoing message sent quickly, – you can also edit or restrict access to the file later on your cloud storage.

These organizational features will help you finally achieve Inbox Zero on your Mac by helping you stay on top of your email organization!

eM Client is an all-in-one application

Are you looking for an email client for your macOS device that offers more than just email? eM Client has you covered. Our application can synchronize your Contacts for Exchange, Gmail, iCloud, and any other CardDAV service. Manage your contacts and tag them to swiftly send emails to specific groups of contacts. This feature is especially powerful when used in conjunction with Mass mail – where each recipient gets their own copy of an email.

You can sync your calendar from your Google, Office 365 or other CalDAV calendars and set up your online meetings. Providers such as Zoom, Google Meet, Webex and more are supported by eM Client. You can also subscribe to Internet calendars you want to follow or add the national holidays of your country.

Additional helpful tools in eM Client include Notes and Chat. With Notes, you can document important thoughts or reminders and save them to review later. Need to chat with friends or colleagues? Set up and use XMPP chat to talk!

With complete macOS compatibility and additional features beyond email; eM Client is inarguably the best mail app for Mac.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies

and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client 9.2 is here with more improvements

sid — Tue, 08 Nov 2022 00:00:00 +0000

The seasons have changed and eM Client is here with another update. This time we made sure to add highly requested UI improvements such as the Delete button in the message list or icons-only mode for your toolbars, and additional icons in settings for easier orientation. You can now copy, duplicate or search in Rules so that you can stay on top of your automatic mail management. We also focused on even better integration with selected providers, such as SmarterMail, Imageway, and IceWarp!

What’s new in eM Client 9.2

Delete button on mouse hover in the message list

Users who prefer using a mouse have been requesting this and we delivered at last – you can now use a Delete button directly in the message list on the right side of the given line. After taking an overview of your messages, either thanks to the subject, message preview or the avatar used, you can just quickly delete those messages without having to open them and wait for them to load.
If you don’t plan to use this feature, you can of course disable it in Menu > Settings > Mail > Read under Message List settings. Simply uncheck the option ‘Show “Delete” icon on mouse hover’ and click the Save & Close button.

eM Client: Delete button on the right side appears on mouse hover

Search in rules

Did you create a lot of rules over time as you use eM Client? Maybe you even have a separate rule for numerous contacts or domains! Sorting through those can be a headache, especially if you need to go back and edit a specific one... there is now a handy Search field in the top right corner, so it is possible to filter your rules and find just the one you need to edit or remove!

Duplicate button in rules

If you have a complicated rule that you created but need to make a variation of it, you can now easily duplicate a specific rule and then edit it to your liking.

Copy & paste rules

Rules can now be copied using the Ctrl + C shortcut and then pasted, either under Local rules or even another account’s rules, via Ctrl + V.

eM Client: New options in the Rules window

Support for XEP-0363 file upload in Chat

If your XMPP server supports the XEP-0363 protocol for file upload, the file will be uploaded to your server and then a download link with be sent to your contacts. This means the recipient does not need to accept the file transfer right away and instead can download the file when it’s convenient, as long as your server stores this file!

Icons-only mode for toolbars

Do you love the toolbars but just cannot fit all your favorite features into them? Now you can – using the Icons-only mode the text on the buttons will be hidden and you can fit way more buttons on all your toolbars. If you forget what the icon means, just hover over it and the name of the feature will be shown in a pop-up window.
You can enable this option via the Customize setting.

eM Client: Icons-only toolbars

Icons in settings

Each item in the settings now sports its own unique icon, making orientation and finding the right section much easier than before.

eM Client: Icons in settings

Email suggestions based on addresses from all sent emails

Until now eM Client could fill in the suggestion line from your saved contacts and the Recipients’ history, which was populated based on your use of eM Client. Now the program will collect emails from all messages in your Sent folders and helpfully provide those when you compose a new email!

Recent history for Copy/Move to folder keeps the last 10 folders indefinitely

We have just recently introduced the recent history feature for moving and copying messages, but it has quickly become obvious this was a much-needed improvement! We have also listened to your feedback and changed the original design, where closing the application would clear this history, to your preferred one, where the last 10 folders are always kept available, even after restarting the program.

Signatures and QuickTexts for events and tasks

You can now insert your signatures and QuickTexts even into the detail window for your events and tasks, so these are included in your invites when adding more attendees or assignees to your items.

New message notification in the chat window

If you scroll up in your opened chat and a new message comes in, a new notification will pop up at the bottom of the chat window – no more missed responses.

Online Meeting icon in calendar agenda

With this icon you can now quickly recognize which of your upcoming events contain an Online meeting link.

Watch for reply custom date

We have added an option to customize the date and time for your Watch for reply reminders, instead of just selecting one of the pre-defined options.

Event invite forwarding for Exchange, Office365 and SmarterMail

When you forward an invite for your Exchange event you can now invite more people, even if you’re not the original organizer!

Better support for SmarterMail

You could of course already use SmarterMail accounts in eM Client before, but now we fully support SmarterMail’s Autodiscover for automatic setup so you can use your emails, calendars, contacts and chat in a few clicks. We’ve also added a native support for SmarterMail Online meetings, as well as the new option to forward meeting invites!

Integration of Imageway

Imageway accounts can be seamlessly added via the automatic setup and include emails, calendars, contacts, notes and a number of special settings! Imageway accounts can synchronize tags and Snooze or Watch for reply status for emails. You can set up Automatic replies for your account when you’re away and even make use of the automatic Mail forwarder. Calendar sharing has a custom, user-friendly design as well.

Improvements for IceWarp

eM Client can now better support user Archive and server Archive folders for emails and your XMPP Chat messages are now fully synchronized and archived as well. We have also made SmartAttach easier to use than ever.

And a lot of other tweaks and fixes!

Get eM Client 9.2

How can you get all these cool new features right away?
If you already use eM Client 9, you will simply get a notification that a new update is ready or you can download it manually from our Release history.
If you own eM Client Pro for version 8 (or older), just purchase an upgrade to eM Client 9.2.

New to eM Client? Try it out!

For free Buy Pro

New and improved eM Client 9.1 reminders

sid — Tue, 27 Sep 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Many new features were introduced in eM Client 9 release and we sincerely hope you enjoy them. The launch of version 9.1 has brought additional improvements and in this article, we would like to explain the changes that have been introduced for your reminders and notifications.

What are reminders and notifications?

First of all, let us briefly explain how these features work and later explain what has changed with the latest update.

For almost any action that the client undertakes, a notification can be displayed. Be it incoming mail, new chat message, or many others. One can choose between system notifications and eM Client’s native notifications. The difference is mostly graphical, as eM Client notifications match the color with selected theme, while system notifications match your system’s colors.

Reminders track your calendar events and tasks. When a user-specified time is triggered a new pop-up window is automatically opened. You can either dismiss or postpone the event. Although it may sound simple, reminders are very likely a crucial part of your daily schedule.

eM Client: New Reminders window

What are the biggest improvements?

Over time we have gathered quite a few suggestions on how to make eM Client even better, and below is a list of the most requested changes for Notifications.

In some marginal cases a reminder is displayed multiple times for one event.
eM Client’s behavior has been adjusted for many scenarios; unwanted multiple reminders for one event are no longer occurring.
There might be too many notifications at once.
Multiple notifications are grouped into one window, so the notifications are clearer and it can be easier to go through them.
Reminder window cannot be accessed explicitly.
There is a new option that lets you open the Reminders explicitly. Simply navigate to Menu > Reminders
There is no option to snooze reminder from system notifications.
This is no longer true; the notification window has been changed and you are now allowed to use reminders in a separate window even when using system notifications.
While using multiple devices to display notifications, some previously dismissed reminders could have been displayed on other devices.
The issue has been addressed- the notifications are now postponed until the devices are fully synchronized. This will minimize the occurrence of such reminders.

However, the list does not end here. User interface for the Notifications window has been revamped and the same can now be done with fewer clicks. Users are also allowed to mark Tasks as finished via the notification screen and finished tasks don’t show reminders. Generally speaking, the reminders are now more reliable, user-friendly and less intrusive. You have better control over the reminders and most of the past inconveniences were taken care of.

More customization for Reminders

Moreover, extra settings are now to be found under the Menu > Settings > General > Reminders. You can access all options that are connected with reminders under one Tab.

Show reminder window over notifications
Some users prefer to not use system notifications for reminders altogether and for them a brand new re-worked window is available. This is the way to go if you prefer eM Client to take control. The only way how to achieve this behavior in previous versions was to use eM Client’s native notifications.
Show reminder on top of other windows
The reminder window will always pop up to the front – no more missed reminders.
Automatically dismiss reminders for past calendar events
In the past versions, it has been possible for eM Client to display reminders that were past due date for various reasons. However, with this new feature, the reminders for past events will no longer be displayed, even if you did not get the chance to dismiss that reminder. This option is active by default.

Also, default reminders for events and tasks can be set up here too. Any account capable of synchronizing these can have its own default reminder.

Hopefully, this explanation sheds some light on the changes to this feature. However, should you require any further information or assistance, feel free to contact our Support team, use the Community forum or send any general questions to info@emclient.com.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Email Tracking pixel detection

sid — Tue, 06 Sep 2022 00:00:00 +0000

More and more of our lives are happening online. This makes it easier for companies to follow every step you take on the internet through email tracking. The purpose of email tracking is either to sell you a product – or worse, to sell your data to other companies. We’re doing our part at eM Client to protect your privacy and save your data from email trackers. We’ve introduced Email Tracking Pixel detection along with additional options for blocking trackers.

What is email tracking?

Email tracking is a data collection method used to monitor the delivery and reading of specific emails. It makes it possible for the sender of a given message to get basic notifications; like a log of the times the email is opened and viewed by the recipient. Email trackers can also provide a range of other details, including personal information. It’s difficult to tell if an email includes a tracking pixel by just glancing at it. Email tracking pixels are usually extremely tiny and located at the beginning or end of a message, or embedded in an image. It’s nearly impossible to detect them without the right application.

What is email tracking used for?

While email tracking can be misused to get details about your devices, applications, location, IP address and other personal details; it is most commonly used in email marketing. The use of these tracking methods is common in devising further marketing strategies to help companies grow – so email trackers are not always nefarious. However, we believe you should have the choice in deciding if you want to share this information or not, regardless of the tracker’s intentions.

How does email tracking detection work in eM Client?

You can tell if a message contains a mail tracking pixel by looking at the target icon visible in the message list. This icon is available with both Free and Pro licenses. You can remove the icon from the message list if you want through Columns configuration.

eM Client 9: Email tracking icon

In the Pro version default setting, you will also see an info line under the message header with the option to allow email tracking for a specific email if you trust the sender.

eM Client 9: Allow email tracking option

Watch the introduction video to this feature below to see this email tracking detection in action:

Note: the eM Client team continuously analyzes new tracking methods. We frequently update the tracking pixels we can detect in the program. This feature will improve over time and will be updated in your installed eM Client automatically.

Situations might arise where a sender uses a new tracking service that eM Client doesn’t recognize yet. Keep this in mind before you automatically trust a sender and download attachments or images. Consider implementing additional Privacy settings and always download external content or images at your own discretion.

Is blocking mail tracking pixels a new eM Client feature?

The Tracking icon simply shows that the message you received does contain a tracking pixel. Some senders have always used them, but we did not have the feature to detect them specifically in the past – that’s new in eM Client 9.

But that does not mean you weren’t protected from email tracking before – by default, eM Client blocks these mail tracking pixels together with all external images and other external content based on your settings in: Menu > Settings > Mail > Privacy.

With the Pro version of eM Client, you can now choose to download the images that are not used for email tracking and keep the pixel itself blocked. This gives you more control over what you decide to do with the content you receive in your emails.

You can read more on the specific settings here.

Can Free license block mail tracking pixels?

With the Free version of eM Client, the functionality of the mail tracking pixel blocker is the same as it was in eM Client 8 and older. Choose to either block all external content (including the tracking pixel), or manually select "download pictures" which will download everything – including the tracking pixel.

You can choose to use the tracking pixel icon as a warning to decide if you trust this sender to download all the images or not; even if you have a Free license. Or if you want, you can remove the tracking icon columns from your message list and remain blissfully unaware of any email tracking pixels that might be in your inbox.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client 9.1 is released

sid — Mon, 15 Aug 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Have you been longing for an eM Client update? So have we! Our team has been hard at work completing fixes, implementing users' feedback from eM Client 9.0 and testing new builds, but the next step is finally here. eM Client 9.1 brings a new spin on Reminders both in design and functionality, support for Yahoo IMAP API, and overall improvements when using tags, aliases and more.

What’s new in eM Client 9.1

Reworked Reminders

Reminders have gone through a few iterations over the time, with the separate window being our staple, which we diverted from slightly when we introduced support for system notifications and tried to apply them to reminders as well. But after listening to you, we have returned to the tried and true – the separate window for Reminders is back and here to stay. And that is not all, it received a full UI redesign with clear buttons and better options to dismiss and snooze event reminders and to easily mark tasks as completed. You can of course use the native Reminders window in combination with system notifications for emails and other pop-ups.

eM Client: New Reminders window

You can now easily open the Reminders window via the Menu > Reminders option, which can be useful if you accidentally close the window before sorting through all your reminders and need to access them again.

You can also specify if and how you want the Reminders window to behave in Menu > Settings > General > Reminders, including options to dismiss past reminders automatically and if the Reminders window should show up on top of other windows, so it does not change your focus from your composed messages for example.

Support for new Yahoo IMAP API (Message limit and UID Only)

Yahoo devs have added new features to their server without announcement, so some of the new limits have taken email apps by surprise. But we have implemented support for Limited Mode and UID mode from the new Yahoo IMAP API so you can get your full message history for your Yahoo account in your desktop email client and not just the last 10 000 emails.

Easy way to enable/disable avatars in all folders

While Avatars were a welcome addition to many, some of you prefer simpler message list and the addition of contact icons was taking up precious space. Based on your feedback we have made it possible to easily remove contact avatars from message list in all folders at once. Or you can enable them again using the same option, should you change your mind!

eM Client: When hiding avatars you can now apply the change to all folders

A specific icon for Gmail Important tag instead of "Important" text

Important tag is one of the most used one in all Google email accounts, but the text is quite long – so we have added a new special icon just for the Gmail Important tag which matches the way it looks in the web interface!
The icon will be used in single-line layout and when viewing tags in message preview in compact layout.

eM Client: New icon for Important tag

Recent history for “move to folder” and “copy to folder”

When using the Move to folder and Copy to folder feature you can now speed things up by being able to select from your recent folders in a submenu without having to open the features in separate window! The history is available in right-click menu option and in toolbar buttons and resets when you close the app.

eM Client: Recent history for Move to Folder in Message list

Custom sort for aliases, QuickTexts, signatures and templates

No more automatic alphabetical sort! At least if you don’t want to! You can now sort your aliases, QuickTexts, signatures and templates based on your preference and how often you need them which will also affect shortcuts for some of these items.

Option to show aliases in submenus

We admit it, when using a lot of account and aliases, sometimes the From field got a bit crazy. Now aliases can be listed in a submenu under the main account they belong to, making for a clearer view and selection of your email addresses.
If you preferred the original listing, you can change it back in Menu > Settings > Mail > Compose by unchecking the option “When selecting account show aliases in submenu.”

More customization options for tags in message list

You can now decide if tags should be shown as icons, with full name or remove them from the message list if you don’t want to use them at all, in both Compact and single-line layout. The options are available in Menu > Settings > Mail > Read in Message list settings.

And a lot of other tweaks and fixes!

Get eM Client 9.1

How can you get all these cool new features right away?
If you already use eM Client 9, you will simply get a notification that a new update is ready.
If you own eM Client Pro for version 8 (or older), just purchase an upgrade to eM Client 9.1.

New to eM Client? Try it out!

For free Buy Pro

Microsoft disables Basic authentication for all accounts

sid — Tue, 02 Aug 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Microsoft has recently announced that they plan to disable all basic authentication for their Microsoft 365 and outlook.com accounts, and only the Microsoft modern authentication via OAuth 2 will be available. Effective October 1st, 2022, Microsoft will begin disabling all Basic authentication for existing protocols.

You can read more about this change in this Microsoft article - Deprecation of Basic authentication in Exchange Online.

What does this mean for eM Client?

eM Client already provides OAuth 2 for Microsoft accounts, but not as a default for all setups. If you manually set up your outlook.com, Hotmail, Live or other free Microsoft account with EWS (Exchange Web Services) protocol it is likely this setup will stop working. Same goes for accounts setup via App password – even though this is also a more secure connection method, it is being deprecated as well.

To check if your Office 365 or Outlook.com account is set up with OAuth, go to Menu > Accounts and in the General tab check if you have the ‘Authentication’ section in this tab, which contains Username and Password fields.

If these are missing completely, it means the app is connecting using the OAuth token instead and your account will keep working with Microsoft Auth even after October 1st.

If you do see the Authentication section, you just need to set up your account anew.

Click the Add account button
Insert your email address into the Automatic setup – the automatic setup will always use the more secure authentication.
Part of the login will be inserting your password into a web browser window, not directly in eM Client – that means the password is checked directly with Microsoft server which then issues an access token to eM Client. This is what makes this MS Auth login method more secure.
Remove your previous account set up if it was using IMAP or EWS.
If it's POP, follow the steps in the note below.

And that is all, in most cases you might already be using the secure auth if you followed eM Client’s automatic setup, but if you are worried, it is super easy to check and re-set your account in eM Client if needed to use it as your Microsoft auth app.

Note: If you previously had your MS account set up as POP, only remove the POP account once you have made sure that the messages are still on the server or in the IMAP/EWS account once you set it up.

eM Client allows duplicate setups, so you can create your IMAP or Exchange account alongside the POP one and then copy the messages from your POP account to the IMAP/EWS one. Once your messages are copied over, it is safe to remove the POP account.
What’s the difference between POP and IMAP?

Using Outlook.com with Exchange protocol

We know that some of you manually set up their free Microsoft accounts as Exchange by design, either because of the better performance of this protocol or to synchronize Contacts, Calendars and Notes, when the default combined setup of IMAP and AirSync did not work for your accounts previously. Please try this IMAP+Airsync setup again and if you experience any problems with it, reach out to us with the error details to info@emclient.com so we can help you resolve it.

Our team is also working on implementing GraphAPI for all Microsoft accounts, which is currently in BETA and not fully functional yet, but it will allow both modern Auth and synchronization of all your data once Microsoft finishes it.
We apologize for the inconvenience in the meantime.

eM Client's Quick filter

sid — Tue, 19 Jul 2022 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client provides a lot of great ways to go through your emails in an order that shows you the most important messages first, based purely on your preference, be it the received time, sender or specific tags. But sometimes you do not want to change default sorting but need an additional way to quickly list a specific type of item in your current folder. That’s where Quick Filter comes in handy!

What is a Quick Filter?

Quick Filter is a new feature introduced in eM Client 9, which can help you filter out items in your lists. You can find it in the top right corner of the given list, on the same line as the Sorting settings and Select option, in a form of a simple funnel icon.

eM Client 9: Quick filter in message list

Clicking the icon will reveal all the options for the given list. Click the condition that you want to filter by and eM Client will list only the items with this detail, without changing any other sorting options you have set up in your folder! When you want to clear the filter just click the X button that will appear below the Quick Filter icon.

We have prepared a short video to show you all the options the Quick Filter function provides. You can watch it below!

What is the advantage of Quick Filter?

The filter provides a similar outcome that a search based on only one piece of information would, but it has the benefit of not affecting any of your other settings. After all, you might have your Search set to look in All folders in most cases, but this time need to find only attachments from this specific folder. Using a search for this would mean changing this setting in the top right corner just for this one time, but with the filter, it’s a 2‑click operation! And you won’t need to go back to change your original search settings either.

Not only that, but you can also use the Quick Filter in combination with the search! If you are using your default search settings for a specific term in Subject, Senders, or message body in All folders, but forgot to specify that the message needs to have a note or be encrypted, using the Quick Filter will show you just those messages from the search results.

And don’t forget that the Quick Filter is not available just in the Mail section, but you can also use it for Calendar in Agenda view, People in Contacts, Tasks and Notes!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Things you ask about eM Client 9

sid — Fri, 01 Jul 2022 00:00:00 +0000

With the release of eM Client 9, there are several things our users frequently asked about. That is why we put together the answers to the most common questions!

What's new about eM Client 9?

Several new and enhanced features include Avatars and Message preview directly in the message list, Mail Tracking Pixel detection, Threads, Notes for emails, Undo Send, and integration with Webex by Cisco, Vivomeetings and other online meeting providers.

You can read more about those in our release blog.

How can I upgrade to eM Client 9? Do I need to pay for it?

You can upgrade to eM Client 9 by going to Menu > Check for update or by downloading it directly from our website.

Free license users will get 30-days to try out the new Pro features for free!

IMPORTANT: Pro users whose licenses are only valid for eM Client 8 and older need to buy a one-time upgrade to version 9 first, or their program will be in offline mode until they upgrade their license or revert to their previous version.

What happens after my free 30-day testing period of eM Client 9 Pro features expires?

After your 30-day access to eM Client 9 Pro features expires, you can either continue using eM Client with a Free License (with limited functionality) or purchase a Pro License.

After purchasing a Pro license, simply enter your Activation Key by going to Menu > Help > License.

Only Free license users have access to the testing period for Pro features.

How can I turn off the avatars in the message list?

If you don't want to see your contact icons in the message list then right-click the top of the message list and uncheck the option 'Show avatars.'

This setting is currently per folder, but you can use the 'Apply columns configuration to other folders' option to apply the change to numerous folders at once.

eM Client 9: Show Avatars setting in message list

In the upcoming update eM Client 9.1 you will be able to change the avatars setting for all folders at once.

If you only want the avatars to be smaller and not removed completely, you can find the size setting in Menu > Settings > Mail > Read under Message list setting. The Avatar size can be set either to 'Regular' or 'Small' – then click 'Save & Close' to save your preference.

How can I turn off the message preview in the message list?

You can easily change the number of lines of the message preview via right-click on the top of the message list and hovering over the Preview option. Then select if you want it Disabled or set it to 1, 2, or 3 lines.

You can also find this setting in Menu > Settings > Mail > Read, just scroll down to the Message list settings.

How to remove Important tag from my messages?

If the tag 'Important' is suddenly showing on all your messages, you probably use a Google Workspace or Gmail account. When a new IMAP setup is detected by the server, sometimes it marks all messages synchronized via IMAP as Important instead of using its algorithm of marking Important messages based on your previous use.

We have added an option to easily remove this tag in Menu > Accounts section. Simply go to the IMAP tab of your affected Google account and under Tags options set the Show Important tag option to Never.

Since this only happens with Google messages, other accounts will not have this option available.

eM Client 9: Important tag setting

If you do like the Important tag but feel that it takes up too much space in the message list, don't fret – eM Client 9.1 will have a special icon for this tag, so it will still be visible but allow more space for other details.

How to remove Tags from the message list?

In the compact layout you can simply remove them via the right-click at the top of the message list (the same line as 'Sorted by Received'), opening Columns configuration and removing the Tag attribute from the 'Show these columns' list.

In single-line layout this moves the tags into the Subject line. This is inspired to work similarly to common webmail solutions, but based on the feedback we received, we will add an option to fully remove Tags column in upcoming eM Client 9.1.

How can I get the orange dot for Unread messages back when I point to it?

With the introduction of avatars in the message list, the behavior of marking a message as read/unread and assigning a flag has changed, so only the unread dot is shown by default. When you hover over the message, the flag option is offered as that is the more common change made in the message list.

If you want to always be able to use both the unread marker and flag, you can enable the 'Always show "read" and "Flagged" icons on mouse hover' in Menu > Settings > Mail > Read under the Message List settings.

How do Notes for emails work? Can I sync them?

You can add notes to your emails – these will be visible at the top of your message or via hover on the note icon in the message list. Notes for Exchange accounts can be synchronized, but for IMAP and POP accounts these notes are only available locally in eM Client. They will not synchronize to your mail server, eM Client on other devices or other apps like Outlook.

If you remove the account or your database from your computer, these notes will be unfortunately lost (with the exception of Exchange accounts). The same is true if you resynchronize your mailbox for IMAP accounts, as repair of the folder removes local data stored for that folder.

In the upcoming eM Client 9.1 more improvements are coming to the Notes feature, as you will be able to include its contents in search.

How does the mail tracking detection work in Free version?

The new Email tracking detection feature will show you a special tracker icon when a tracking pixel is detected in your incoming message. In the Pro version, you can decide whether to download or block the pixel (allowing you to download other images in the message) but for the Free version, the pixel is treated the same way as any other external content in the message, the same way it worked in eM Client 8 and older versions.

So if you have the email privacy options set to block all external content by default, all incoming tracking pixels are blocked with it until you choose to download the external images and other content.

You can find all privacy settings in Menu > Settings > Mail > Privacy.

So you will see the tracking pixel icon in Free version and can use it to keep in mind whether or not the sender used tracking pixel to get more data on you and depending if you trust the sender, use it to decide whether to download all the images and external content in your message or not.
If you find the icon distracting, you can of course remove it from the message list via the Columns configuration.

We hope you found these explanations useful, if you have any further questions, don't hesitate to reach out to our Support team, use the Community forum or send any general questions to info@emclient.com

Is switching from Outlook to eM Client worth it?

sid — Wed, 29 Jun 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Email communication is an integral part of our daily work lives – whether you run your own business or are an employee, you probably send and receive countless emails every day, sometimes via different accounts. Despite chat, messengers, SMS and other communication tools being more popular in our personal lives, email is still holding its own, seeing as it can work cross-platform no matter what email service you use or which email app you have.

Bigger companies will commonly use Microsoft Outlook, but is it really the best choice? Or is it just because it’s been on the market so long that everyone is just used to it? We’d like to help you answer this question in this article by showing you what eM Client’s advantages are compared to Microsoft Outlook and how to easily change your default email client!

How is eM Client better than Outlook?

What are the real advantages of eM Client compared to Outlook and is it worth the hassle to migrate all your data and get used to a new app? Let’s take a look at the specifics:

eM Client is fast

All operations are executed quickly, as each feature in eM Client is designed to work with the others - we do not use any external plugins or code that would clash with ours. All external tools for other services (such as Cloud storage, Online meeting providers, etc.) are fully integrated so the program works with them seamlessly. With eM Client you will not experience long wait times and hang-ups (where the “program stopped responding”, making the program unusable for long periods of time) when specific features or emails are being loaded.

All this saves time that can be used to finish your work faster!

eM Client is easy to set up

Setting up new accounts takes just a few clicks with the Automatic setup which looks up your email service’s recommended settings and connects any other available services like Calendar and Contacts if they are detected.

There is also a number of import options from other email clients on your device (MS Outlook, Thunderbird, Incredimail, Windows Live Mail and others) as well as from specific files (.eml, .pst, .mbox, .ics, .csv, .vcf,…).

eM Client is more stable

Microsoft Outlook has been well known for its instability for years, be it the app itself (frequent crashes after which you need to repair Outlook ) or the data storage, which often ends up corrupted at best or with complete data loss at worst. This is caused by the outdated PST file format, which Microsoft refuses to let go of because of compatibility with older versions and devices.

eM Client’s data storage is based on a modern and fast SQLite database engine, which – even when your device shuts down unexpectedly, causing the program to crash or other problems pop up – can repair itself with the integrated database repair tool.

eM Client can work with more data

Thanks to the mentioned SQLite database, eM Client can store unlimited amount of data. Outlook can store around 10 GB before the program starts slowing down and eventually collapse when trying to list or search in all its stored emails.

eM Client users reported being able to use mailboxes with over 200 GB and still getting reasonable response times when looking something up. This also means you can always access your full message history.

eM Client is more intuitive

eM Client is designed to show only those features that you actually need and use daily, utilizing telemetry and feedback from our existing users to make improvements. You can of course add or remove buttons for specific features if you do need them (simply right-click the toolbar and use the Customize option). This makes the interface easier to navigate compared to Outlook with its hundreds of buttons you need to make sense of just to find the one for ‘Send email’.

eM Client is customizable

As mentioned, you can add and remove buttons in the toolbars and that is not the only thing you can change. You can also customize the position of the message detail and the message list, use a compact or single-line layout to show more or less columns with information, decide what sections you’ll have available and in which order they’ll be in the left pane and right sidebar and more.

You can also choose from a selection of colorful themes in Menu > Settings > Appearance > Themes and even make your own using the Theme editor in Menu > Tools, making eM Client truly your own.

eM Client is more secure

While Outlook supports S/MIME message encryption and signatures, eM Client also allows PGP, including creating your own keys to use these features.

We also provide eM Keybook service which can be used to upload and download public keys to send encrypted emails to others, as well as support lookup on ProtonMail and keys.openpgp.org services. You can find out more about email encryption and how to use it here.

eM Client is also actively developed to always use the most secure connections and authentication methods, so if your server uses more than one option, the more secure one is chosen first.

eM Client is modern

eM Client does not only upkeep the same old features as Outlook, but we actively make sure to add new ones in new versions, like contact avatars and preview in message list, account avatars to see which message belongs in which email account, Undo send, Snooze email for later, Watch for reply, notes for emails, tracking pixel detection, instant message translation, integration with online meeting providers (Webex by Cisco, Google Meet, MS Teams, Zoom and others) and Cloud storage support for attachments (Dropbox, OneDrive, Google Drive, ownCloud and Nextcloud).

eM Client is most compatible

eM Client has the widest support for IMAP servers on the market, including a number of extensions, which MS Outlook does not even attempt to add, as well as being able to synchronize data for Exchange and Office365 servers.

It fully integrates with Gmail services, including email, calendar, tasks, synchronized signatures, automatic reply, filters and labels – not to mention you can use Google Meet for online meetings, Google drive for your attachments!

If you use other server solutions you can also connect your contacts and calendars via CardDAV/CalDAV.

eM Client is consistent

Microsoft Outlook has a completely different design for each platform, some features are available only on specific devices and the behaviors are not always the same. But there is just ONE eM Client.
The interface is almost the same and works consistently for both Windows and macOS, so if you switch devices, you find the functions you need easily. The same is planned for the upcoming Android and iOS apps later this year.

Summary

Outlook is often used in many companies just because it has formerly been the only option and everyone learned to live with the crowded interface, never-ending crashes and PST file management. But that should not be the deciding factor – there are many other competitive choices that can improve your workflow and eM Client is one of its strongest contenders.

When you install eM Client for the first time, a free 30-day trial will be activated, which gives you the option to try out all its features without any need to pay or register anything.

Switching over from Microsoft Outlook can also be incredibly easy, as eM Client has a native import option to get data directly from the Microsoft Outlook app or PST files in Menu > File > Import, giving you the option to import not only the emails, but full accounts, folders, contacts and even some rules! So you can copy your data over in few clicks and compare the programs during your free trial.

And if you have any questions, don’t hesitate to reach out to info@emclient.com

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Google Talk support shuts down

sid — Tue, 28 Jun 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Why did my Google chat account stop working in eM Client? Why can't I change the Google chat status to online?

On June 16th, 2022 Google ended their support for Google Talk service, effectively shutting down connection to it via XMPP protocol. This means that the chat feature for your Google accounts will stop working in eM Client, as we used the XMPP protocol to connect to Google's chat services.

You can read about this change here in Google's support page: Google Talk for third-party apps.

Unfortunately this means we will have to remove the Google chat option from eM Client for now. Our team will look into alternate protocol and API options for Google Chat and see if we could perhaps return it in the future.

Update: Google has fully shut down their servers for XMPP, so you may now see this error in older eM Client versions:

[XMPP]Cannot access a disposed object.
Object name: ‘SslStream'.

You can stop seeing this error by navigating to Menu > Accounts and under the General tab of your Gmail account uncheck the XMPP service. Then save this change.

How to create a professional email template in eM Client

sid — Thu, 16 Jun 2022 00:00:00 +0000

When you create an email, there are a lot of things to consider than just the text of your message - the visual style is something that most readers will notice first. And if you have your own business or brand, it becomes even more crucial that your message looks professional and keeps a consistent look which is something email templates can be used for.

Email templates for business

We already talked about how Signatures are useful in communication your brand and what they should include to appear professional. While signature can communicate more about your profession and skills and provide additional contact information, it only gives those details at the very end of your message, and sometimes you might want to communicate your brand or company from the very start.

A header image before the salutation or simply using your brand colors for fonts and backgrounds can keep things simple but also put your emails onto another level, making them instantly distinct from the basic black on white in default system fonts.

How to create email templates - a step-by-step guide

This guide shows how to set up your email templates with eM Client.

First, go to Menu and click on the "Settings…" option.
In Settings, go to "Mail" > "Templates and Signatures"
Set your templates and signatures here - for new emails, replies, and forwards
To create a new template from scratch, click on "Mail Templates…"
In the "Mail Templates…" section either click on "New" and create a completely new template - or just import your previous templates by clicking on "Import".

Format and edit template as you wish - attach the files you always send in specific cases, change the background, and so on.

You can change the template colors to reflect your company’s brand design - for example by changing the font color to blue:

To edit an already existing template in the eM Client desktop app, head to Settings > Mail > Templates and Signatures > Mail Templates.

Once in the Mail Templates section, choose the template you wish to edit and click on the "Edit" button.

For even better templates, consider using the "edit source code" feature.

How to edit source code in the eM Client desktop app

In the Templates text editor, the "Edit source" option is available once you right-click in the text box.

This feature allows you to customize your templates to look exactly the way you want them to, by editing the HTML source code of the template.

In case you have some templates you would like to import, click on "Import" and choose your import file in emlt, oft, htm, or html format from your desktop.

And there you have it! Anyone can create email templates easily with eM Client - make sure to try it out.

Template examples

In order to show you exactly how it works, feel free to download these template samples created by our team. Simply download the one you like best and go to Menu > Settings > Mail > Templates and Signatures in eM Client, click the Templates button and import your selected EMLT file!

Download

New to eM Client?
Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the Personal or Business license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts

unlimited commercial use

professional VIP support

Notes and Attachments sections

Snooze Email

Mass Mail

Send Email Later

Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Vivomeetings offer for eM Client users

sid — Fri, 27 May 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Vivomeetings is a cloud-based solution for hosting all meetings and conference calls in one place. It can also very easily be connected to eM Client and be used as your primary Online meetings solution for your events.

What is Vivomeetings?

Vivomeetings provides a new way of collaborating that’s centered around the work you do, not where you do it, making online meetings easy and possible whether it’s in your office, at home, or anywhere in between.

Vivomeetings plans include not only premium audio and web conferencing, but also includes Webinar mode, Screen sharing and File transfer during the session, Online whiteboard, AI transcriptions and other tools to make cooperation with others easier.

There are three tiers of Vivomeetings plans, from which you can choose depending if you work on your own with clients, have a small business, or a large corporate which might make a use of up to 10 000 participants in a single online meeting!

eM Client users can get a special discount for any Vivomeetings plan

Read all about Vivomeetings plans and what they offer on the official webpage to find the right one for you.

If you need help setting up your Vivomeetings account in eM Client, take a look at our guide for eM Client with Vivomeetings.

Privacy protection in email communication

sid — Wed, 25 May 2022 00:00:00 +0000

The digital age is filled with dangers and with more and more of our lives taking place online, we need to stay protected – and that includes our communication via email. There are ways to protect your emails not just from external threats but even from the provider of your email service.

Who can read your emails?

In an ideal word, no one! But that is not always the case. Even if your mail server provider promises not to read your private messages, they still technically can, since they are the ones making sure the code of your emails is not only sent and received but also stored on their server so you can read your messages from anywhere. And they also need that access to help you troubleshoot any problems, so there is a possibility of this line being crossed.

The email code also does not make its way directly from your mail server to the recipients’ - along the way, it passes through multiple servers that help ensure it arrives at the right place, and even though most communication is encrypted on some level, the threat of someone else intercepting your message is still there.

Similarly, if your device is not password protected in any way, people who have access to your computer (or in case of a theft of your device) would also be able to open and look into your personal correspondence.

How to protect your emails?

A great way to avoid all these dangers is encrypting your emails. Email encryption involves encrypting the content of an email message in order to protect potentially sensitive information from being read by anyone other than intended recipients.

Once a message is encrypted it can only be read if you have the key in your device to decrypt it and the password to use it.

S/MIME encryption

S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) is a standard for encryption and signing of mail data. To be able to use it, you need to get a key from a Certificate authority, so there is a guarantee of the identity connected to a specific certificate. This makes the standard much safer but also a bit more difficult for a general user to get a certificate.

PGP encryption

PGP is acronymous to "Pretty Good Privacy" and was invented already in 1991. Despite being connected mainly to email communication, PGP can be applied to any texts or files.

Creating a PGP certificate is much easier and you can make one online or using eM Client, for example. But it is recommended to double-check the identity of the person who gives you a PGP key to use to encrypt messages for. More detailed information on this topic can be found in our guide to Email Encryption and Digital Signatures.

eM Keybook

eM Keybook is a public encryption key directory managed by the company eM Client. It’s an online service where you can upload and manage your public keys so anyone can easily send you encrypted messages and you can easily get public keys of the recipients you want to send encrypted messages to.

You can read more about eM Keybook in a dedicated article here.

So that is about email encryption – it is very useful and guarantees that your emails can never be read by anyone but you (and intended recipients) but it also means that all your contacts would need to use email encryption with you. In most everyday situation encryption is mostly needed when you correspond with your bank or any government body and similar situations where sensitive information is shared. Most people don’t stress over it when sending a picture of their cat to their grandma’s email after all.

But don’t fret, there are easier and more accessible ways to keep your data safe.

Key points on keeping your data secure

There are also a number of ways to protect your emails in general. Such as:

Make sure your email provider/server is up to date with current security trends
Create secure passwords – that means no number series, your own name or any other easy to guess element. It’s a good idea to mix up some letters, numbers and symbols or use something from your past that no one else knows about
Keep your account in your computer/phone password protected
Don’t share your password with anyone – and especially not via any written communication that is NOT encrypted!
Don’t save your password in any unencrypted files in your device or upload them to external services
Keep eM Client or any other app you use up to date.
Download apps or updates from trusted sources only – either an official website or a window that you can be sure is from the application itself
Research before installing a new app – make sure to check out online reviews
Think before you click - don’t just click on email links, even if the email seems to be legitimate. Always hover over them and check that the URL matches the context of the email and sender, in eM Client you will see this at the bottom of the message window.

Using these tricks can help you keep yourself secure online in the long run, so try keeping some of these in mind next time you visit a website or read an email from an unknown sender.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client 9 for macOS is officially here!

sid — Thu, 14 Apr 2022 00:00:00 +0000

The all-improved eM Client 9 is finally here for everyone! We have taken an extra time to make the app perfect for macOS users, but we promise that the improvements especially for M1 Processors will be worth the wait.

Get eM Client 9!

The new features are the same as in the Windows version, so you can find more details and instruction videos by clicking the button below!

Learn more about eM Client 9

eM Client integrates Webex by Cisco to deliver seamless experiences in meeting planning

sid — Wed, 13 Apr 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Prague, Czech Republic – April 13th, 2022 – eM Client, a Windows and macOS based email client for sending and receiving emails, is partnering with Webex by Cisco in its latest app version to make remote work even more efficient and productive by connecting online meetings and email in one easy-to-use tool.

The new version 9 delivers a multitude of enhancements for users with the power of Webex in eM Client today. Users can now have access to all of Webex’s meeting-rich features such as scheduling online meetings, inviting other attendees, being able to update meeting details, cancel meetings, join online meetings directly from notifications, and much more.

While the workforce demands flexible workstyles in hybrid work, this integration is an incredible productivity booster as users can manage their whole agenda from one place instead of switching between apps. Moreover, meeting planning with Webex in eM Client helps save time as having a calendar at hand, while dealing with emails or setting future meetings, delivers more efficiency in everyday work.

eM Client users can now easily set a new meeting with Webex as a default for all events or simply click the switch in event detail to shift their focus to the online world.

eM Client starts its pro license at $49.95, and Webex Suite starts at $25 for businesses. Both offer basic plans for free.

For more information about the new release with Webex, visit ‘eM Client and Webex by Cisco’.

Google ‘less secure apps’ access and what it means for eM Client

sid — Tue, 08 Mar 2022 00:00:00 +0000

Google has recently announced that they will be shutting off use of less secure sign-in technology which can affect some external apps that connect to your Google account.

The good news we can share is that eM Client is not one of those Gmail less secure apps, since we have supported the secure Google OAuth sign-in method since version eM Client 7, so those using eM Client 8 or current eM Client 9 have nothing to fear!

The Google OAuth login is used as default when you set up a Gmail account in eM Client, so you do not need to enable less secure apps at all.

But if you imported your settings from another app or set up your account manually via the Mail > Other option in New account setup before, you might be using the less secure login method with direct password input which would be affected by this change.

How to check if you are using the secure Google OAuth login?

Go to Menu > Accounts and in the General tab check if you have the ‘Authentication’ section in this tab, which contains Username and Password fields.
If these are missing completely, it means the app is connecting using the OAuth token instead.

If you do see the Authentication section, you just need to set up your account anew.

Click the Add account button
Insert your email address into the Automatic setup or use the Mail > Gmail option and follow the setup steps.
Part of the login will be inserting your password into a web browser window, not directly in eM Client – that means the password is checked directly with the Google server which then issues an access token to eM Client, which is what makes this login method more secure.
Remove your previous account set up if it was using IMAP, if it's POP, follow the steps in the note below.

And that is all, in most cases you will not need to have enabled access to allow less secure apps in the first place, but if you are worried, it is super easy to check and re-set your account in eM Client if needed.

Note: If you previously had your Gmail account set up as POP via the less secure app login method, only remove the POP account once you have made sure that the messages are still on the server or in the IMAP account once you set it up.

eM Client allows duplicate setups, so you can create your IMAP account alongside the POP one and then copy the messages from your POP account to the IMAP one. Once your messages are copied over, it is safe to remove the POP account.

eM Client 9 - The next version of eM Client is here!

sid — Wed, 23 Feb 2022 00:00:00 +0000

After the release of version 8, we didn't let up for a moment and focused mainly on you, our users, when making the brand new eM Client 9. We have listened carefully, gathered feedback from all possible sources, and implemented the best of your requested features as well as new ideas that will move eM Client forward.

So in addition to the major changes in the UI which will be visible at the first glance, such as thread view, message previews, avatars and filters, there are thousands of improvements hidden beneath the surface of eM Client. So hopefully you'll find what you've been waiting for!

Take a look at the best of these new features!

General

Quick filter
Additional filter options above your message list to quickly help you find what you’re looking for.

Redesigned advanced search
You can now easily find and quickly create and apply advanced search via the icon on the right side of the Search bar.
Many dialogs redesigned and polished
Settings, Spell-check, Distribution list and other windows are now using the same design as the rest of the app.
Printing now uses HTML rendering
This makes it easier to save and export items as HTML or PDF.
Change account order with drag and drop
You no longer need to go to the Accounts window to moves your folders around, simply drag and drop directly in the left pane!

Emails

Mail Tracking detection (Pro)
Protect your privacy thanks to the tracking pixel detection algorithm and decide which external content to block or allow.

Thread view (Pro)
Navigating through the separate messages in a conversation view is now a breeze.

Undo Send (Pro)
This new fail-safe mechanism allows you to cancel sending a message that was sent by mistake or needs additional correction.

Quick notes for emails (Pro)
Add a note to an email without making any changes to the message itself.

Avatars in the message list
The message list now uses Avatars to help you quickly distinguish the sender of a message.

Message preview
Enable seeing up to 3 lines of a message prior to opening it so you know what’s it about!

Resend
Now you can quickly send an email again as-is, no need to re-add your recipients or rewrite any details.

Toggle Dark and Light Mode
Enjoy the benefits of dark mode with an option to see a message in the original colors if you need to.

Inboxes global folder
New special section to show all your inboxes in one place to never miss a message.

Limited time sync
Exchange and IMAP accounts now allow you to keep only recent messages on your device, which is especially useful for slow connections.

Server-side tags
Tags synchronization for Gmail and Exchange/Office 365 accounts now allows you to synchronize and manage all labels, including colors!

Server-side rules on Gmail
Gmail’s filters are now not only accessible via the Rules function but you have full control of them for all your devices from within eM Client.

Sync signatures with Gmail and Exchange/Office365
Synchronize your Gmail and Exchange signatures across all your devices from eM Client.

Support for 3rd party PGP keys lookup services
eM Client can now look up keys at keys.openpgp.org and ProtonMail servers to simplify encrypted communication even more!
Import rules from Outlook
Switching to eM Client is easier than ever.
Quick attachment forward
Need to forward just the attachment, without the original message? You can now simply right-click the file to do so.
Snooze and Watch for reply status synchronization for Exchange and compatible IMAP servers
Snoozed and Watched emails will no longer be stored offline in eM Client only, you can get notified at the right time on any device!
Simplified rules creation
Create rules based on your messages’ senders and subjects or other details in few clicks directly from the right-click context menu.

Scheduling

Support for additional online meeting providers
Connect your Webex by Cisco, Meetn, GoToMeeting and IceWarp accounts to use them for Online meetings.
RSVP for invitations shown in the message list
Send a response to an event invite with a single click using the button in the message list, without having to open the invitation email at all.

Tasks

New ‘Getting Things Done’ task view
A brand-new implementation of tasks, more control, more options, and a new design will make you want to finish them, inspired by the ‘Getting Things Done’ methodology.

Agenda in the sidebar based on Getting Things Done methodology
Tame your daily agenda with the redesigned Agenda sidebar!

Chat

Reimplemented XMPP support for better stability
We now use a completely rewritten code for XMPP to address some known issues.
Message archiving support
Chat history is now synchronized with the compatible XMPP servers.

eM Client 9

More exclusive features in the PRO version!

We believe that the advanced features are worth every penny. That’s why you might like to get the Pro license and make your email management a breeze with Thread view, Notes for emails, Undo send, and mainly the Anti Mail Tracking feature.

Learn more about pricing and license options.

Get eM Client 9

Free users & Pro users with Lifetime upgrades

Download eM Client 9

Pro users with eM Client 8 or older

Upgrade to eM Client 9

* Existing Pro users with eM Client 8 can upgrade to eM Client 9 for a convenient price, or purchase lifetime upgrades to get eM Client 9 as well as all future updates and new versions of eM Client, plus 1 year of VIP support.

Warning: eM Client 9 will update your database so it is highly recommended to make a backup in case you’d like to switch back to eM Client 8 for any reason. Not sure how to back up your data? Watch our tutorial!

Undisclosed recipients and how to send mass email in eM Client

sid — Mon, 13 Dec 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Need to send emails to multiple recipients without disclosing and revealing their email addresses to each other? Or just have a list of contacts and you want to reach these numerous people at once?
Use the Mass Mail feature in eM Client for that.

What’s the difference between Mass Mail and BCC?

Both BCC and Mass Mail can be, to some extent, used for the same objective of sending emails to multiple recipients.

If you add recipients’ addresses to the BCC (Blind Carbon Copy) field, these addresses are not visible to other recipients of the email (unlike when you put them to the CC field, or To field).

eM Client’s feature Mass Mail, however, allows you to send email to multiple recipients properly and in accordance with data privacy protection guidelines. With Mass Mail, each recipient gets their own copy of the message (with no addresses in CC).

When to use Mass Mail?

While it’s ok to use BCC for a few recipients, it’s always preferable to use Mass Mail for numerous recipients. The biggest advantage of the Mass Mail feature is that each recipient will see their own name and email address in the received message, unlike when receiving a hidden BCC copy, where you cannot avoid the impersonal "Unknown Recipients" title in the message header if you leave the To field blank, or are forced to fill in your own or another "placeholder" email address.

Mass Mail allows you to use variables that will replace information in your email with the recipients’ details, based on what you have saved in your Contacts in eM Client. Unlike BCC you can, for example, use a customized salutation in Mass Mail thanks to variables.

This can be very handy when addressing clients in a more personal way. You can also use it for sending nice customized holiday emails to your friends and family.

Anyway, if you maintain your Contacts well, you can easily use eM Client as a regular (and very functional) CRM system.

How to use Mass Mail in eM Client?

To use the Mass Mail feature, add the recipients or use a distribution list from your Contacts folder in the To: field. Instead of pressing Send navigate to Menu > Message > Send as Mass Mail in the new message window.

The Mass Mail option is also available under the Send drop-down menu (Send > Send as Mass Mail).

Please note that you need to have the Pro version to use Mass Mail in eM Client.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

10 Keyboard shortcuts to boost your productivity

sid — Mon, 06 Dec 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Have you ever wished that you could increase your work speed in exactly one second? All it takes to gain super speed is to learn simple keyboard shortcuts. We’ve created a list of helpful shortcuts that will bring you closer to achieving your productivity dreams. These useful keyboard shortcuts will help you quickly compose messages and manage your emails with only a couple of buttons. Start using these eM Client shortcuts (or create your own!) for your email, calendar, and contacts and become a keyboard expert.

Here’s our favorite keyboard shortcuts available in eM Client:

F5 – Send and Receive, Refresh
Never manually click the Refresh button ever again. The shortcut key to send emails (and more) is F5. Pressing F5 will refresh your mailboxes or send and receive messages. You can also refresh your Calendar and Contacts with this shortcut.
Ctrl + R – Reply email
Instead of manually clicking the reply button for every email you need to respond to; use the Ctrl + R shortcut to instantly open a message editor and create a reply to the selected email.
Ctrl + F – Forward email
Make the task delegation process faster by pressing Ctrl + F to forward emails to relevant recipients. To forward an email as an attachment (.eml file), use the Ctrl + Alt + F shortcut.
Ctrl + Z - Undo
This is a lovely universal shortcut that reverses actions and can undo your mistakes; like recovering emails that were accidentally deleted. It can also be used to reverse unwanted text modifications without having to manually take back your text changes.
Ctrl + U – Mark as Unread
Mark a message as unread if you need to get back to it later. Or use the Snooze email feature to move a new email out of your inbox for a specified time period. Snooze will return it to your inbox after the time period ends as a new message.
If you want to perform the opposite action, use Ctrl + Q – Mark as Read
Ctrl + A – Select all
If you want to select all emails in one folder to easily move them to another folder, use Ctrl + A and every email will be highlighted. This shortcut can also be used to highlight text in message windows.
To swiftly delete all older conversations when replying or forwarding a longer email, use Ctrl + A to highlight the entire text, and press Delete afterwards.
Ctrl + J – Move to Spam
There are two additional ways to move emails to spam. Right click and navigate to Menu > Message > Move to Junk. Or use the Ctrl + J shortcut.
Insert – Follow up (flags a message)
Click Insert on your keyboard to mark your important emails with a flag instead of wasting time with a mouse or touchpad.
Tab (space) – Go to Next Section
Use the Tab (space key) button to scroll down while viewing a long email. This works in either the message preview or the message window to scroll. Use the Tab button to conveniently navigate instead of clicking or pressing arrows to scroll down.
Shift + Delete - Delete Permanently
Skip the trash folder and save time by deleting unwanted messages and items right away. Be careful not to permanently delete the wrong message!

Keep in mind that different computers could use different commands. A Mac keyboard shortcut and a Windows keyboard shortcut will use slightly different keys. Instead of Ctrl, macOS devices use the Command key.

Other useful eM Client shortcuts

F1 - Help
Ctrl + N - Create new Mail / Event / Task / Contact. Depends on the opened (selected) section.
Ctrl + P – Print
Ctrl + S - Save As
Ctrl + A - Select All
Ctrl + Shift + F - Find
Ctrl + Shift + V - Move to Folder
Ctrl + Shift + C - Copy to Folder
Ctrl + < - Previous Message
Ctrl + > - Next Message
Ctrl + Shift + R - Reply All
Alt + M - Hide Completed (in Tasks)

Your shortcut options are almost endless and customizable! Learn even more useful eM Client shortcuts here.

How to create custom shortcuts in eM Client

It’s awkward to make the switch to a different application when you’re used to certain keyboard shortcuts. If you like specific email shortcuts and want to keep using them on eM Client – you can! For example, if you’re used to the Gmail compose shortcut (Ctrl + N), or any of the Yahoo mail shortcut keys you can go to settings and modify the shortcut commands. Go to Menu > Settings > General > Shortcutsto do this. On this page, you can select the shortcut you want to modify and change it according to your preferences.

Modify the commands used for the keyboard shortcut in the field labeled “Shortcut.” Type the combination (or single key) that will be used to access the feature on eM Client.

How to remove shortcuts changes

Maybe you created a single key shortcut that’s getting in the way. Or maybe you thought of a more convenient key combination for a shortcut and need to delete the current keyboard shortcut settings. It’s okay to change your mind – you can reset one (or all) of your keyboard shortcuts back to the original settings.

To remove your new shortcuts, navigate back to Menu > Settings > General > Shortcuts and then click Reset all to default. This will return all of your shortcut settings back to their original settings. If you need to only revert one shortcut back to the default, select the shortcut you want to change and then click Reset to Default. You can do this as needed for any individual shortcut.

Whether you’re trying to reach your Inbox Zero goals, or just trying out new email tricks – using keyboard shortcuts are a great way to improve your workflow. Learn more helpful email tips and tricks by checking out our blog.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Professional email signatures

sid — Thu, 18 Nov 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Good email signatures are essential for creating a great first impression. Your average office day consists of 8 hours and usually a few dozen emails. Email signatures provide extensive opportunities to market yourself and your business – every single time you use your email to communicate. Creating email signature templates is simple with eM Client. We’ll take a look at how to set up email signatures for professional or personal use and point out a few golden rules we’ve created to make your signature more appealing.

Create a business email signature

An email signature for your business is strongly recommended for anyone who wants to take advantage of a free and effective marketing opportunity. There are certain guidelines you should follow when creating your business email signature to make sure it’s organized and helpful.

Like any form of written communication, your name should be clearly visible.
Following your name, you should add any affiliate information. Include your job title, company or even the department or business you are in. The purpose of including this information is to establish your credentials to gain the trust of your recipients.
On the next signature line, it’s recommended to include additional contact information.

This covers the basic structure for a simple professional email signature. You could stop there – but you can do even better! Adding extra information and graphic design to your signature will make it truly unique.

You can add links to your social media. Social media links should only be included as icons; so the signature stays as simple and clean as possible. The appearance of your profile picture depends on the industry you work in. It’s acceptable for a musician to include a cheerful or artistic profile picture to attract more listeners. This approach is unsuitable for a banker or a lawyer; who both need to appear serious and credible.

If you need some inspiration, you can always look up email signature examples. Whether you’re looking for Gmail signature examples or Outlook signature examples; you’re going to notice that all the examples follow the guidelines previously provided. Hubspot email signature template generator is a great tool for you to use if you’d like to take a look at some email signature examples.

Email signatures for companies

Email signature basics also apply to work email signatures used in companies. The difference is that a professional email signature for a company needs to be consistent. Consistency can be achieved by creating a standard email signature template that can be shared across the entire company. All employees within the company will use the email signature template to fill in their own information. This ensures that all emails sent from the company are visually unified and on brand.

Email signatures in eM Client

Editing a shared email template does not sound that complicated, right? Unfortunately, when there are thousands of employees using a shared template – the probability of errors rises. Maybe an employee includes the wrong font. Or someone else includes outdated company information. eM Client has a solution for this!

With eM Client, you are free to create your own signature in a myriad of ways. This is helpful for both individuals and businesses. For companies, employees can simply export their own work email signature to others as an html file via eM Client settings. Once the file is received, you can easily import it into eM Client itself. After the file has been imported, the signature can be changed to include personal information in the settings. The ultimate goal is to keep the graphic design and structure of the work email signature consistent.

There are even more options for IT admins at the company. You can force email signature change for users using the eM Client License Manager application. The License Manager allows you to set the eM Client settings throughout the whole company – so you can see if someone’s gone rogue with their signature design.

Webmail signature synchronization with eM Client

If you’re trying to add a signature you previously used for your webmail email account, eM Client will synchronize it for you. If you already know how to edit email signatures in Outlook or how to edit your email signature on Gmail; you’re automatically all set when you add your account to eM Client. For example, Gmail users will have their Gmail signature template automatically synchronized when they set up their eM Client accounts – so you can use the same signature!

Additionally, you can change your signature directly on eM Client, even if you originally created your signature using webmail. No need to worry about how to edit your signature in Gmail. All you need to do is follow our guide about editing email signatures and you’re all set.

Note: Unfortunately, Gmail started limiting image upload from external apps - so if you want to add an image to your signature, you will need to use webmail for that. But the signature will be synchronized to eM Client and you can make text and other formatting edits from the app.

Assign or create a new signature with eM Client

The process of assigning or creating a new signature with eM Client is simple. Follow these steps to quickly set up your new email signatures:

Go to Menu > Settings > Mail > Templates and Signatures.
Select the account where you want to use the signatures selected in the edit boxes.
Choose a signature for new emails, email replies, and forwards.
If there are no saved signatures to choose from, create one:
- Click the Signatures... button. It will open the window for managing signatures – you can modify, create, and delete signatures there.
- Click on New to bring up the New Signature window
- Enter a name for your new signature in the Name field
- In the field below construct a signature as you would in any text editor. Confirm the changes by clicking OK and your new signature will be created and added to the signature list. You can save your new signature in an .html file if you wish.

Email signatures will vastly improve the appearance of both your professional and personal emails. eM Client is compatible with all major email providers; making it simple to customize your email to create the ultimate signature. If you want to learn more about how to fully utilize your personal or professional eM Client account, check out our blog.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Meaning of Cc and Bcc in emails

sid — Fri, 12 Nov 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Have you ever wondered what is happening with your message that is sent to recipients in CC and BCC fields? What even is the meaning of Cc and Bcc in email? We are going to take a deeper look at yet another useful function of today’s mail clients.

What does Cc mean?

Back in the old days, long before any electronic communication, people had usually written their letters by hand. And various types of materials were used to write on too. Somewhere around the early 1800s a special type of paper was invented. This paper was coated with pigment. When you put such a paper between two regular ones and start writing, the pigment will mechanically imprint on the bottom list. The idea to put a thin carbon layer on a paper to make copies of it gave birth to the term “carbon copy” or Cc for short.

What does Cc mean in email?

What is Cc in email? Originally, the carbon copy meaning was just a copy for your safekeeping. However, when used strictly in terms of email communication, the meaning of carbon copy in email meaning has changed. It might be debatable, but when you address people in carbon copy, creating a cc email, it usually means they are not the recipients of the message. You do not really seek their opinion on the subject. The meaning of cc in email just is that you want to keep them informed about the situation.

What is Bcc in email?

“Blind carbon copy”, or Bcc for short in email communication has a similar use as Cc, but a much more specific one. You also inform recipient the about the situation that is being discussed, but email Bcc addresses that are added into Bcc field will not be visible to any other recipients. The use of this feature is obvious, to keep the recipients not knowing of each other.

Secret meaning of Cc and Bcc email

Sinister as it may sound, you can also use these features in a sort of a psychological way. Are you behind a schedule due to a colleague who is unwilling to cooperate? You may try to scold him via email and include his supervisor in Cc. Be wary though, such drastic measures should only be used when other means of communication fail. Think carefully and decide which one - cc vs bcc - is better to use in this specific case.

Using Cc and Bcc in eM Client

The feature is common between email providers, so we will dig deeper here and check what extras you can expect by using eM Client. Adding recipients in the Bcc and Cc box is simple. Open a new message and click on add Cc&Bcc in the right part of the address panel.

eM Client: What is cc and bcc in email with example

The advanced feature called Auto Bcc allows you to add addresses of your choice to include in Bcc every time you write an email.

The users of PRO version of the application can also enjoy the function called Mass Mail. Which is actually the correct way to send emails to multiple addressees without knowing there are other recipients. To use this, you just need to add the email addresses into the To field, click onto the bottom facing arrow in send button and click on “Send as mass mail”.

Keep in mind, you may try the application for 30 days free of charge. There is nothing holding your curiosity back, should you want to learn more about the wide range of PRO features eM Client has to offer.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How to use email branding with eM Client

sid — Mon, 01 Nov 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Business owners need to use every opportunity to promote their brand. Emails are an ideal solution for anyone looking for an easy way to market their business. Emails have always been at the forefront of professional communication; making them an easy way to promote your brand daily. Your email can be used as both a tool for communication and also as a method for establishing your brand’s personality. Enhancing your email signature and style is an efficient way to raise brand awareness. eM Client gives you the customization tools you need to create an email signature style that will help you establish a consistent brand across all platforms – even email!

What’s email branding?

Email branding includes brand elements such as your name, logo, contact information, links to websites and social media, and other necessary information into your outgoing emails.

The design of your emails can be customized so that your messages are visually aligned with your brand. Adjust your emails’ general formatting to fit your brand’s design by matching your font types, colors or visuals in your outgoing messages. Creating a consistent brand identity that’s present even in your emails will help raise awareness for your business.

Email Branding options in eM Client

There are two areas to focus on when customizing your emails to accommodate your brand.

Email Signatures: This is the most visible area of your email that has the highest impact – so it’s exactly where you need to put everything brand related. Signatures can be automatically added to the bottom of your email messages. You can create and save any number of signatures in eM Client and select certain signatures to be used for all your future emails. You can create custom signatures for each of your email accounts that you have added to eM Client.
Email Templates: These are sets of fonts, color rules, and settings that can be defined and stored in eM Client. Your custom email signature templates can then be collectively applied to your email messages.

You can customize the font colors, background color – or even add a background picture according to your brand’s guidelines. Or, if you used an online free email signature generator (like Hubspot email signature templates); you can copy the template source code to add your new signature to eM Client. The options are endless!

How to edit and set email signatures in eM Client

Setting and editing signatures is quite simple for both individuals and organizations.

Go to Menu > Settings > Mail > Templates and Signatures
Select the account for which you want to use the signatures selected in the edit boxes below
Choose a signature for new emails, email replies, and forwards
If there are no saved signatures to choose from, create one:
- Click the Signatures… button that will open the window for further managing signatures – you can modify, create and delete signatures there.
- Click on New to bring up the New Signature window
- Enter a name for your new signature in the Name field
- In the field below construct a signature as you would in any text editor. Confirm the changes by clicking OK and your new signature will be created and added to the signature list. You can save your new signature into an .html file if you wish.
Alternatively, you can import an already prepared signature from an .html file. This will help establish or enforce a unified signature policy in a company or an organization.

How to edit and set email templates in eM Client

If you want to send stylish emails that complement or match your design manual – set and edit custom email templates for your brand:

Go to Menu > Settings > Mail > Templates and Signatures
Select the account for which you want to use the templates selected in the edit boxes below
Choose a template for new emails, email replies, and forwards
If there are no saved templates to choose from, create one:
- Click the Mail templates… button that will open the window for managing templates – you can modify, create and delete templates there.
- Click on the New button to bring up the New Template window to create a new template.
- Enter the name of your new template in the Name field.
- You have the option of entering predefined recipients into To, Cc, or Bcc fields, or Subject.
- Edit font face and font size – font settings can be changed by clicking on the down-pointing arrow. A standard font settings window will open. Here, you can adjust the font size, style, and type.
- Edit the text color for your template by clicking on the down pointing arrow in the font color section. Select your preferred font color from the roll-down menu.
- To edit a background color; click on the down-pointing arrow and select from the color set options. Use your custom color by clicking on the Custom color button and then define your own color.
- If you want to use a background picture, click the Browse picture... button and select your image.
- It’s also possible to add files to your template that you wish to attach to your messages by default. For example, public encryption keys, or any files or information that don’t fit into the signature.
- At the very bottom there is a Template window, where you can edit your template and simultaneously preview how your emails would look with the template applied.
- Click OK to finish creating the new template, and it will be added to the template list.
  You can save your new template into an .emlt file if you wish.
Alternatively, you can also import an already prepared template from an .emlt file. This is useful for enforcing a unified, company-wide email branding policy.

Still struggling and need an email ending example? Take a look at the picture above for a good email signature example. If you want to learn more about what should (or should not!) be included in an email signature, check out our post on email signature etiquette. Now you have all the information you need to bring your brand’s personality right to your email. Use it well.😊

Looking for a job as an email marketing manager? Apply for a position with Jooble!

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Using smileys and emojis in business emails: yes or no?

sid — Fri, 15 Oct 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Smileys, emojis or gifs have become an integral part of our everyday private communication and these “visual aids” of written expression constitute a language of its own. But is it appropriate to use smileys or emojis in professional communication, even more so in business emails?

Emoticons, smileys, emojis, stickers, GIFs – what’s the difference?

Let’s clear up the terminology first:

Emoticons (or emotes in short) are sequences of ASCII characters. These are created by simply using and combining different punctuation marks, letters, or numbers, to create a simple representation of an emotion. The most well-known emoticons are of course the :-) and :-( faces, first used in 1982 – which means emoticons are about to celebrate their 40th anniversary!

Sometimes though, these character-based emoticons are automatically converted by apps to a more appealing in-line visual representation, such as 😊 ☹ – these yellow faces that better convey moods such as anger, fear or joy are smileys. And unlike most emoticons, they’re not sideways.

Emoji is originally a Japanese invention as well as a Japanese term (e, “picture,” and moji, “character”). It’s, so to speak, a further development or next generation of emoticons, popularized mainly through iPhone users. Compared to emoticons and smileys, emojis represent a whole range of object or concepts and are not based on keyboard characters. Still, emojis are standardized and need assets for each icon from a set.

That’s where stickers come in, that simply work as images, can be unique for each app and depict basically any concept.

And eventually, GIF (Graphical Interchange Format), first used in 1987, is a short soundless video sequence or series of images that endlessly run in a loop and can show anything from movie scenes to random animations.

Why are smileys and emojis so popular?

Indeed, smileys lighten up written communication, clarify information and convey emotions, which is even more important if there’s a lack of actual face-to-face conversation – something that has been increasingly common, mainly since 2020.

Smileys and emojis, as well as stickers and GIFs, can make up for missing gestures, tone of voice and other elements of communication we use to rely on when speaking to someone in person. Also, they can significantly speed up communication for both the sender and the recipient, as long as the two share the same frame of reference and feel comfortable enough to reduce the exactness of their messages.

Do smileys in business emails cross the line?

As everything depends on context, there is no clear answer to whether using smileys in business emails is appropriate or not, but there are some ground rules to consider.

A formality of the message, for example, is a good indicator – if you write an email that you would have sent as a printed letter in the past, it’s definitely more in line to omit anything as informal as smileys. Invoices, quotations, official announcements or applications would all fall into this category.

The relationship to the recipient is the crucial aspect. If the sender and recipient have never met, moreover if a cultural barrier exists between the two, smileys can come across as forced or incompetent. If you've known a business partner or customer for a while and are familiar with each other, using smileys doesn’t hurt, but you should still do so somewhat sparingly. Among familiar colleagues, on the other hand, the use of smileys is completely unproblematic.

Do smileys diffuse tension in business communication?

Critical emails in particular can be positively influenced with a well-picked smiley. A laughing or winking smiley can weaken negative feelings in the recipient and reduce the risk that they will take a criticism personally.

It’s always good to be conscious about using smileys and emojis and always consider beforehand exactly what effect the chosen smiley is likely to have on the recipient. To be more flexible, it is of course very advantageous to use an email app that technically supports smileys and thinks of different cultural context, such as eM Client 😊

How to reply to a business email that uses smileys?

If your "counterpart" uses smileys in email communication, it doesn't mean you have to do the same so as not to appear rude. Instead, it’s better to develop a communication style of your own, that may (or may not) also include some smileys. Of course, this doesn't mean you shouldn't adapt your style to different recipients at all. What always remains decisive anyway is the eventual tone and language of your email.

Should business emails use emojis in subject lines?

A short answer is: no. Subject lines should remain clear instead of being stuffed with small icons. Many email clients may have issues recognizing the emojis anyway, and only turn these subject lines into cryptic mess. Also, emails containing special characters such as smileys and emojis (either in subject line or in body text) easily end up in spam – especially in the business environment.

How to use smileys and emojis in eM Client?

Luckily, eM Client has an extensive support for hundreds of emojis (all standard ones, including skin color selection and categorization), a beautiful custom-made set of stickers, and there's also the entire Giphy database for you to use.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

What email client to choose: Top 7 eM Client Advantages

sid — Sun, 12 Sep 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Let’s see why eM Client is currently the best choice for your email management and what key advantages it brings to its users.

1. eM Client is chic and easy to use

It’s actually hard to believe that such a feature-rich and powerful application as eM Client could be so straight-forward and clean in appearance. Every pixel of the user interface was carefully considered and built to maximize productivity and minimize frustration of users. If you are used to the Outlook interface, you will find eM Client familiar, only a lot better. eM Client will just smoothly fit into your email routine and improve upon it.

2. eM Client works with every email service

Google Workspace, Office 365, iCloud, Exchange, IceWarp, Kerio, and whatever else you can think of – eM Client is compatible with all major platforms.

Furthermore, eM client will setup everything automatically for most email services. It will also import your existing data from all major email clients (including Microsoft Outlook, Outlook Express, Thunderbird, Incredimail, and more).

eM Client also supports a number of integrations (with Google Drive, Dropbox, OneDrive, ownCloud, Nextcloud, Zoom, Google Meet, MS Teams and more) and will easily fit into your environment.

3. eM Client has unique email features, such as Send Email Later or Watch for Reply

There’s vast amount of email management tools and features in eM Client that will cover even the most exotic workflows (read about Inbox Zero and how to set your customized email management workflow with eM Client).

In any case, your work with emails will be faster thanks to a useful sidebar with email history and attachment history for a selected contact, as well as thanks to simple folder management, rules, or tags.

You will never miss a reply to an important email (or will be notified about not getting a reply) thanks to a unique Watch for Reply feature. You can also schedule your outgoing emails with the Send Later feature. And if you don’t feel like working with certain received messages at the moment, use the Snooze Email feature and have the email delivered to your inbox later.

4. eM Client is superfast and can look up emails in an instant

Emails, contacts, attachments, even the content inside the attached files (yes, there’s a full text search within the files such as Word, Excel or PDF) – everything can be looked up in an instant. Having all the information at hand all the time speeds up the work incredibly – in fact, once you get used to the powerful search capabilities of eM Client, it will be difficult to settle with anything less efficient.

5. eM Client has the most advanced attachments management on the market

Not only can you (full-text) search in attachments, eM Client also has a very useful All Attachments view that lists and allows you to manage all the sent and received files. So, no more endless searching over old emails to find that file you know you sent.

eM Client also extensively supports the more secure way of sending files over the email – the cloud attachments (learn How to use cloud attachments in emails). Thanks to integration with several popular cloud storage providers (such as Google Drive, Dropbox, OneDrive, ownCloud, or Nextcloud), eM Client makes sending cloud attachments just as easy as sending regular attachments and even lists cloud storage files in the All Attachments view, next to local attachments.

6. eM Client also has features for calendars, tasks, contacts, notes, and chat

Email management is but one of eM Client’s functionalities. There’s an advanced Calendar (where you can connect all your existing calendars and manage them from one place), Tasks, features for efficient Contacts management, Notes and Chat.

7. eM Client is customizable to the last detail and offers a unique Theme editor

It’s possible to extensively adjust eM Client behavior to fit your routine. You can also enhance your workspace and make it to your own taste thanks to many beautiful themes you can choose from. Or if you wish, you can also build your own theme with our unique Theme editor (see how).

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Never miss important emails with eM Client's Watch for Reply feature

sid — Thu, 19 Aug 2021 00:00:00 +0000

It can happen to anybody. With the sheer volume of emails to process, we can miss receiving an anticipated email reply too (or not receiving it, for that matter). Even if it's unintentional, missing important emails can cause a lot of trouble in both professional and personal communication. Fortunately, eM Client has an elegant solution to this – the Watch for Reply feature.

What is the ‘Watch for Reply’ feature

‘Watch for Reply’ is a unique feature of eM Client, found in no other email app. As the name suggests, it allows you to set a special reminder to watch for an expected reply to an important email you sent.

The reminder can be set to

watch for when a message is replied to, to draw your attention to it, or
to get reminded that your message was not replied to after a set time, so you can reach out to the recipient again.

How to Watch for Replies in eM Client

There are more places in the user interface where the Watch for Reply feature can be found:

the ‘New message’ window toolbar (there’s a special Watch for Reply button there) or
in a context menu when right-clicking a sent message
Watch for Reply button in main toolbar in Sent folder

After you enable Watch for Reply for a sent message, a copy of that message is saved to a special Favorites folder called Unreplied, so you can check the replies you're waiting for any time you want.

Watch for Reply button in the ‘New message’ window toolbar

You can also disable the Watch for Reply reminders, should the recipient reach out to you via other means and the reminders are no longer needed.

To sum it up, using eM Client’s Watch for Reply feature will help you keep control over your email communication and save you a lot of time thanks to better email management.

It’s about time to try it out.

NOTE:

Watch for Replies feature is only available to Pro users of eM Client version 8 (and higher). If you are a Free user and wish to use this handy feature, buy a Pro license! If you are a Pro user of eM Client 7 and older, you need to get an upgrade to version 8.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How to use cloud attachments in emails

sid — Thu, 17 Jun 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Sending files via emails “physically” as local attachments is outdated. It’s quite slow, messy and with number of security issues. Instead, you can adopt a fresh approach and email your files as links to a cloud storage. Let’s see how cloud attachments work in eM Client.

What are cloud attachments

Cloud attachments are attached files uploaded to a cloud storage service, instead of being sent directly (“physically” in an email). With cloud attachments, you only send a link to the given file, which the recipients can use to download the actual file from a cloud server.

eM Client currently supports several major cloud storage providers (OneDrive, Google Drive, DropBox, OwnCloud and Nextcloud). Depending on the setup and capabilities of each provider, there are different options for what you can do with a cloud storage attachment.

IMPORTANT:

These options are only available at the cloud storage service providers’ discretion. Some options are only enabled by some providers, and in some cases only with a subscription to the cloud storage service.

Why you should use cloud attachments

There are many benefits of using cloud attachments over local attachments. For example:

Emails with cloud attachments are much smaller in size - this can be especially useful when sending large files or large amounts of files and could be especially appreciated by users in areas with poor internet connection.
Sent files are not limited in size such as local attachments. The only limitation is your cloud storage upload limit.
Already sent files can be further updated or removed at any time.
Additional safety layer for your files can be added – such as a password protection, as well as an expiration date. You can also set a file to read-only mode. This gives you better control over your data and makes sending files safer overall.

How to connect a cloud storage service with eM Client

To use cloud attachments in eM Client, there are 3 important steps you need to take first:

Install - one of the supported cloud storage applications on your computer
Add your cloud storage service(s) to eM Client. Go to Menu > Settings > Mail > Attachments, click the Add button and select your cloud storage services provider of choice. If you use more cloud storage services, you can set your preferred one as default.
Log into the cloud service(s) and give consent to eM Client accessing the service(s) - you will be prompted to do so the first time you use a cloud storage in eM Client on your device. The password can be saved and remembered. Keep in mind that the login process may be slightly different for each service (see the process described in detail for OneDrive, Google Drive, DropBox, OwnCloud and Nextcloud).

PRO TIP:

To remove a cloud storage service, simply go to Menu > Settings > Mail > Attachments > Select the service > Remove

Sending cloud attachments in eM Client

After you correctly connected your cloud service(s) with eM Client, you can go send your first cloud attachment:

Simply click the Attachment button the same way you would if you attached files normally:
Choose a file you wish to add to your email as a link from a cloud folder set on your device.
A dialogue box will open, giving you a choice to link the file instead of physically attaching it. Click 'Yes' to link the file. Check the “Don’t ask me again” box if you don’t wish to be bothered by this dialogue again (you can later change this setting in Menu > Settings > Mail > Compose > Cloud Storage Attachments).
A link to the file will be attached to your message. It will appear in the attachment field, same as regular attachments, with a name of the linked cloud service in brackets following the file name.

If the recipient of an email containing cloud attachments opens the email in eM Client, cloud attachments will also appear in the attachment field and eM Client will treat these cloud attachments as any other local attachment.

If the recipient of your email doesn’t use eM Client, the attachment will appear as a text in the email’s body with a cloud storage link. The recipient can download the attachment by clicking the text link.

Upload attachments to a Cloud Storage

There’s also an alternative way of adding cloud attachments to your email.

Simply attach any file from your local drive, right-click the attachment in eM Client, select the ‘Upload to cloud storage’ option and choose a preferred cloud storage provider. This will upload the file to your cloud storage and send it as a cloud attachment.

After a file is uploaded to the selected cloud storage from eM Client, a number of new options appear when the attachment is right-clicked (depending on the selected cloud storage provider). It’s possible to set a password or an expiration date for your download link, and to allow editing for text files.

IMPORTANT:

PRO TIP:

If you attach a large file (>10mb) to your email and try to send it, eM Client will ask if you would like to upload the file to a cloud storage.

Read more about cloud attachments options here.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

How to set Online Meetings in eM Client

sid — Fri, 28 May 2021 00:00:00 +0000

To make your remote work and meetings easier, eM Client now connects with popular videoconferencing tools such as Zoom, MS Teams and Google Meet. You can set an online meeting with one click, and eM Client will do the rest. Let’s see how it works in detail.

Where to begin

First of all, you need to have an existing Zoom/Teams/Meet account to connect with eM Client. An online meeting provider can be added via Menu > Settings > Online Meetings > General, where you simply click the Add button and select the online meeting service provider you wish to connect.

NOTE:

Google Meet is added automatically when a Google account is set in eM Client.

After that, you will be prompted to sign into your online meeting service account with your standard login credentials for the service and to accept the permissions for eM Client (see the detailed description of the process for specific online meeting providers here).

And that’s it! Your online meeting provider is paired with eM Client and now you can set up an Online Meeting. There are two ways to do it: either to set a scheduled Online Meeting, or an instant Online Meeting.

How to schedule an Online Meeting

You can set a scheduled Online meeting three ways:

click the arrow within the +New button and select Event
go to your Calendar and click the +New button
simply double click on a free space in your Calendar

There will be a pop-up asking you to choose the type of meeting. To create an online meeting with Zoom, MS Teams, or Google Meet, select “Online Meeting”.

PRO TIP:

If you don’t want to be asked this question every time you create an event, just check the “Always use this option” box at the bottom of the pop-up and select the meeting type you want to have set by default. You can always change this in Calendar Settings.

Set the subject, date, time and participants of the Online Meeting just as you would with a standard event. In the Online Meeting field, you can select the online meeting provider, based on the online meeting services you’ve added to eM Client.

Once you’ve set up the details and clicked the Save & Close button, the event in your calendar will automatically update with a link to connect to your Online Meeting. All the event participants will receive this link in their meeting invite, or you can copy the link to share with others.

PRO TIP:

You can easily recognize the Online Meetings events in your calendars by the camera icon on the calendar entry.

To join a scheduled Online Meeting, simply click the Join Online Meeting button at the top of the event, or click on the meeting link. Or, login to your online meeting service and you should see the event scheduled there and ready for you to join.

How to start an instant Online Meeting

If you need to start an Online Meeting right away, simply click the arrow within the +New button, select Online Meeting and pick a provider.

eM Client will instantly create an online meeting room within the service of the online meeting provider of your choice. You can then add more people to the call directly in the meeting room.

Note for MS Teams users:

Using this method will automatically record an event for the current time called “Instant Meeting” in your associated Teams account Calendar, or the Calendar of your default eM Client account.

How to get the Online Meetings feature

The Online Meetings feature is included in eM Client 8.2 (read more).

If you already use eM Client 8, you have already gotten a notification that a new update is ready.

If you own eM Client Pro for version 7 (or older), just purchase an upgrade to eM Client 8.2.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Inbox Zero: How to achieve it

sid — Thu, 20 May 2021 00:00:00 +0000

The main objective of Inbox Zero as a productivity method is to spend as minimal time mentally and physically occupied with handling your emails as possible thanks to efficient email management. However, misplacing email management efficiency with a fixation on compulsive inbox cleansing is hardly the way to go.

What is the origin of Inbox Zero method

What is Inbox Zero? The phrase and concept of Inbox Zero is actually quite old - it was first established by an American blogger and podcaster Merlin Mann back in 2006.

And, always having a big fat zero next to your inbox folder is not, despite being suggested by its very name, the real purpose of the Inbox Zero approach. Merlin Mann himself is the first to admit the concept has been very misunderstood and often lead to people wasting even more time and being even less productive when trying to achieve Inbox Zero with the wrong mindset.

Mann is also very open about definitely not having a victorious zero next to his own inbox folders.

What to do to achieve Inbox Zero

So how to proceed in order to build a viable and efficient Inbox Zero workflow for yourself?

Remember that people with different individual personalities and goal-preferences can have also different approaches to achieve the Inbox Zero mindset.

That being said, there are also several key but universal things you can do to spend less time submerged in your inbox:

Delete, Delegate, Respond, Defer and Do
This assessment process is a part of the original Inbox Zero approach and clearly describes the 5 actions you should consider for every incoming email.

Delete: Start your email checking round with deleting (or archiving) all the messages that are not important and you know there is no reason to get back to them.

Delegate: Everything that can be better answered by someone else should be forwarded right away.

Respond: If you are the best person to handle an email and you can answer within a reasonable time (ideally up to 2 minutes), respond immediately.

Defer: If your answer should require more than 2 minutes, relocate the email to a special folder (or clearly mark it) and answer these emails throughout the day.

Do: The last group of emails are those that require an action on your part.
Check emails in bulk, at specific times and don’t jump up every time an incoming message notification pops-up
Streamline your own communication to send as little emails as possible. Educate your circles in this manner as well. Remember, you have to stop sending them to stop receiving them.
Assign priority and organize the incoming emails that fall into the Respond, Defer and Do categories.

Inbox Zero in eM Client

Advanced email clients have been proactively integrating productivity features to make email as nonirritating as possible and with eM Client, you can set your own Inbox Zero infrastructure in almost no time.

Let’s take a look at the existing features of eM Client that allow you to create and stick to your Inbox Zero workflow:

Go offline – to uphold the rule of checking your inbox zero folders only at particular times and to prevent receiving messages in between these times, you can switch eM Client to offline mode. This way, you can see all the messages you already received and work with your emails as usual.

The messages you write when offline will be sent out in bulk once you switch back online. To switch to Offline mode, go to Menu > File > Work Offline.

Also use the ‘Download messages for offline use’ function that downloads the content of selected IMAP folders or of the whole account into the application’s local database. This setting is available in Menu > Accounts > the account that you’d like to download the emails for > IMAP tab > Offline > "Download messages for offline use".
Assign a special folder for deferred messages – to create a new folder for an email account, right-click the email account’s name in the email folder list in the right sidebar and select “New folder”. Then, the fastest way to relocate messages is to simply drag & drop them in between folders.
Use QuickTexts – email replies, mainly those that can be handled within the 2-minute timeframe, are often repetitive and inserting a pre-defined QuickText would significantly reduce the time you spend on handling those.

QuickTexts can be accessed, created and managed either via Menu > Settings > Mail > QuickText, or, when writing a new email, QuickTexts can be inserted via the QuickText icon (read more about eM Client QuickTexts).
Use Tags to assign priority and organize your messages, as well as other items such as notes, contacts, etc. To add a tag to an item, right-click the item and select “Tag” in the drop-down menu.

There are several pre-defined tags you can use – “Important”, “Work”, “Home”, “Personal”, “School”, “Promotion”, “Newsletter”. It’s also possible to create customized tags (read more about eM Client Tags).
Define email Rules for more advanced organization of your messages and create your own set of rules for emails in Menu > Rules. Use a set of Rules templates to easily set, for example, a rule to automatically move incoming messages from certain people or consisting certain words to a pre-selected folder (read more about eM Client Rules).
Snooze selected incoming messages that you don’t wish to answer at the moment, but definitely need to deal with and be reminded about at some point. The Snooze function is a very useful tool for deferring messages for later, as it will temporarily remove the snoozed message from your Inbox to the Snoozed folder only to return it to Inbox after the time you choose, appearing as a new incoming message.
Watch for Reply to emails with higher priority to never miss an important message and get reminded when a response you're expecting arrives. At the same time, this handy feature can also notify you about not receiving a reply you expected within a certain time.

These eM Client’s features will help you improve your every-day email management, skyrocket your productivity and move yourself closer to getting the true Inbox Zero mindset.

In the end, decluttering your inbox is similar to decluttering anything else in your life.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

eM Client integration with Nextcloud: Update files you already sent

sid — Thu, 06 May 2021 00:00:00 +0000

The integration of Nextcloud (a modern, self-hosted content collaboration platform) and eM Client (a powerful email and productivity app for Windows and macOS) allows you to send files as links to your Nextcloud storage. It's easier, faster and safer. You can also upload email attachments from eM Client directly to Nextcloud.

Introducing Nextcloud

Nextcloud puts its users back in control over their data. The most popular self-hosted collaboration platform makes it easy to store your documents, share them and work with others. It lets you discuss them by mail or video chat, schedule meetings in the calendar, share passwords or manage tasks between you and your team, and much more, across all your devices. You decide what happens with your data, where it is and who can access it!

Nextcloud is:

A fully integrated online collaboration platform, extensible with over 300 apps
100% open source, on-premises and under your control
Easy and quick to use, deploy and maintain

Learn more on nextcloud.com

How it works

Simply connect eM Client and Nextcloud, log into your Nextcloud account once, and you're all set (the detailed instructions can be found here).

eM Client: Attachments with Nextcloud

Using Nextcloud for sending attachments gives you these important benefits:

Emails with cloud attachments are much smaller in size – this can be especially useful when sending large files or large amounts of files and could be especially appreciated by users in areas with poor internet connection.
Sent files are not limited in size such as local attachments. The only limitation is the upload limit of your Nextcloud storage.
Already sent files can be further updated or removed at any time.
Additional safety layer for your attachments can be added - such as a password protection, as well as an expiration date. You can also set a file to read-only mode. This gives you better control over your data and makes sending files safer overall.

eM Client integration with ownCloud: Attach files to emails as cloud storage links

sid — Wed, 28 Apr 2021 00:00:00 +0000

Sending files as regular email attachments can be impractical, messy, and full of security risks. But not with the right tools! With eM Client, you can send your files as cloud attachments by connecting to cloud storage to make sure your files are always secure. ownCloud is a cloud storage company that offers solutions for people looking for ways to ease the process of sending attachments through email. Our integration with ownCloud both simplifies and secures the file sharing process for your email account. Share the files you need to send on eM Client with ownCloud to gain complete control over your file attachments!

Introducing ownCloud

ownCloud is a convenient tool that enables secure data storage, collaboration, and sharing. Store your email attachments in ownCloud to make your files available on any device. It doesn’t matter what device you’re using, as long as you have your files uploaded to ownCloud; they can be shared with just a few clicks. This is a major advantage compared to standard email attachments – not to mention that files sent as cloud attachments can be almost unlimited in size. No email server file size limits apply, so the only limit is the current capacity of your ownCloud storage.

How to send files from eM Client using ownCloud

After adding ownCloud to eM Client and logging into your ownCloud account, you can send your attachments as an ownCloud link. Read our detailed instructions for connecting eM Client and ownCloud for more information.

When you select a file that you want to attach from your ownCloud folder, eM Client will ask you to insert a link to the file instead of physically attaching it. Another option is to upload files to your ownCloud storage directly from eM Client.

eM Client: Attachments with ownCloud

Extra security for your email attachments

Stay in full control of your files as the cloud storage attachments sit in your ownCloud storage. You can remove the files or delete them, so the cloud attachment link becomes invalid. Whoever received the original file will no longer be able to view it after it becomes invalid. You can set an expiration date upon sending your attachment to ensure that the information can no longer be accessed after a specific date. This is a great feature for people who need to send sensitive information, and want full control over their files even after they’ve been sent to the recipient. This is also beneficial in situations where someone should no longer have access to an attached file; for example, if someone is no longer a part of an organization. By using cloud attachments instead of regular email attachments, you can drastically improve the security of your email server.

Connecting eM Client and ownCloud will enhance the security of your files. ownCloud offers multi-factor authentication and encryption for your files. Paired with eM Client’s encryption and keypair options; you can send your files in eM Client using ownCloud without fear. The additional safety layers for the files you share through email offered by eM Client and ownCloud is indeed an advantageous security precaution for both individuals and businesses.

Learn more about how to take advantage of the eM Client integration with ownCloud. Read our blog to stay in the know about updates and helpful eM Client tips!

eM Client 8.2 is here with exciting updates

sid — Mon, 22 Mar 2021 00:00:00 +0000

The ball just keeps rolling! After introducing the unique Theme Editor in eM Client 8.1, we are proud to present eM Client 8.2 with yet another round of major updates and new exciting features, such as the Online Meeting integration with Zoom, MS Teams and Google Meet, even better cloud storage attachments support, new Emoticons and Giphy support and a beautiful set of new eM Stickers!

What’s new in eM Client 8.2

Online Meetings

Connect eM Client with your favorite videoconferencing tools (Zoom, MS Teams, Google Meet).

Set new Online Meetings in your Calendar with one click, and invite your contacts thanks to the new integration with Zoom, MS Teams and Google Meet (more to come)
Choose an online meeting instead of a standard event when you create a new event. Add your preferred service and eM Client will do the rest
eM Client is also able to detect (some) online meeting links in invitations

eM Client 8.2: Online Meetings (list of services in Settings)

eM Client 8.2: Online Meetings (choose from online vs. standard)

eM Client 8.2: Online Meetings (create online meeting)

Improved cloud storage attachments support

We keep improving the already unparalleled attachment management in eM Client and we further enhanced eM Client's integration with popular cloud storage services (OneDrive, Google Drive, DropBox, OwnCloud and Nextcloud).

Upload attachments from eM Client directly to your cloud storage
Cloud attachments can be listed as regular attachments in eM Client so you can view and manage them easily
Toggle between read only and editable mode for documents of supported providers (for .rtf, .doc, .docx, .xls, .xlsx, .ppt, and .pptx files)
Add password protection to your files
Set an expiration date for your files
Manage cloud storage services in eM Client settings

eM Client 8.2: Cloud storage files upload

eM Client 8.2: Cloud storage settings

eM Client 8.2: Cloud storage expiration date

Giphy support, new Emoticons and beautiful new eM Stickers

Jazz up your emails!

There's the entire Giphy database for you to use now.
We also added extensive support for all standard Emoticons (hundreds of them), including skin color selection and categorization, on both Windows and macOS.
Stickers are now supported - and we designed a beautiful set of original eM Stickers for you!

Just look how cool they are:

eM Client 8.2: eM Stickers

eM Client 8.2: New emojis

eM Client 8.2: Giphy

...and there's more:

The Invitations changed their look to this:

eM Client 8.2: Revamped Invitation email design

Change 'Reply-to'

With this useful new feature it's possible to change the 'Reply-to' address when writing an email and have the recipient reply to an address of your choice (instead of replying to the 'From' address by default).

eM Client 8.2: Change 'Reply-to'

Change the format of an email (plain text / HTML)

You can now toggle between HTML and plain text mode when reading any email.

eM Client 8.2: Change format of an email (plain / HTML)

New rules options and conditions for the ‘From’ field

Use wildcards, domains, contains, starts with or ends with.

eM Client 8.2: New rules options and conditions

Support for showing only the fields that are supported by a particular service vendor, all across the application

For example if Yahoo doesn't support avatars for contacts, we won't show avatars for Yahoo contacts etc. This is now true virtually for every field of any type of item for every supported service vendor.

Snooze the update checks

If you don’t wish to have the update check window popping up when you start eM Client, it’s now possible to snooze the update checks for up to a month.

eM Client 8.2: Snooze the update checks

'Reply'/'Reply all'/'Forward'/'Send email' to all attendees of an event

eM Client 8.2: 'Reply'/'Reply all'/'Forward'/'Send email' to all attendees of an event

Visual tweaks

and rewritten large DPI/small monitors logic in Calendar

'Change spellcheck language' button is available as an optional toolbar menu now

eM Client 8.2: 'Change spellcheck language' button as an optional toolbar menu

New option to disable the 'Unsubscribe' link

eM Client 8.2: Disable the 'Unsubscribe' link

A handy filter when selecting a folder, for faster navigation and better folder management

eM Client 8.2: The ‘Select folder’ filter

Get eM Client 8.2

How can you get all these cool new features right away?
If you already use eM Client 8, you will simply get a notification that a new update is ready.
If you own eM Client Pro for version 7 (or older), just purchase an upgrade to eM Client 8.2.

For free Buy Pro

eM Client Christmas Theme

sid — Tue, 22 Dec 2020 00:00:00 +0000

It's been an exhausting year with many challenges and it's important to stay in touch with our loved ones this holiday season more than ever. Therefore we decided to sprinkle eM Client with a bit of joy and created a brand new Christmas theme.

To get the best of it, make sure to download our latest version (it won't work on version 7 and older) and save the custom theme from this page.

Import it to your eM Client in 4 easy steps:

Open the menu Settings > Appearance > Themes
Click the 'Import' button and choose the downloaded Christmas theme
Pick the new Christmas theme in the list of themes and hit 'Apply'
Read, compose and share Christmas cards and New Year wishes in a festive mood.

More themes will be coming so follow emclient.com/themes for more information.

Download latest eM Client Download Christmas Theme

Design your own eM Client

sid — Mon, 21 Dec 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Wouldn’t it be great to have a say in what eM Client looks like?

Well, we decided to offer the opportunity to do just that and design your own eM Client. Since eM Client 8.1, all users can openly participate in what eM Client looks like - not only the advanced users, but also the ones who are unfamiliar with the color format "#FF9999" and similar technicalities.

This is thanks to our own WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) theme editor, which allows you to adjust each and every corner of the application to your liking.

Let’s introduce the individual functions of the editor and its concepts to help you quickly navigate yourself through the process.

Where to begin

After opening the editor in a new window, the theme you are currently using in eM Client will be loaded automatically and you can start editing it immediately (this function is available from version 8.1.973, download latest version here). If you want to start from scratch and create a new theme (or edit an existing theme), click the "New" icon. A new window will open in which you can choose one of three theme editing options:

Create from existing - this option allows you to make cosmetic changes to one of the existing themes that you like. Use it for fine-tuning small details.
Create from file - use this option to select any custom theme (.emtheme) file. You can also edit theme files created by other users. See our theme gallery.
Create from color - with this option you can simply select a color from the color palette for a visual element and the editor will automatically distribute the colors of individual controls for you.

eM Client Theme Editor: Create new theme

Click the "Finish" button to confirm your choice and start editing the selected theme. In the theme editor, you have a complete overview of all graphic elements of eM Client. They are divided into "Elementary" and "Special" controls, “Forms” and “General preferences”.

eM Client Theme Editor: Editing

Graphic element categories

Elementary controls: These are the basic elements that you will encounter most often in eM Client – the texts, backgrounds, buttons, text boxes, and other simple elements used across the application.
For example, if you want to enable wider scrollbars, you can now easily find the setting under Elementary controls > Scrollbars, and check the UseSystemScrollbar option.
Special controls apply to graphic elements that have a specific use, especially in the calendar, contacts, sidebar, attachments and some other sections of the application.
Forms are, in layman’s terms, individual "windows" through which you control eM Client (e.g., the window for writing messages, creating a new event or contact, etc.). For those you can change colors as well as their other properties.
General preferences: Here you can change the name of the theme, add the author name and a preview in the form of a screenshot. You can also use the "IsDarkTheme" switch to determine a dark type theme, which will invert all icons to white.

To apply the theme you have modified, just click the "Apply" button in the top bar of the editor (or use F5 key as a shortcut).

eM Client Theme Editor: Saving

Useful tips

Some elements may appear in more than one category in the editor. This is to be able to distinguish the properties of the same graphic elements in two different places. In these cases, the more specific setting takes precedence over the more general one (this applies in particular to the main window and sidebar).

This means that if you don't see a color change where you'd expect it to, try to see if the element can't be changed for a more specific location.

Important: If you are not sure which category the specific element you want to change falls into, use the "Pick element" button (or F6 key) and simply click on the object in the eM Client whose attributes you want to change.

After each modification, you must click the "Apply" button again for the changes to take effect in the eM Client interface.

Also, don't forget to save your newly created theme after you’re finished and name it appropriately so that you can quickly find it for future use. You have to import the saved theme into the program in the menu Settings > Appearance > Themes > Import.

Pro tip no. 1:

In the color selection window, the most frequently used colors in the given theme are in the upper row. The bottom row, on the other hand, shows the most recent colors you set.

And what is the difference between RGB and HSB? The RGB or red-green-blue color model is an additive color mixing method used in color monitors and projectors (it is the mixing of emitted light).

HSB is a color model that uses hue, color saturation, and brightness. It corresponds better to the human perception of colors and is better suited, for example, in situations where it is necessary to find a lighter or darker shade of the same basic color.

Pro tip no. 2:

If a color does not look good somewhere, it is likely that the combination will be the same in other places in the program as well. Therefore, the "Replace this color everywhere" option in the color selection window may be useful.

Share your themes

If you are satisfied with the result, do not hesitate and share your themes with us at themes@emclient.com. We will take care of their publication.

You can also quickly import themes from someone else using the "Import" button in Settings > Appearance > Themes > Import.

eM Client 8.1 is released

sid — Thu, 03 Dec 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Progress simply can’t be stopped. Just a few months after the release of eM Client 8, we have a new upgraded version up and running. eM Client 8.1 comes with hundreds of fixes and optimizations as well as added functionality, including support for additional cloud storage providers, and a unique feature currently found in no other email client (possibly not even any other desktop software) on the market – an advanced theme editor!

What’s new in eM Client 8.1

Theme Editor

Unleash your creativity, use the new advanced theme editor and design your very own eM Client! The editor allows you to adjust the design of every single visual element of eM Client’s interface. With a convenient picker tool, you can simply select the part of the interface you wish to alter and the corresponding group of elements will appear in the editor. There is also a live preview window, so you can see the changes in process. When you’re done with all the changes, just hit the save button and your personally designed eM Client is ready!

Moreover, everyone will be able to share and download themes via our upcoming theme gallery.

eM Client Theme Editor: Color grid

eM Client Theme Editor: Custom themes

Cloud storage attachments support for ownCloud and Nextcloud

Attachment management in eM Client is already unmatched, and it’s something we just keep improving more and more. Recognized as the best open-source cloud services, ownCloud and Nextcloud joined the list of platforms you can link attachments from in eM Client (Google Drive, OneDrive, Dropbox). Simply link a file from your cloud storage instead of attaching it and you won’t need to worry about attachment size limits anymore.

Attachments can now be used in templates too

This feature allows you to enrich your email templates with different files, which is particularly handy when you send out the same files over and over.

Directories can be attached as a zip archive

When attaching a directory (yes, that’s possible now), users get the option to attach the files either as regular files or as a zip archive. Either way, you won’t have to compress and pack the files via a third-party app anymore.

eM Client 8.1: Attach folder as ZIP

New option 'Go to Today' in Calendar

There’s now an extra option in the general Calendar settings that will open the Today view by default only if enabled. And it obviously can be disabled, too.

eM Client 8.1: Calendar 'Go To Today' feature

New option for setting indentation for folders

We received feedback from many users who considered the default indentation of folders in the folder list hierarchy to be too subtle. So now it’s possible to adjust the folder lists indent according to your preference.

eM Client 8.1: Indentation

Suggested Location in event detail based on other events' locations

eM Client 8.1: Location suggestion

Get eM Client 8.1

How to get your hands on all these cool new features right away? How to get the theme editor to build your very own first theme? If you already use eM Client 8, you will simply get a notification that a new update is ready. If you own eM Client Pro for version 7 (or older), just purchase an Upgrade to eM Client 8.1.

New to eM Client? Try it out!

For free Buy Pro

eM Client 8.1 for macOS will be released in the upcoming weeks.

Yahoo! setup issues resolved

sid — Tue, 24 Nov 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Three weeks ago (11/08/2020) our OAuth registration at the Yahoo Developer Portal became misconfigured, so a Yahoo! account could not be set up via Automatic setup. We have contacted Yahoo Developer support to resolve the issue and they finally fixed the registration for eM Client.

Because some permissions were renamed by Yahoo! a new version of eM Client is required.

Please download the fixed version from this article:
https://forum.emclient.com/t/fixed-yahoo-accounts-and-em-client/67260

After you install the update, please go to Menu>Accounts and set up your Yahoo! account using the Automatic setup. We apologize for the inconvenience.

We are sorry for any inconvenience in the meantime.

In case of an urgent issue please reach out to use directly at info@emclient.com

eM Client never sells your data

sid — Fri, 13 Nov 2020 00:00:00 +0000

We take the protection of your data very seriously. Unlike the case of many other services, your data is completely safe with eM Client as we never provide it to any third-party – simply because, by definition, we cannot even access the data ourselves.

Let’s take a closer look at all the data eM Client does or doesn’t store about you.

Can we read your emails?

You often ask whether we can access your emails – don’t worry, eM Client is a desktop app and therefore stores the data only on your device (Windows or Mac) and communicates directly with the online services servers you access via eM Client (Gmail, Exchange, Outlook and any other IMAP, CalDAV, CardDAV or XMPP services).

The data you synchronize flows exclusively between your eM Client and a server and it’s always encrypted (as long as the server supports data encryption, or unless you explicitly switch off the encryption, of course).

We simply have no means of getting to your emails, even if we actually wanted to or had any time to do that.

Can we access your passwords?

Can we view your passwords? What about if you ask for a password renewal? Can we steal your passwords in any way?

Don’t worry – eM Client saves your passwords only locally and moreover in an encrypted form, which means we have no way of accessing them. Additionally, if you use your own password to protect the app on launch, not even people with direct access to your device can access your passwords via eM Client.

Can someone misuse my license data?

No, it’s just not possible. In order to verify your license and prevent its misuse we rely on:

a unique hardware key of your PC/Mac (consisting of a numeric combination of the BIOS identifiers, different device parts and occasionally the device’s name)
activation key
IP address
your email address

This data is only accessible on our Licensing server which is protected by a security certificate and the data as such is saved to the Microsoft Azure platform. The data is used strictly for license verification purposes and we never provide any of the data to third parties. Additionally, we can delete the data on your request at any time.

To sum it up:

We never read your emails or any other data
eM Client uses encrypted communication for all services (unless the user chooses otherwise)
We can do TLS 1.2 security policy (as well as TLS 1.3 in the future)
Account passwords are saved in a database encrypted by an AES cypher
The license verification process is encrypted and runs on a certified Microsoft Azure platform
We support S/MIME and PGP encryption and use RSA algorithm with a 4096 bit key by default, but we can do elliptic curves as well. Read more about Message encryption in eM Client
We of course fully comply with all the GDPR requirements
And last but not least – unlike Google or Facebook we never sell, analyze or make profit of your data

eM Client 8 from the user’s viewpoint

sid — Fri, 09 Oct 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Ing. Pavel Durčák, napocitaci.cz / Verlag Dashöfer

eM Client introduced several new features in the recently released version 8. We will take a closer look at the most interesting ones, from the viewpoint of a common user. Please note that some of the new features are available only in the paid Pro version, such as Snooze, Watch for Reply, or the Notes and All Attachments modules.

User interface

The revamped UI design is the first thing to notice. For better orientation, avatars are added next to the folder names in the left panel.

eM Client 8: Mail menu

The left panel can be collapsed, so only the avatars are visible. This way we get more space to view all the messages.

eM Client 8: Minimized menu

Modules accessible in the left panel (Email, Calendar etc.) are also replaced with icons.

eM Client 8: Left menu

The modules without visible icons in the panel can be accessed by clicking the three-dots button.

eM Client 8: Left menu options

Order and visibility of the icons in the list can be adjusted via the Customize navigation panel option. The number of visible icons depends also on the set width of the left panel.

eM Client 8: Customize menu

It’s now possible to view several modules in multiple instances at once. Just right-click the module icon and select the Open in new Window option (the same is applicable to folders).

eM Client 8: Open new window

The right sidebar newly comes with significantly wider functionality – next to the well-known tabs such as Contact details, Agenda or Chat, the brand new Calendar tab is available as well. Switching between the tabs is done via icons now too.

eM Client 8: Right sidebar

The Calendar in the sidebar always shows the current day events and allows adding of events.

eM Client 8: Calendar sidebar

Favorites

Former Smart folders were replaced with a group of folders called Favorites. Apart from the original Smart folders (All Inboxes, Unread, Flagged), there are also folders connected to the new functionality (Unreplied, Snoozed, etc.) – these folders will appear after the particular functionality is used.

eM Client 8: Favorites

The folders' visibility can be set as well. Just right-click on Favorites and choose Display.

eM Client 8: Favorites display

Additionally, we can also have the Search folders and Tags displayed. A regular folder can be added to Favorites as well – right-click the folder and select Add to Favorites.

eM Client 8: Add to Favorites

Snooze email

Snooze is a brand new feature in eM Client. Simply put, if we decide we want to deal with certain incoming message later, we snooze it. It will be delivered again at a pre-set time. To snooze a message, we need to highlight it and click the Snooze button (with the bell icon) in the upper panel. If we just hit the Snooze button, the message is snoozed until 8 AM of the following day by default. The drop-down menu offers several preset times and also allows us to set a custom date and time.

eM Client 8: Snooze

Snoozed messages are temporarily removed from inbox to the Snoozed folder. At the set time, it returns back to inbox, as if it was a new incoming message.

eM Client 8: Snooze Folder

If we decide to return the snoozed message back to inbox before the set time, we can do so by clicking the Unsnooze button in the upper panel. We can also change the snooze time through the drop-down menu, if we wish to.

Watch for Reply

Another new feature solves a common practical issue – we write a message to someone and expect a reply. If we don’t want to keep it mind all the time, we can have such messages displayed in a special folder.

When we create a new message with all the necessities and click the Watch for Reply button (the one with the eye icon), the message gets sorted into the Unreplied folder while it’s still displayed also in the Sent folder.

eM Client 8: Watch for Reply

As soon as the recipient replies, the message is automatically removed from the Unreplied folder. We need to keep in mind though that if our message has multiple recipients – say, if we send a message to five different people and we expect five separate replies, the message is removed from the Unreplied folder with the first received reply.

We could also use the drop-down menu next to the Watch for Reply button. The first option Notify me when replied has the same functionality as if we just clicked the button itself. The second option, Notify me when not replied, offers several pre-set time intervals. The way it works is that after a certain time period has passed the message is removed from the Unreplied folder even if there was no reply.

Watch for Reply can be set ex-post for sent messages as well. Simply right-click a message in the Sent folder and select the Watch for Reply option.

eM Client 8: Watch from message list

Notes

With the brand new Notes module eM Client catches up with competing email apps that already provide this feature. A new note can be created in the Notes module by filling-in its name to the Click to add new note field and pressing Enter, or by clicking the +New button. Notes can be organized to folders, in a similar way as messages. The list of notes shows all the notes from all checked folders at once. Notes from the root Notes section are always visible.

eM Client 8: Notes

A note can feature a name, a longer description text, or it’s possible to add attachments, tags, etc. After selecting a note we can choose to Forward a note which will turn the note into a message.

Attachments

Another new module called Attachments shows all the attachments in one place – mainly the ones from messages, but also from Calendar, Tasks, etc. We can filter the files by type via the tabs – images, videos (the Media tab), documents, compressed files (the Archives tab).

eM Client 8: Attachments

An attachment itself can be opened with double-click. A message containing attachments can be opened with the Open Source button in the upper panel. A Save as button can be found at the same place, as well as the Delete button which deletes an attachment not just from the All Attachments view, but also from the original message.

eM Client 8: Attachments toolbar

Searchable settings

Subtle, yet very useful improvement is also the possibility to search in the settings. E.g. if we wanted to set an automatic signature, we would simply fill-in the word “signature” to the search field in the upper left corner of the Settings window.

eM Client 8: Search settings

Calendar, Tasks, Contacts

The Calendar, Tasks and Contacts modules were not forgotten either. All of them went through a major redesign. There is also an extra Upcoming button in the Calendar for viewing the upcoming seven days.

eM Client 8: 'Upcoming' option

The default event view window only shows a few basic parameters. We can access more after clicking the Show advanced options option.

eM Client 8: Tasks

The window for adding a new contact is simplified as well.

eM Client 8: New contact

The new default view People is very similar to its namesake in Microsoft Outlook. However, the original Business Cards view is also accessible.

eM Client 8: People

Notification of deletion

After a message is deleted, a stripe informing about the delete action appears in the lower part of the window for a while. The deletion can be reverted by clicking the Undo button.

eM Client 8: Deletion notification

Encryption

Encryption is not a new feature in eM Client, but now there is also a well-arranged wizard available to guide through the PGP encryption setup, already in the Account setup itself.

eM Client 8: Encryption setup

Cloud storage attachments

eM Client can now recognize that the attached document is placed on a cloud storage and apart from the standard file attachment it also offers to insert a link to the cloud storage file.

eM Client 8: Cloud storage attachments

This way it's possible to share large files that possibly wouldn’t go through any other way. The file link can be expanded with additional information.

eM Client 8: Cloud storage attachment link

OneDrive, Google Drive and Dropbox cloud storages are supported, as long as they are installed on a computer as apps, so that the storage content appeared as a folder in the File Explorer.

Alternatives to Outlook 365

sid — Thu, 17 Sep 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Outlook is a powerful tool for emails and professional communication, that’s unquestionable. Yet after years of loyal service, it has come to a point where it can no longer keep up with dynamic online services and their functions. As of October 13, 2020, Microsoft no longer supports Outlook 2010 and Outlook 2016 for macOS. Users need to switch to the Office 365 ProPlus or Office 2019 clients to continue to connect to Office 365 back-end services.

In other words, you need to subscribe to one of the Microsoft 365 service packages and have additional cost every month. It’s not the only issue that Office 365 users must deal with though, because Microsoft decided to no longer support Office 365 Pro Plus on older systems. As of January 2020, you cannot run it on Windows server 2016, Windows 8.1 and older operating systems.

Affordable Outlook 365 alternatives

If you need to find an affordable alternative solution to the costly Office 365 service, it’s about time to start weighing the options on the table. Let’s see what can be done so you have your emails working properly:

Microsoft 365 Business Standard: you can obviously continue in a similar setup as you were used to, with full access to your Office apps, including Outlook, but you will need to subscribe to the Microsoft 365 Business Standard service package, which adds a significant ongoing cost.
A cloud solution, such as G Suite: if you want to go for a completely alternative setup without Microsoft, you can always switch to a cloud solution. It’s excellent when it comes to collaboration and sharing the computing power. But having your data available offline makes your life so much easier - you don’t need to deal with connection problems and you have full control of your data. It’s incredibly important to protect your privacy these days, which is why working offline is still a preferable workflow for hundreds of thousands of people around the world. So keep that in mind, when considering a cloud-only setup.
Microsoft 365 Business Basic with eM Client: with this combination, you can enjoy Microsoft 365 cloud services (such as Teams) and the full support of Exchange servers with full access to your email, calendars, tasks, contacts, and notes in a clean and simple desktop app that is eM Client. All that for less than half the price of Microsoft 365 Business Standard over just a 1-year period. And the savings continue to multiply over several years.

Price Comparison with Outlook 365		1 year	3 years	5 years
Microsoft 365 Business Standard (Exchange server with Outlook + Cloud services + Other apps)	1 license	$ 150	$ 450	$ 750
	100 licenses	$ 15,000	$ 45,000	$ 75,000
Microsoft 365 Business Basic (Exchange server, Cloud services) with eM Client	1 license	$ 110*	$ 320*	$ 350*
	100 licenses	$ 7,066*	$ 19,066*	$ 31,066*
* See our Pricing for more information

Why bet on eM Client

Apart from all the standard features that you know from Outlook, eM Client is the only email app on the market with the full support of server-side rules and search, shared email and calendar folders, instant message translation, Snooze and “Watch for replies” features + easy to use email encryption (PGP and S/MIME). In just a few clicks you’ll set up 1024-bit end-to-end encryption across the whole company thanks to its unique service - eM Keybook. Plus, it works seamlessly with Gmail and G Suite.

Would you like to get more information about eM Client
and how it would fit into your business workflow?

Let's talk

We will prepare a free customized TCO analysis (Total Cost of Ownership) based on your input, and calculate the financial benefits of switching from your current solution to eM Client.

Want to sell eM Client to your customers? Read more about our Reseller program.

Things you ask about eM Client 8

sid — Mon, 17 Aug 2020 00:00:00 +0000

With the release of eM Client 8, there are several things our users frequently ask about. So we put together the answers to the most common questions. For even more answers, please see our FAQ section.

What’s new about eM Client 8?

Several new and enhanced features including Notes, Watch for Reply, Snooze Email, All Attachment View, and super simple Message Encryption.

We have another blog post that answers this question in more details.

How can I upgrade to eM Client 8? Do I need to pay for it?

You can upgrade to eM Client 8 by going to Menu > Help > Check for update or by downloading it directly from our website.

New/free users will get a free 30-day trial of eM client 8 and all its Pro features.

IMPORTANT: Pro users whose licenses are only valid for eM Client 7 and older need to buy a one-time upgrade to Version 8 first, or their program will be in offline mode until they upgrade their license or revert back to their previous version.

Pro users with Lifetime Upgrades don’t need to make any additional purchases to access Pro features in eM Client 8.

What happens after my free 30-day trial of eM Client 8 Pro expires?

After your 30-day trial of eM Client 8 Pro expires, you can either continue using eM client on a Free License (with limited functionality) or purchase a Pro License.

After purchasing a Pro license, simply enter your Activation Key by going to Menu > Help > License.

Do I need to upgrade to Version 8?

No. Upgrades are never mandatory, but with time, previous versions of eM Client will eventually stop being supported.

Version 7 was fine! Why did you decide to make a new version and change everything?

We added new helpful features that people have been asking for, such as Notes, Snoozing, watching conversations for replies, etc. and refining the visual look to avoid clutter. This also included updating the sidebar to be more useful in the minimized form and adding the Favorite folders for quick access to folders people use the most. There was also a focus on making message encryption more accessible to an average user (there’s a new set-up step when adding an account that invites you to make PGP key and saves it to our "eM Keybook"). Many of the smaller changes were driven by community feedback and telemetry data that showed us which features are used and where people click most often.

How can I downgrade back to Version 7?

We answer this question in detail on our Knowledgebase.

Can I disable the Account Avatar or Folder icons in the left pane?

It is not possible to disable the Account Avatars or Folder icons because they are essential for the minimized left pane feature. However, for the Account Avatars, you can change the image to something less obvious such as a solid color square.

The folder/inbox spacing is too big, can I make it smaller?

Yes, it's possible to lower the row height or change the font of your inbox by going to Menu > Settings > Appearance > Lists

Where did all my folders/subfolders go?

Upon upgrading to eM Client 8, all your folders were “hidden” by default under a folder called “More”. This was to give you a fresh start with your folder management and make the interface more streamlined.

How do I get my folders out of "More"?

To remove items from the More folder, simply drag them out of it. Once there's nothing in the folder, it will disappear. To add items back, simply right click an item and select Hide.

Alternatively, you can manage which items are hidden under the More folder or shown on your folder list by right-clicking your email account name in the folder list and selecting Show/hide folders.

Why don’t your instructions/documentation match the interface?

Previous versions of eM Client had several important features (such as Settings, Operations and Accounts) which were embedded under Menu > Tools. Therefore, a lot of our documentation and help articles written before the release of eM Client 8 in June 2020 have instructions that follow that pathway. With eM Client 8, we promoted some of these frequently used features to just be under Menu. Additionally, some features (such as Categories and Smart folders) have been renamed.

Where are the Categories?

Categories have now been renamed to Tags. You can edit them by going to Menu > Tags.

Where are the Smart Folders?

The Smart folders have now been split and renamed to Favorites folders and Search folders. They can be enabled by going to Menu > Settings > General > General and selecting the Show Favorites folders and Show Search folders boxes.

Where are my Local folders?

You can enable Local folders by going to Menu > Settings > General > General and selecting the Show local folders box.

Why isn’t the search function working as expected?

The release of eM Client 8 has brought enhanced search capabilities, including searching in the text of attachments and IMAP and Exchange/Office365 servers. Sometimes though, searching through the mail server does not return correct/expected results, so it might be beneficial to turn off server search and search locally within eM Client instead. To do this click on the down arrow on the right side of the search bar and deselect "Use server search if available". Also while you’re in this search menu, double check that you’ve selected the correct search parameters, such as searching for in All folders and searching for your keyword in the Subject, Sender, Recipients, Body and Attachments fields.

What happened to the progress bar in the bottom left corner?

Most users nowadays have high-speed internet connections and therefore an explicit progress bar for sending messages was no longer necessary. However, if you still want to monitor the progress of your sent emails and updating folders, you can open the Operations window by going to Menu > Operations.

How can I remove suggested email addresses when composing a message?

When you go to type in a name in the To: section, if there is an X button on the right side in the suggestion list, then it can be deleted from the history of recipients. Otherwise, the unwanted contact must be deleted from your address book.

You can also adjust your suggested recipients list by going to Menu > Settings > Mail > Compose > Recipients history.

The meeting/event reminders keep popping up every 5 minutes, how can I disable them?

It's possible to disable them in Settings > General > Notifications. For best results, we would also advise to uncheck the "Use system notifications box".

My eM Client is running very slow since the update. Why is that and how can I speed it up?

We believe that the slowness of the new version is likely due to the attachment indexation and folder syncing. You can try leaving eM Client running overnight so it can complete this process.

Alternatively, you can run the eM Client application with a disabled indexer by pressing the Windows key and R key at the same time and entering the following command:

    
"C:\Program Files (x86)\eM Client\MailClient.exe" --disable-attachment-indexer

We’re also working hard on fixing the speed issue and bringing you better performance with future updates.

After upgrading to eM Client 8, I can’t send/receive messages?

There are many reasons this could occur, but one of the most common reasons is that you could have a firewall/VPN/antivirus program blocking communication between eM Client and your mail server. If you initially made a safety exception for eM Client 7 in these programs, you may have to do it again for eM Client 8 in order for it to work. So as a first troubleshooting step, we’ll ask you to check your internet connection, and then your firewall/VPN/antivirus settings and disable any Mail Shields..

If that hasn’t solved the issue, please check out our other Support Resources and be prepared to create log files which will reveal more details about your problem.

Why is it taking you so long to reply to my Support Ticket?

Generally, Pro Support is only available to Pro License holders for one year after their purchase, otherwise we direct Free users to our Support Forum. However, since the new eM Client 8 was recently released, everyone is treated as a Pro user for a month and is contacting the Support Team for a large range of issues. This has greatly increased our number of new support tickets to 100s every day and created a backlog. Some of the issues are bugs that our users have caught and we can pass on the information to our developers to fix and make eM Client better for everyone. We’re happy to help you and we promise that your ticket has not been forgotten or lost, but your patience is greatly appreciated during this time.

I have another issue and I'd like to contact support about it. What details/attachments should I send so that my problem can be resolved faster?

While this FAQ was specifically meant to cover common tech support questions we’re receiving about eM Client Version 8, we have more FAQs available on our website, including information on how to submit a support ticket.

eM Keybook: Email privacy for everyone

sid — Tue, 11 Aug 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Anyone can easily send encrypted emails with eM Client and the unique eM Keybook service. eM Keybook is a public PGP key directory and a free online service for uploading and managing public encryption keys. eM Keybook will provide your Public key to people who want to send you encrypted messages and will also automatically find Public keys of the contacts you want to communicate with in privacy via email encryption.

What’s eM Keybook for

People increasingly demand communication privacy, cyber-crime and number of its victims are on the rise, message encryption is readily available for free, yet only a very few people actually protect their email communication.

We noticed that in case of PGP encryption this was mainly caused by the difficulty of sharing the encryption keys with contacts you wanted to share private communication with: for PGP encryption to work, both sender and recipient need to have PGP keypairs of their own as well as the public key of the other party.

Getting all these for all your contacts was, well, cumbersome. That’s why we created eM Keybook which makes the distribution of public keys faster and more accessible.
Anyone who wants to send and receive encrypted messages can do so right away using eM Keybook and eM Client.

How eM Keybook works

eM Keybook stores Public keys that you upload and allows for the exchange of Public keys between all eM Client users.

If the contact you’re writing to has a Public key in the eM Keybook directory, eM Client will automatically download and apply it for you when you enable encryption for your message.
Click here to read more about email encryption and how to set it up in a few clicks with eM Client.

Situation 1: My friend and I both use eM Client with eM Keybook

This is the easiest setup – if you both uploaded your keys to eM Keybook, you will automatically get the option to download the public key and use it once you insert your friend’s address in a new message window and click send.

Situation 2: My friend uses an older version of eM Client or a different program

In this case, you can send your key easily from the Menu > Settings > Signing and Encryption > My certificates/keys section in eM Client. Double-click onto a certificate in order to open the certificate detail, and click the “Send” button to distribute your keys to recipients of your choice. The recipients will get a message with an attached key, which they can easily import into the eM Client PGP key storage or any other app.

Keep your emails private once and for all.

Download eM Client for free

Disclaimer: eM Keybook does not save nor have access to any of your Private keys or passwords. It does not give anyone access to your encrypted messages or save any of your encrypted messages on our servers. eM Keybook is not a Certification authority and does not issue new certificates.

New eM Client 8 is Finally Here

sid — Mon, 22 Jun 2020 00:00:00 +0000

The new version of eM Client, a desktop email client for Windows and macOS, is finally released in its full beauty. And it’s been well worth the wait!

Version 8 brings the most significant redesign since the app’s existence, brand new features such as Notes, Watch for Reply, Snooze Email, All Attachment View, super simple Message Encryption, and so much more.

eM Client has become a powerful tool that will boost your email and skyrocket your productivity.

Feature Highlights

General

A complete redesign of almost all parts of the user interface to further improve and simplify user experience
Support for multiple instances of eM Client at once
Tired of switching between your calendar or contacts and back to mail section? Not anymore, as this feature allows you to run two or more eM Client instances simultaneously in separate windows.

eM Client Version 8: New inbox

A brand new ‘All Attachments’ view with plenty of features
Manage attachments from all your accounts in a single place. Save them, forward them or delete them as needed! Now with full-text search in documents too.

eM Client Version 8: New All Attachments view

IMAP and Exchange/Office365 server search
eM Client now also searches for messages directly on the server so you will get more complex results quicker. Gone are the times you spent waiting until the synchronization completes.
Server rules support for Exchange/Office365 and IceWarp
Do you use rules across all your devices? Server rules will help you unify your workflow.
Cloud storage support for attaching files directly from cloud services (Dropbox, OneDrive, Google Drive)
Save storage on your mail server and send really large attachments using your preferred cloud storage service. The only limitation is your cloud storage upload limit.
Support for swipe gestures in the message list
Touch mode is now even better with gestures. Use the same gestures you know from your mobile applications to organize your emails.
Favorites feature for mail folders
Pin the items that you use all the time on the top of the left pane to have them at your fingertips. No more endless scrolling in the list of email folders.
eM Keybook - PGP public keys lookup service to further simplify encrypted communication.
PGP technology requires public key exchange which may be a bit tedious and frustrating. With our unique public key directory you’ll be able to share public keys easily. Anybody can send encrypted messages to eM Keybook users.
A new sidebar view for a current day events summary
Tame your daily agenda with a brand new sidebar view.

eM Client Version 8: New sidebar view of current events

Full support for local and server-side Notes (Exchange/Office365 and IceWarp)
The long-awaited Notes are finally here. Whether you need to write something down or use notes as reminders, you can now synchronize them across all your devices.

eM Client Version 8: New Notes view

eM Client Version 8: New Notes editor

Fully customizable account avatars in the account list, left pane, searches and smart folders
Account avatars will help you determine which email account your messages belong to in mixed views or search results and you can also use them for quick navigation when using minimized left bar.

Full overview of Version 8 features

General

Support for multiple instances of eM Client at once
Searchable settings
Looking for something specific in Settings? Can’t find a setting buried down in the lists? Use the search feature to get your results quickly.
Minimized left pane view with an elementary functionality (account switching etc.)
With the left pane minimized you can save more space for your messages or sidebar. Switch between your accounts using their avatars.
Improved support for tags (formerly categories) all across the application
Be it an email, event, contact, task or a note, you can now use the same tags for each item in eM Client. Even Gmail labels are tags in eM Client.
Account avatar feature (visible in account list, minimized left pane, searches and smart folders, fully customizable)
Account avatars will help you determine which email account your messages belong to in mixed views or search results. You can also use them for quick navigation when using minimized left pane.

Emails

Redesigned IMAP support for even quicker and smoother synchronization
Feel the breeze in your hair with the new IMAP synchronization. It will synchronize your emails quicker and handle possible pain-points more smoothly.
Advanced search and filtering for email attachments (with full text search in documents such as Word, Excel, PDF etc.)
Manage attachments from all your accounts in a single place. Save them, forward them, delete them. Now with full text search for better search results.
Cloud storage support for attaching files directly from cloud services (Dropbox, OneDrive, Google Drive)
Save storage space on your mail server and send large attachments using your preferred cloud storage service.
Watch for Replies feature to keep track of replies to important emails
Make sure that you always get a response to your emails. eM Client will remind you to follow up when necessary.
Snooze emails
Snooze incoming messages and control your communication flow to enforce an Inbox Zero policy.
One-click archive function for any IMAP or Exchange account (not only Gmail)
Archiving is now available for any IMAP account with one click.
Favorites feature
Support for swipe gestures in the message list
Integration of Automatic Replies for Exchange/Office365 and IceWarp
Set up out-of-office replies on your server directly from eM Client. Easy.
Message Encryption setup wizard
During the initial account setup you can quickly setup PGP message encryption for enhanced security. It's really easy to do, for everybody.
Major improvements for the email templates feature
Lift the appearance of your emails to the next level using our enhanced templates.
Save emails to PDF feature
Any email can be saved in PDF format now easily.

Contacts

A new modern view for contacts
Very easily accessible full conversation history with a specific contact

eM Client Version 8: New contact view

eM Client Version 8: New contact editor

Calendar

A complete redesign focused on showing as much information as possible in calendar events
Not only have we made the view nicer, but the calendar now shows even more information than before.
A new sidebar view for a current day events summary
Tame your daily agenda with a brand new sidebar view.
A simplified and redesigned detail window
A new upcoming 7 Days view
Preview the week ahead with the 7 Days view. You’ll be able to see every task due in the next 7 days across all your projects.

eM Client Version 8: New Calendar

Notes – brand new section in the left pane

eM Client finally has notes support that are fully compatible with Exchange, Office365 and IceWarp.

Warning: eM Client 8 will update your database so it is highly recommended to make a backup in case you’d like to switch back to eM Client 7 for any reason. Not sure how to back up your data? Watch our tutorial!

New exclusive Pro features

Both Free and Pro users will enjoy the enhanced functionality and slick new interface of eM Client 8. In addition, eM Client Pro users are now granted considerably more unique features, such as the entirely new Notes and Attachments sections, Snooze Email, or Watch for Replies. As before, Pro users can also have their emails instantly translated.

Learn more about pricing and license options.

Get eM Client 8

Free users & Pro users with Lifetime upgrades

Download eM Client 8

Pro users with eM Client 7

Upgrade to eM Client 8

* Existing Pro users with eM Client 7 can upgrade to eM Client 8 for a convenient price, or purchase lifetime upgrades to get eM Client 8 as well as all future updates and new versions of eM Client, plus 1 year of VIP support.

Import Data from other email clients to eM Client

sid — Wed, 27 May 2020 00:00:00 +0000

In case eM Client is not your very first email application, you might need help bringing your emails, contacts and other details over. eM Client can easily import your desired data from your former email clients in just a few clicks.

When you first install eM Client it will check your computer's registry to look for previously installed email clients. So if you already have Thunderbird, Microsoft Outlook, or other email apps in your device, eM Client will automatically offer the import from this app right after the first eM Client startup! All you need to do is select the program you used previously and confirm the import.

If you skipped the initial import or if you are bringing over data from another device, no problem - you can still access the import options manually via Menu > File > Import.

Simply choose your app from our list and depending on its options you can import your account settings, messages and even contacts or calendars.

Import data from any account into eM Client

In case your email app is not on the list, you can always choose from the list of files below. Use your previous email client's export functions and then import your messages from Mailboxes (.mbox), Outlook Personal storages (.pst) or .eml files (including your folder structure). We also support import of contacts from .vcf or .csv files or even Windows Address Books (.wab) and your calendars and tasks can be imported from iCalendar files (.ics).

These are all standard file types that most email apps support, so you do not need to leave any data behind!

Archive your emails easily with eM Client

sid — Tue, 19 May 2020 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client contains an Automatic Archiving feature which allows you to download all messages older than a selected number of days from the server and keep them stored on your local drive. Our Automatic archiving settings video tutorial will show you how it's done.

The tutorial will show you how to manually archive your messages and even set the archiving to be made automatically, so you don't have to worry about it (or watch it on YouTube).

What is archive?

Archive in a colloquial sense is a collection of historical records or documents. What does archive mean in email? Archive email meaning is usually older messages that you no longer have use for and do not want to have cluttered around your email app or show up in your searches. But if there is the slightest chance that the message might be useful in the future, it is better to archive it rather than delete it.

Why archive emails?

When you have been using your email account for numerous years a lot of messages can pile up! And if these past conversations are with contacts you no longer need to communicate with or are about finished projects, you might want to keep them out of the way - so in case you are looking for something you have less items pop up and you can find your desired message faster.
Using a local archive can be useful for synchronized accounts that are running out of space or simply if you want to keep older messages off your synchronized devices, for example, if you don't wish to see messages that are several years old on your phone, but wish to keep the messages on your computer.

How to archive emails?

This is exactly what this article is about! Watch the tutorial to see how to easily use Automatic archive in eM Client. For a synchronized account you can also use the 'Move to Archive' button in the top toolbar or shortcut Ctrl + Shift +A.

Where does archived mail go?

Where to find archived emails? For the automatic archive, it goes into the local Archive folders located below your other account folders. Where do archived emails go for synchronized Gmail or IMAP/EWS accounts? In Gmail into the All Mail folder, for others into a dedicated Archive folder located among your other folders like Inbox, Send, Trash, etc.

You can still view and work with archived messages in eM Client like usual, but they will be left out of searches (unless you specify you wish to include them) making the search more efficient. Once the Archive folders are created, you can also drag messages into and from them freely as they work similarly to Local folders.

What happens when you archive an email?

The message is moved into a different folder within the eM Client app but the message is left out of some features, such as search, so the message is still accessible but not in the way of your current communications.

How to get archived emails back

Now this is very easy - you can just move the message back into your desired folder either via drag & drop or by using the 'Move to folder' feature.

Note: Automatic archiving is a separate feature from the 'Move to Archive' button, which is a server-side feature available not only for Gmail accounts (which moves messages into the Gmail archive folder - which is the same where all messages are stored, All Mail) but also for IMAP and EWS accounts (where it moves the message into Archive folder in that Account folder tree).

Search Like a Pro in eM Client

sid — Sun, 10 May 2020 00:00:00 +0000

We already told you about Search keywords in our previous blog, but these are a part of a bigger feature - the Advanced search, which can be found at the bottom of the menu for the Search tab in the top right corner.

In the Advanced search window, you can easily add and specify rules to find exactly the items you're looking for. eM Client interface makes it easy to add, remove and specify each search condition. It also shows the shortened keyword version of the search which you can use to speed up your search next time!

Advanced search in eM Client

Instead of performing the same search over and over, you can create a Search folder from it. The search folder will appear as a special folder above your account folders and will contain the results of your defined search, readily available in your folder list.

Professional tip:

To edit the search query for an already created Search folder just right-click it and open Properties - this will open a window similar to the Advanced search where you can edit this folder's search rules as needed.

Synchronize Your iCloud Account with eM Client Now!

sid — Fri, 24 Apr 2020 00:00:00 +0000

A while ago, Apple has improved security on all iCloud accounts which means that all third-party applications need to use a separate app-specific password to synchronize your iCloud data. Using this password is very easy and enables you to swiftly set up your iCloud account in eM Client.

Apple does not want you to give out your main password to apps that are not created by them and that is completely fine. So, if you tried to set up an iCloud account as usual you might have encountered a problem in eM Client - the account set up will not finish and your definitely correct password is being rejected! But there is an easy way out.

How to set up iCloud account in eM Client

Simply create an app-specific password just for eM Client. You can find instructions in the official Apple guide.

Step-by-step instructions on iCloud account setup in eM Client can be also found on our web page eM Client with iCloud.

Custom Search Folders

sid — Tue, 21 Apr 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Are you looking for the same terms frequently or need to filter your messages in eM Client in a specific way? Then we have some good news for you and a guide on how to simplify this routine.

After executing the search for your desired expression, click the arrow in the search box and select "Create search folder..." and enter a name for this folder. You will automatically see it appear under "Smart Folders" in the left pane.

If you need to define a more complicated, advanced search term, click on "Advanced Search". In a new window, you can select and combine any conditions. You can, for example, wish to display only unread messages from certain senders across all folders and save these terms as your own search folder.

Or you can view all the messages from a specific folder of your choice, and you can pin this folder up between smart folders for faster orientation. This feature can serve as a replacement for the Favorite folders feature you may know from Outlook.

If you have any questions about the Smart Folders or Search settings, feel free to contact us.

Communication history

sid — Thu, 16 Apr 2020 00:00:00 +0000

We'd like to introduce an interesting feature that you could have easily overlooked as it's not readily available in the user interface: communication history.

It's a very useful function when you need to find a specific message or file in your communication history.

Surely you have used communication history before in the contact detail in the right sidebar but browsing the messages can take quite a lot of time here.

Right-clicking on the contact's name in the "Contact details" section allows you to select either the "Communication History" or "Attachment history" options. This will open a separate window, in which you can quickly filter incoming/outgoing messages, restrict your search to email or chat, or search by keywords.

Tip: Did you know that in the communication history you can search directly in the sidebar? Simply click on a message in the list and start typing. eM Client will display the search window and automatically starts filtering messages.

Automatic replies and Out-of-office in eM Client

sid — Thu, 09 Apr 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Leaving your office temporarily or taking off for a holiday? Setting up an automatic reply explaining your absence is just good manners. Exchange, IceWarp and Google account users can set these up easily via eM Client. The video tutorial below will show you how to create an OOO reply.

Once you set up the automatic reply as shown in the video tutorial the setting will be synchronized to the mail server, which will then take care of sending these replies while you're away. We can provide automatic replies just for Exchange, Google and IceWarp accounts because the feature needs to be supported on the mail server to work as designed. So eM Client can replace any current exchange autoresponder software you might have used for your out of office messages.

If you do not have either of these accounts set up in eM Client, you will not see the option "Automatic Replies" under the "Tools" menu.

Automatic Replies in eM Client

Write a proper Out-of-office reply

Include how long you'll be unavailable and the date of your return. Don't forget to provide an alternate contact in your company, whom the senders can reach out to in case of an emergency.

In your OOO reply it's good to mention the reason for your absence, but avoid giving too much detail, unless you plan to make your contacts jealous by bragging about your perfect holiday.

Last but not least, make sure to double-check your out of office message for typos to avoid any embarrassment.

PRO TIP:

Right-click the text field to access the spell-checker options which can help you with proofreading.

Now you know everything to set up the perfect automatic reply in eM Client. Enjoy your time away on your out of office holiday from the computer and emails with no worries!

On-the-fly Email Translation in eM Client

sid — Mon, 06 Apr 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Have you ever received a message in a language you don't understand or are just less fluent in? Whether you're communicating with a foreign friend or company from another country, being able to translate the message instantly can be much faster than having to copy the text out into an external translation service.

And that's what eM Client offers with its automatic translation feature!

When eM Client detects a received message in a different language than the selected application language, it will give you the option to translate the message right away (which you can revert again if needed, of course). You can opt-out of translations for a language if it's one you understand.

Translation settings for all languages can be changed directly in Menu > Tools > Settings > Mail > Translation, where you can also specify which language to translate to. The application language is set as default, but if you have a different preference, you can select from a list of supported languages.

Translation settings in eM Client

The translation feature is limited on a Free license to a single translation a day. If you'd like to gain access to unlimited translations, a Pro license is the right choice for you!

How to work with Automatic Backups in eM Client

sid — Fri, 27 Mar 2020 00:00:00 +0000

There are only two types of data - those that are backed-up and those that aren't lost - yet. Losing data, especially emails, is a nightmare, but creating a backup of your whole database with eM Client is a breeze.

Manual and automatic backups

You can create a backup of the whole program - all your settings, account setups, and all locally stored messages, events, tasks, and contacts.

This can be made manually via Menu > File > Backup, but you can also set up automatic backups. Just set your preferred folder, the frequency of your backup and how many past backups should be kept.

eM Client will even clear older backups for you, but if you move them to a different folder, they will stay in your device as long as you wish. Learn to back up your emails in a minute with our step-by-step video tutorial (or watch it on YouTube):

Automatic backup can be made whether or not eM Client is currently running. The eM Client Backup task will be added to your system's scheduler and it will run automatically at the set time and interval. To change the scheduled time of your Automatic backups see our knowledgebase article.

eM Client Backup settings

How often and why to back up your data

While this is quite individual, there are some specific cases where we can provide handy tips.

If you use IMAP or EWS accounts only, then your data are stored on your email server at the same time. In case something happens with your device or database files, you can set up your accounts anew and all your data will synchronize back in. eM Client backup would just restore your settings and all accounts setups at once, saving you some time and restoring eM Client to its previous state.

If you have a POP email account or save your messages to Local folders or Archive, you should definitely create backups often, maybe even daily. In case your device crashed or your database was corrupted, then the only copy of your emails and contacts might be lost forever and being able to just restore from a backup might save you a lot of grief.

How to restore from a backup

It’s easy - just run eM Client and use the Menu > File > Restore option. If you have more than one backup file in your backup folder, you will be able to select a backup based on the date it was made. If you don't have any backup files, the program will let you select the location from where to load backups.

Professional tip

If you cannot run eM Client because of the corrupted data, delete the old database folder first either manually (default database location is at C:\Users\%Current User%\AppData\Roaming\eM Client) or by reinstalling eM Client. Then you should be able to run the app and access the restore option.

Smart Folders in eM Client

sid — Tue, 24 Mar 2020 00:00:00 +0000

If you manage more than one email account then you might have encountered the chore of checking each Inbox separately or looking for new unread messages in each folder. eM Client makes this easy with Smart folders!

Note: Smart folders are called Favorites in the current versions of eM Client.

Smart folders are a special feature in eM Client that can put all messages from the same type of folders together. You can easily view all Inboxes, Sent messages or Drafts from all your accounts in one place. We also added several special type folders like Unread for all unread messages, Flagged for those with a flag and Category folders based on the assigned category of a message.

Search Folders

Smart folders are pre-defined, so you cannot change their settings but you can create your own 'Search folders' if you need to put together messages with specific parameters or just from some accounts.

Create Search Folder in eM Client

You can easily choose which folders to display or hide by right-clicking the Smart folders directly or you can completely disable the feature in Menu > Tools > Settings > General > General by unchecking the option 'Show Smart folders'.

Search Folder Options

Home office: how to be efficient

sid — Wed, 18 Mar 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Get the right tools to stay productive while you work from home.

The latest corona virus outbreak in Europe, USA and Canada sent millions of workers to involuntary home office.

Many employees experience the joys and pitfalls of home office for the very first time and have no home office routine set. It’s not easy to maintain productivity when you suddenly don’t have your usual work environment around.

So, what are the must-have tools for your new home office?

Home office essentials

Home office is productive as long as you can efficiently collaborate on projects with your colleagues and deliver the same results as you would in your actual office.

To achieve this you need tools for communication, planning, and task management, namely:

An email client
It’s absolutely fundamental to stay in (virtual and sanitary) touch. You need to be able to work with your emails, access previous communication, or to chat when things need to be communicated fast. That is why one of the most essential home office tools is a user-friendly email client that will help you tame the storm of incoming messages from work.
Shared calendars
When you cannot collaborate with your peers face-to-face, you need to keep each other informed about your plans. Shared calendars do the trick.
Task manager
It’s a relief to have no supervisor breathing down your neck – at first. After a while, many people get off track and lose focus. In the end, with all the unexpected distractions of working from home, it’s not that easy to keep up.

A good task management tool will help you stay focused and monitor progress of your collaborators.
Tools with offline mode
In these uncertain times it’s good to be able to work offline, at least to some extent. Go for apps and tools that allow you to work and access information in offline mode. For example, an email client in offline mode lets you access the emails you received, and you can also write replies that will be sent out once you reconnect.

If you're working not just from home but out in the field, organizations often turn to mobile time clock app with GPS functionalities for tracking work hours. These apps enable employees to clock in and out from anywhere using their smartphones while also providing real-time location tracking to ensure accurate timekeeping and accountability.

All home office tools in one: eM Client

Another trait of an efficient home office is having all your tools in one place - in this case in one application. While there are several good apps for each of the above-mentioned, it’s just easier to have everything integrated.

One of such applications that perfectly integrate tools for efficient home office is eM Client – the desktop email and collaboration management tool for both Windows and Mac.

Emails, chat, calendars, contacts, or task management - at hand, all in one! And it works in offline mode too.

Download eM Client for free - it’s about time to fall in love with your new home office :)

The best IncrediMail alternative

sid — Thu, 12 Mar 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Transfer your IMAP/POP3 email accounts from IncrediMail in a few clicks and manage your emails and contacts in eM Client.

After 20 years of development, the desktop email management app IncrediMail by Perion announced its definitive shutdown due March 20th, 2020.

It’s sad news for millions of IncrediMail users who now need to search for a proper replacement of IncrediMail in order to work with their email accounts on desktop.

Fast transfer from IncrediMail

Luckily, you can easily import your IncrediMail data to eM Client.

Download eM Client for free and import your IncrediMail data via a built-in importer tool.

Read the instructions here.

eM Client is a user-friendly and feature-rich desktop email client for both Windows and Mac. Not only will you be able to work with your emails again, eM Client will bring your email communication to a higher, more sophisticated level.

If you wish to report any bugs or improvement ideas, please let us know at info@emclient.com.

"Too many automatic redirections were attempted" error for Exchange

sid — Fri, 28 Feb 2020 00:00:00 +0000

If you use any Exchange accounts in eM Client, you may have encountered an error message that has repeatedly popped up in the Operations window over the past few weeks. This was caused by a change that Microsoft made on the Office 365 servers. Because we have no control or heads up over such changes, it took us a while to find a way to work around this problem and implement the fix in a new update.

Please download this updated version from here.

"Too many automatic redirections were attempted" error for Exchange accounts

If the problem persists, contact our support team at info@emclient.com.

Signatures in eM Client

sid — Thu, 27 Feb 2020 00:00:00 +0000

You always need to use email sign offs; whether you're sending a business email or responding to an email from a friend. Closing your message with an email sign off or signature is a common email etiquette practice originating from the early days of handwritten letters. eM Client has a useful tool for creating email signatures for anyone still wondering how to end an email. This article will give you examples of different signature options and show you exactly how you can create the perfect email signature in your eM Client application.

Why you should sign your emails

Including an email signature is an important step that confirms your identity and adds character to your email. Some situations will make your identity unclear if you don’t include your signature. For example, not all mail servers or programs might keep your name in the From field correctly. Providing your name at the end of the message ensures your recipient knows who they’re communicating with.

Another common problem could occur if your name in the message header gets lost when your message is forwarded or buried in a long message thread. Seeing your signature at the bottom of the message will make it easier to contact you, no matter what happens along the way!

Email signatures can be more than just your name – they can also include your job title, additional contact information, and relevant accolades to help your recipient get to know you.

eM Client Signature editor

Fun email sign offs

Are traditional email sign offs too formal for all of your messages? Sometimes it’s preferable to be casual when you’re communicating with someone you know well. If you’re well acquainted, it's okay to use fun email sign offs instead of something formal. Use eM Client’s email signature creator to make multiple signature templates for different occasions and personalities.

The type of email sign offs considered fun depends on you and your recipient’s sense of humor. For example – millennial email sign offs vs. gen z email sign offs were recently trending on TikTok for their creativity. But just because it’s trending doesn’t mean it’s appropriate for your email. Make sure you know your audience before you try an unconventional email sign off – you don’t want to offend your recipient!

Professional email sign offs

There are standard professional email sign off messages that you can use for your signature template. A popular sign off is Regards, meaning to show respect. Some alternatives include:

Best wishes
Kind regards
All the best
Sincerely

These sign offs are versatile and can be used for any type of email. They’re safe options to use if you’re not sure how to sign off your email in your signature. Read more about professional signatures here.

How to work with signatures

eM Client lets you create custom signatures that will be added to your emails automatically. You can even create a list of different signatures for different occasions. Make a signature for professional communications and one to use with family and friends. Having multiple email signatures will always ensure that your messages always have the appropriate signature based on the recipient. You can switch between different email signatures whenever you need to.

This video tutorial shows you how to create, manage and use your signatures in eM Client.

How to assign a signature?

Here are the written steps for assigning and creating an email signature:

Go to Menu > Settings > Mail > Templates and Signatures.

eM Client Signature settings

Select the account where you want to use the signatures selected in the edit boxes.
Choose a signature for new emails, email replies, and forwards.
If there are no saved signatures to choose from, create one:
- Click the Signatures... button. It will open the window for managing signatures – you can modify, create, and delete signatures there.
- Click on New to bring up the New Signature window
- Enter a name for your new signature in the Name field
- In the field below construct a signature as you would in any text editor. Confirm the changes by clicking OK and your new signature will be created and added to the signature list. You can save your new signature in an .html file if you wish.

Now you have gained the knowledge necessary to create, modify and assign signatures. The signature tool is just one feature that makes eM Client the perfect application to personalize your emails and make them look professional. Learn about all the ways you can achieve your email goals by visiting our blog.

New to eM Client?

Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

If you’re ready for more, buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
Notes and Attachments sections
Snooze Email
Mass Mail
Send Email Later
Watch for Replies
and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Customizing user interface in eM Client

sid — Wed, 19 Feb 2020 00:00:00 +0000

We try to provide the most straightforward and easy-to-use interface, but there is rarely just one best solution. That’s why eM Client’s interface is highly customizable to fit your personal preference.

Toolbars customization

The vital part of customization is the toolbars at the top of each window.

Each window type's toolbar has different customization options based on the available features for the main program window, and compose or view message windows.

The video tutorial (above) explains how to use toolbars to make your favorite features available in a single click.

Customization of conversations

However, toolbars are not the only way to customize your eM Client.

Whether you prefer to look at the email conversations as a single thread or work with each one separately, there is an option for everyone.

This particular setting makes a huge difference in how you work with your messages. Learn which mode suits you best and how to set up Conversations.

Message list customization

Your message list has a number of customization options as well. You can switch between the Compact view, which shows only basic information (like senders and recipients, date, subject of the message, flags and categories), and the Single-line view, which shows each of these details in a separate column.

Message list: compact view

By default, the view will be selected based on the width of the message list. However, you can manually set the view you prefer in Menu > Tools > Settings > Mail > Read (scroll down to find the Message list settings).

You can easily change the details and columns on display by clicking the top of the message list and opening the 'Columns configuration'. Once you create the setup you prefer, you can also copy this configuration to other folders.

Message list: single view

Themes and custom themes

To change colors, check out the available themes in Menu > Tools > Settings > Appearance > Themes. Whether you're looking for something modern, with groovy colors, a classic theme with old-style wide scrollbars, or prefer to have dark background and lighter font color, you may find something to suit you.

Or, you can adjust any of the themes to your liking - tips on how to make theme changes can be found in our Knowledgebase

To make further changes to your layout and style of fonts in the lists, including handy options such as setting text colors based on the message categories, browse more appearance customization options in Menu > Tools > Settings > Appearance.

Search Keywords

sid — Thu, 13 Feb 2020 00:00:00 +0000

We've been thinking about making searching even easier, and while the default search is meant to be simple and fast, we'd like to introduce you to another great trick - the keyword feature. Using keywords can make your searches more exact and using them is faster then manually clicking all the options in Advanced search.

You can view available keywords by entering a question mark in the search box in the top right corner. Examples of these are subject, body, from, to, flag, importance, before, category, and more. They can be used to quickly enter a search term into the search engine without being slowed down by the menus and setting the search manually. Additionally, you can compose these keywords consecutively and use the AND operator (spacebar works as AND).

A few examples

I'm looking for a message from Tom. In the search box type "from: tom" and confirm with the Enter key.

I'm looking for a message from Tom, and at the same time, the word "encoding" needs to be in the subject. The term for this is "from: tom subject: encoding".

I'm looking for messages that are not older than one week and have the word "encoding" in the subject line. The correct term is "after: 09/28/2018 subject: encoding". eM Client will automatically offer possible dates in the suggestion line.

Unfortunately, the OR operator can only be used when searching within one condition, and you need to separate the words using a comma. So if you're looking for messages from Tom or Alice, enter "from: tom, alice" into the search.

Contact Avatars

sid — Thu, 06 Feb 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Have you ever wondered how and where does eM Client download contact avatars from? Today, we'll let you know how it works.

Primarily, contact images are downloaded from Gravatar, which offers the ability to manage your avatars on multiple accounts from one location. You can read more about this service directly on the Gravatar website. Additionally, eM Client downloads images from domain icons. So if you have favicon on your server and the icon is in the correct format, eM Client will retrieve it for all email addresses from your domain.

For email service providers who provide free email accounts, we have an exception so that eM Client will not download their favicons. A person with @yahoo.com email account domain is most likely not an actual employee of Yahoo Inc., so the Yahoo icon will not be relevant for them. If the address has a domain with additional identifiers, for example, @help.yahoo.com, the person works in Yahoo support and the Yahoo.com favicon will be downloaded and applied.

If you need any help with the avatar set up, do not hesitate to contact us.

And if this feature bothers you, you can turn it off at any time in Menu > Tools > Settings > Contacts (Download avatars from external sources).

eM Client Server Settings

sid — Thu, 30 Jan 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Whether you manage your company licenses or have numerous licenses of your own, we'd like to introduce an effective way of not only managing your licenses but also the user settings or all activations.

Server settings

After you log into our License manager you will see these tabs:

Licenses
Activations
Server settings

In the Licenses section, you get an overview of your licenses, which are registered to your email address. In the Activations section, you can see all of the Activations of your license, even the ones that have been deactivated. This section can be especially useful when you're changing devices, if your device has crashed or been stolen and you did not get a chance to manually deactivate the license in that PC (here you can easily deactivate the device remotely).

Finally, in the Server settings section, you can easily create a profile, where you define different values and settings for eM Client and then assign those to specific activations or to the whole license. This way you can create different sets of settings for management and employees and quickly assign them to each group.

This section allows editing of all parameters in a simple editor, which contains all settings available for eM Client, including templates and signatures. To modify a large amount of settings quickly at the same time, you can edit settings XML directly (an option more suited to advanced users who understand XML).

The change will be applied after eM Client is restarted or if you download the settings manually using the "Menu > Help > Check for update" option.

To get a better idea, read the following guide.

Conversations

sid — Wed, 22 Jan 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Sure, we introduced the Conversation feature a long time ago and it's nothing new. But today we would like to explain the feature in more detail.

In short, eM Client selects messages with the same subject and sorts them into one thread. That's why your sent messages also appear in the "Inbox" folder. They are not copied or moved over, they only appear in the relevant conversation thread.

eM Client connects messages into conversations in a rather complex way, with the aim of associating only those messages that really belong together. The primary indicators used are unique message identifiers (message-id) and message replies. However, sometimes all necessary information may not be available. In those cases, eM Client uses heuristics based on the message subject, the sent date, list of senders and recipients, etc., so that the message is shown in the correct conversation.

For Gmail users - please be aware that eM Client and Gmail conversations may not look exactly the same, because the detection tools work in their own (yet very similar) way. Unfortunately, there is no way to synchronize the conversation threads with the Gmail web interface.

Conversation viewing options

There are three conversation viewing options in eM Client:

Conversation in all views
In this view, the threads will be displayed not only in the preview of the message but also in the message list. This reduces the number of messages in the message list - the number in the gray rectangle indicates the total number of messages in the given conversation. To quickly navigate through the conversation, you can click the message header to collapse or expand specific messages.

Messages are ordered in the list according to the last message in the conversation. Active conversations stay on top this way.
Conversation in message preview
This view creates a compromise in which the users who prefer seeing their messages one-by-one in their messages list can still view the Conversation history in the Message detail. To read older messages just scroll up with the mouse wheel or click the "View X of older messages" button.
Disabled conversations
Standard view without conversations, just like it was in previous versions.

You can switch your conversation settings in Menu > View > Conversations.

And how do you reply to specific messages?

The buttons in the main toolbar perform the action for the last message from the conversation. So, if you want to reply, forward, delete or otherwise modify a specific older message from a conversation, click the small arrow on the right side of the email header and choose from the actions available for this message.

This is the only way to deal with specific emails when you have several messages under one selected conversation. Gmail uses the same system, so we did not want to introduce a different, unique way to avoid confusion.

So much for conversations. If you need any advice or have a topic idea for another blog, please contact us.

Useful links

Coversations - eM Client Knowledge Base
Documentation on Conversations

16.9.2024 Note: The Conversation feature is continuously being improved and the current iteration in eM Client 10 synchronizes conversations with Google and Exchange servers. We also continue improving our detection but the messages do need to have the same subject to be seen as a conversation.

PGP: Encrypt & sign emails in a few clicks

sid — Thu, 16 Jan 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Nowadays it is increasingly necessary to protect your data, so we have added support for PGP technology in eM Client version 7.2. PGP stands for Pretty Good Privacy. With PGP, you can digitally sign and encrypt emails without having to register with a certification authority.

We tried to simplify the process so it takes no more than a minute to setup secure communication. See instructions in the video below:

Why use email digital signatures in electronic mail

Digital signatures give your email recipients assurance that the messages received were sent from the proper sender and not tampered with. You can equally check the senders’ identity of signed received emails and be sure there were no changes made on the road. Email digital signatures verify the communication parties’ identity, but do NOT make the emails encrypted as such.

Why and when to use email encryption

Whenever you want to be sure no one without access to your personal key (and the password to it) reads your messages, including on your own computer, use encryption. This applies to mailbox providers as well, as the encrypted message is secured during its entire journey.

What does PGP stand for

PGP is acronymous to "Pretty Good Privacy" and was invented already in 1991. Despite being connected mainly to email communication, PGP can be applied to any texts or files.

If you are further interested, read a more detailed explanation of PGP at the end of this article.

Alternatives to PGP

Obviously, PGP is not the only technology to use for email encryption and signatures. eM Client also supports the S/MIME standard, which works on a similar two-key principle, but requires a Certificate Authority for verification, which can make the process of secure communication more expensive and clumsy.

How to use PGP in eM Client

Setup

You might ask 'How to encrypt my message?' To start using PGP in eM Client, you need to create or import the public and private key for each email address you want to encrypt/sign messages with. This can be done in Menu > Tools > Settings > Signing and Encryption > Certificates and Keys.

Those who never used PGP before can generate their new keypairs by clicking the “Create PGP certificate” button. Choose an email address to assign the keypair to, input name, password, and click “OK” – this will create your new set of keys.

If you have your PGP keys already generated, just import them via the “Add certificate/key” button.

Key distribution

When you are set up, you will want to distribute your Public key to people you plan to exchange secured messages with.

The easiest way to do this is to double-click onto an email encryption certificate in “My certificates/keys” section in order to open the certificate detail, and click the “Send” button to distribute your keys to recipients of your choice. The recipients will get a message with an attached key, which they can easily import into the eM Client PGP key storage.

It is important to verify such a key with recipients also via other communication channels than just email – e.g. via phone. You simply call each other and compare the Fingerprint code of incoming and outgoing keys (which you can find in the key details).

Sending encrypted emails

After having exchanged PGP keys with your contacts, you can proceed with sending signed and/or encrypted emails. Icons for email encryption (a lock) and digital signature (a stamp) should appear in the new message editor toolbar in eM Client.

Once you decide to send an encrypted message, eM Client will automatically select the proper encryption technology to apply – S/MIME or PGP – based on the recipients’ public certificates and keys.

If there are no valid public keys available for selected recipients, a warning notification appears before the message is actually sent out.

The first detected key is used for your email digital signature, but it is possible to select a key manually, should you use more keys for the same email address.

Different PGP formats for encryption

When using the PGP technology, you can decide for PGP/MIME or Inline PGP format.

eM Client automatically selects the most suitable option, in most cases PGP/MIME that allows encryption of text formatting as well as attachments.

In comparison, Inline PGP is a simpler format that only encrypts plain text and is a preferred choice if you wish to maximize compatibility with other applications.

The automatic selection of PGP format settings can be changed in Menu > Message > Format of PGP.

Reading of encrypted/signed messages

To open and read a signed and/or encrypted message is very simple in eM Client. The email digital signature gets automatically validated upon opening the email. To enable the signature validation, you need to have the sender’s public key saved in eM Client or in the operating system. As long as the signature is valid, ergo the message was not tampered with, a notification with “This message was signed” would appear under the message header.

In order to read a message with encryption, eM Client requires your private password-protected PGP key. After entering the password, the message gets decrypted and you are free to read its content.

PGP in a nutshell

The main concept used by PGP (as well as S/MIME) is public-key cryptography, also known as asymmetric cryptography.

In this encryption system, every user obtains two keys that are connected through user’s email address:

A private key that should be kept secret and not revealed to anybody. It’s used to digitally sign outgoing messages, or to decrypt incoming messages.
A public key that is to be distributed to other users. Public key is used to validate the digital signature of incoming messages, or to send encrypted messages to other users.

This differentiation of keys makes the very foundation of message encryption and signing.

Each PGP key features a unique Fingerprint consisting of a short string of numbers and letters. This feature allows users to easily verify keys sent via unsecured channels – such as email itself – and to be sure the keys were not altered on the road, which would threaten their future communication safety.

The fingerprints on sender’s and recipient’s side should be compared via a third channel, e.g. a phonecall.

There are two ways to use PGP in emails:

PGP/MIME, a PGP standard that allows encryption and signature of the entire message, including formatted text and inserted pictures or attachments, or
Inline PGP, a simpler standard that encrypts plain text only, with no attachments.

In order to maximize compatibility, eM Client supports both PGP standards for sending and receiving messages.

Our ultimate goal is to grant you with means of secure communication in the new era of digital threats. Now you have all the information and tools needed to ultimately protect your emails.

New to eM Client? Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

Ready for more? Buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
translation of emails into 25 languages and more.

And in the meantime, check out our YouTube channel for how-to videos.

New Year and new eM Client are coming

sid — Tue, 07 Jan 2020 00:00:00 +0000

Happy New Year to all! The turn of the year has been a busy time for everyone. But it's been an extra busy one for us, as we have worked hard on eM Client Version 8 - ready for launch in spring 2020!

There are many things to look forward to.

The new eM Client will come with a complete redesign of almost all parts of user interface and a whole new set of exciting features. Its enhanced functionality will increase communication and collaboration efficiency as well as security of email communication. Let's have a sneak peek.

eM Client Version 8: New inbox

Version 8 highlights

We listen to our users and build eM Client to further improve and simplify your experience.

Based on popular demand, Version 8 will introduce for example:

Support for multiple instances of eM Client at once
A brand new all attachments view with plenty of features, advanced search and filtering (with full text search in documents of applications such as Word, Excel, in PDF files, etc.), and cloud storage support for adding attachments directly from cloud services (Dropbox, OneDrive, Google Drive)

eM Client Version 8: New All attachments view

Watch for replies feature for keeping track of replies to important emails
Support for swipe gesture in the message list
Favorites feature
PGP public keys lookup service to further simplify encrypted communication for (not only) companies
Full support for local and server-side Notes
A new sidebar view for a current day events summary

eM Client Version 8: New sidebar view of current events

Full overview of Version 8 features

General

Searchable settings
Backup to cloud
Minimized left pane view with an elementary functionality (account switching etc.)
Improved support for tags (formerly categories) all across the application

Emails

IMAP and Exchange/Office365 server search
Server rules support for Exchange/Office365 and IceWarp
A brand new all attachments view with plenty of features
Advanced search and filtering for email attachments (with full text search in documents of applications such as Word, Excel, in PDF files, etc.)
Support for non-cached mode (IMAP and EWS) to minimize storage footprint when requested
Support for time limited synchronization (ie. last 2 weeks, etc.) to support slow network environments
Cloud storage support for adding attachments directly from cloud services (Dropbox, OneDrive, Google Drive)
Snooze email function
Watch for replies feature for keeping track of replies to important emails
One-click archive function for any IMAP account (not only Gmail)
Favorites feature for mail folders
Support for swipe gesture in the message list
Integration of Automatic replies for Exchange/Office365 and IceWarp
PGP public keys lookup service to further simplify encrypted communication for (not only) companies
PGP encryption easy to set up wizard when setting up an email account
Major improvements for email templates feature

Contacts

A new modern view for contacts
Very easily accessible full conversation history with a specific contact

eM Client Version 8: New contact view

eM Client Version 8: New contact editor

Calendar

A complete redesign focused on showing as much information as possible in calendar events
A new sidebar view for a current day events summary
A simplified and redesigned detail window
A new upcoming 7 days view

eM Client Version 8: New Calendar

Tasks

Improved Task editor

eM Client Version 8: New Task editor

Notes

Full support for local and server-side Notes
Compatible with Exchange, IceWarp, iCloud and Evernote

eM Client Version 8: New Notes view

eM Client Version 8: New Notes editor

How to get eM Client 8

Holders of eM Client Pro License with Lifetime Upgrades will be automatically granted an upgrade to Version 8 upon its release (estimated April 2020).

Purchase Lifetime Upgrades today to get the new eM Client and access to all future upgrades of the application.

If you just can't wait until the spring, get a free eM Client Version 8 Beta, explore the new features, and help us speed up the testing phase at the same time.

Just send us a message to testing@emclient.com, we will get back to you with the beta version.

When start-ups grow up

sid — Mon, 30 Sep 2019 00:00:00 +0000

The award-winning email client celebrates its 10th birthday.

Happy birthday to us! eM Client, your beloved email client for Windows and Mac, was introduced 10 years ago. Since then we have gained more than 1.5 million active users worldwide and received multiple professional awards. Today, eM Client is a reliable partner of hundreds of thousands of individual users, and the most sound names of global business too. All of that thanks to you, our wonderful clients.

From a dorm to Silicon Valley

eM Client began as a student project in a small 2+1 flat on the outskirts of Prague. Driven by four young IT minds with a viable concept at hand, the project soon tasted the atmosphere of Silicon Valley. With just a tiny seed capital, the company has experienced consistent growth of both users and revenue ever since.

There were several important mile–stones, e.g. the decision to support Microsoft Exchange technology, Gmail, and to provide the top desktop experience for Google services. Since the introduction of eM Client version 6.0 in 2016, we have counted new users in hundreds of thousands a year.

To make emailing easier to even broader audience, version for macOS was introduced in January 2019. Thanks to this, eM Client has become the most universal desktop email client on the market.

...set for an unexpected journey. eM Client founders in California, 2009

Emailing made painless

We now provide email management for individual users as well as renowned brands like Toyota, DPD, Avis, McDonald‘s or Home Credit. The reasoning behind their choice of eM Client is simple: „It's a fresh, platform-independent solution,“ Michal Bürger, our CEO and co-founder, explains. „We can connect to virtually every mail server there is and grant users the comfort of an intuitive desktop application. It's an efficient, yet pleasant environment for communication, collaboration and task planning we aim for.“

Indeed, eM Client will surprise you with its speed, stability and security. Its interface is thoughtfully designed for fast and painless management of your emails, calendars, tasks, or contacts. And whatever issue there might be, a professional support is ready to solve it.

From left to right: Libor Grafnetr, Michal Bürger, and Filip Navara (2019).

Uncool features of eM Client 8.0

Where we're headed next? The upcoming version 8.0 will come with completely redesigned user interface and new features such as automatic email categorization, cloud storage support for attachments, Notes support, Snooze and Remind-when-not-replied function, and further simplified PGP encryption with new public key exchange service.

“Our goal is to keep it simple and extremely intuitive on the outside, with no training needed for new users. It's an "uncool" desktop app, but it gets things done beyond expectations, for everybody — whether it's an individual user or a corporation. That's what makes it cool in the end.” Michal reckons.

New to eM Client? Try it out! It's free and fabulous.

Ready for more? Buy the PRO license and enjoy:

unlimited email accounts
unlimited commercial use
professional VIP support
translation of emails into 25 languages and more.

And in the meantime, check out our new YouTube channel for how-to videos.

Google OAuth and 'Quota exceeded for quota metric' issue

sid — Mon, 12 Aug 2019 00:00:00 +0000

In the last week, you might have noticed a few strange errors popping up for your Google accounts or even problems setting up Google accounts at all.

Update 12/09/2019: We are happy to announce that after 4 months we were able to get this annoying error sorted with Google oAuth support.

The problem was two-fold - the quota for synchronizing contacts in a single day was set too low but this setting was also invisible for our developers.
We have been sending nearly daily messages to the Google team and finally they resolved both of these issues.

The Contacts API quota is now visible, so our developers can monitor it and the actual quota for our application has been bumped up and all our users are covered now.

Thank you everyone for your patience and understanding while we were doing our best to get Google to sort out this server issue and thanks to everyone who reached out to them on our behalf.

UPDATE 08/21/2019: It seems the Contacts quota issue has not been resolved after all, we have followed all instructions provided by Google support and are now waiting for resolutions from their side. There is unfortunately no change we can make to fix this issue, it needs to be stopped from the server side.
We are very sorry for the inconvenience.

You were affected if you have seen an error like this:

    Synchronizing folder list failed due to the following error: Execution of request failed: https://www.google.com/m8/feeds/groups/default/full?start-index=1&max-results=2147483646 ({
    "error":{
        "code": 429,
        "message": "Quota exceeded for quota metric 'contacts.googleapis.com/default'
    and limit 'defaultPerDayProject' of service 'contacts.googleapis.com' for
    consumer 'project_number:920743529221'.",
        "status": "RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED",
        "details": [
        {
            "@type": "type.googleapis.com/google.rpc.Help",
            "links": [
            {
                "description": "Google developer console API key",
                "url": "https://console.developers.google.com/project/920743529221/apiui/credential"
            }
           ]
        }
       ]
    }
 }
)

The problem was connected to the OAuth login for our application and was resolved in cooperation with Google support.

Thanks to everyone who reported the issue so we could bring it to their attention.

License Manager tutorial is live!

sid — Fri, 09 Aug 2019 00:00:00 +0000

Our video tutorial for License Manager is live and available here and soon on our YouTube channel as well.

For additional details take a look at our written License Guide.

You can find the License Manager here.

New version of translator!

sid — Thu, 02 May 2019 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client improves quality of email translations with the power of AI, as Microsoft rolls out an update for their translator technology.

Dear Users,

eM Client uses Microsoft technology for translating incoming messages. Microsoft recently announced that all applications need to upgrade to a newer version of the translation interface. The new version of the translator brings better translations based on artificial intelligence and deep learning neural networks. Starting from the 1st of May, automatic translations will only work in eM Client 7.2.34711 and later, which already support the new translator interface. In older versions, auto-translation may no longer be available.

We recommend that you update your license to Version 7, which includes support for the new interface in the latest versions.

Download current eM Client for Windows

Download current eM Client for Mac

eM Client for Mac is officially here!

sid — Wed, 23 Jan 2019 00:00:00 +0000

We're proud to announce, that after years of development we have made the huge leap forward and are ready to announce the full version of eM Client for macOS. From January 24, 2019 you can use all the features you've grown accustomed to on both Windows and Mac.

It was quite a big challenge which is why the release took a little longer than initially planned. We tried to make up for it with thorough testing and debugging, so the Mac version is now faster and looks much better than the first Beta version. We also started working on eM Client 8 which will improve on the design and functionality on both platforms.

eM Client for Mac is fully integrated into the operating system, just like the Windows version. As opposed to web email clients, eM Client will make your work easier and more efficient with keyboard shortcuts, system notifications, automatic backup, drag-and-drop support, and other features connected to the Mac system. We also implemented import from native Calendar, Mail and Contacts apps and import from Thunderbird. By doing so, we strive to contribute to your productivity and to make it easier to switch to eM Client in Mac environment. The great benefit of eM Client is the support of a large number of features within a single (and easy to use) application and broad support for services that can synchronize your data. Such a wide range of functionality is unique in the macOS environment and we believe that eM Client will soon find plenty of satisfied users from individuals and companies on this platform.

So what's left to bring us to perfection?

This is our very first official version for macOS, which is why there is still a place for improvement and few things are lacking compared to the Windows version. Our team keeps working hard on them and they should pop up in the upcoming updates.

Currently, there is still a lack of support for S/MIME certificates, Exchange accounts that only use NTLM authentication or Single sign-on.

If you encounter any other feature missing, not working according to expectations or simply have more ideas for improvements of eM Client for Mac, send us a message to testing@emclient.com. We'll be thankful for any suggestions and feedback :)

Download eM Client for Mac

eM Client 7.2 Update is out!

sid — Wed, 14 Nov 2018 00:00:00 +0000

Shortly after the release of eM Client 7.1, we started processing all the feedback that we received from our users. Now, a couple of months later, we proudly present the new update 7.2 containing the below-listed features and many other fixes and enhancements.

Let us show you what new features are being introduced in eM Client 7.2. If you haven't installed this version yet, the download link is available at the bottom of this page.

eM Client for Mac OS

Starting with version 7.2, eM Client is available for mac OS. You can download the Beta version on our site right now. You can look forward to the official release in the near future.

One letter keyboard shortcuts

Many of you have been asking for the ability to set keyboard shortcuts to individual keys. That is why in eM Client 7.2 we added the options to set a shortcut to a single letter, number, or any other key.

Do you perhaps need to switch between calendar, mail or contacts sections frequently? Set shortcuts to numbers 1, 2, 3 for these main sections, and always keep the relevant section within one click of the keyboard.

The standard keyboard shortcuts haven’t changed though and you can still combine them with the Ctrl or Shift keys.

We believe that you will find a lot of other uses for this feature and if you encounter any limitations, feel free to contact us.

Different DPI monitors support

We have some good news for those of you who use eM Client on multiple monitors and with different DPI settings. In version 7.2 full support for different resolutions and DPI values will be available. Application windows will look sharp and all texts and controls will be of the right size regardless of the resolution and DPI monitor settings.

Although we thoroughly test eM Client in a variety of environments and configurations, you may still experience some exceptions or minor issues where the size of some elements will not be ideal. You can report any problems to our customer support.

System notifications

Starting with version 7.2, eM Client will automatically switch to system notifications. This is true for both the Windows version and the upcoming Mac version. Through the system notifications, you will now be alerted to all your incoming messages, chat status changes, incoming files, and notifications about new updates.

In case you find yourself missing the original notifications that eM Client displayed in the previous version, you can turn system notifications off at any time in Menu > Tools > Settings > General > Notification section – just uncheck the "Use System Notification" option.

There are no changes to the calendar and task reminders – those will work the same way as in the previous version 7.1.

Improved Automatic replies on Gmail, Exchange and Office365

Whether you use Gmail, Exchange or Office 365, you'll have the option to be more creative with your automatic messages now and even add a signature with your company logo. We have expanded this feature with more options and settings.

Dark theme for is now fully dark

Whether you are working late at night often or using a dark theme in eM Client for another reason, we have great news for you. We have improved the dark theme so that it now protects your eyes and reduces digital eye strain even more.

In version 7.2, eM Client automatically masks the backgrounds of messages that have a default white background setting and replaces it with gray so that the contrast is as small as possible. There are messages where the message cannot be displayed in this way without interfering with explicitly defined colors, though. In such case, eM Client will display the original background as defined by the sender.

Option to select a certificate for signing messages

In version 7.1, we completely redesigned the system in which eM Client was working with certificates. eM Client automatically began to collect certificates by purpose and date of expiration, which perfectly covered the needs of most users and made the feature much simpler. However, it turned out that in some special cases, the user needs to decide which of the available certificates to use when signing the message, so we added the option to choose the appropriate certificate in version 7.2. This selection is available by clicking on the small arrow to the right of the digital signature button.

If you have multiple certificates for one email address, click on the small arrow next to the signing button to make eM Client use the selected certificate.

Adding public folders

The ability to add public folders to the list of displayed folders has been available for a long time in eM Client. But when users needed to add a large number of public folders at once, they had to go through a lot of clicking.

That is why in version 7.2 we have added the option to add all public folders and their subfolders at once. Click the three dots icon on the right of the folder list (or right-click the context menu) to choose whether to add or remove the folder and subfolders from the view. The whole process should also be significantly faster because we optimized the way the communication between the server and our application takes place.

Classic addition by checking individual folders remained unchanged though.

But that's not all - we included even more features and improvements:

- Rich text support for various fields of events, tasks and contacts
- Full automation support
- Support for storing data in Local profiles instead of Roaming profiles
- Support for loading S/MIME certificates from contacts
- Addressed some shutdown scenarios
- Quicker loading of large conversations

If you need any advice, do not hesitate to contact our support at info@emclient.com.

Download eM Client 7.2

eM Client for Mac Beta 2

sid — Wed, 31 Oct 2018 00:00:00 +0000

We are happy to announce the next beta release of eM Client for Mac. As you probably noticed, the beta version of eM Client for Mac is expiring today, so we have prepared a new and improved Beta 2 release of eM Client for Mac for all of you.

This version should improve responsiveness, stability and power consumption. It also includes a lot of bug fixes. We believe we're almost ready for the final release at this point, so we'll be grateful for as much feedback as possible. It is very valuable to us.

What is new in eM Client for Mac Beta 2

Optimized power consumption
Improved stability
Better responsiveness
Improved automatic replies on G Suite (Gmail), Exchange and Office365
Improved subscriptions for public folders on Exchange
Support for rich content (HTML) for some fields in events, tasks, and contacts on G Suite (Gmail), Exchange, Office365 and Icewarp
A lot of bug fixes

Help us with testing

We look forward to your feedback, comments, ideas and bug reports. Send them to testing@emclient.com. Thanks in advance for your support.

Download eM Client for Mac Beta 2

New device and eM Client? No problem!

sid — Tue, 09 Oct 2018 00:00:00 +0000

Purchase of a new computer or laptop is always a joy, but what to do with your current data? If you use eM Client then the simplest option of copying your data and settings is moving your whole database. Read this article to find out how eM Client transfer to new PC.

Transfer your eM Client data to a new device

This can be done in two ways. Read the steps below and choose which method is more convenient to you.

First method

Create a backup using the Menu > Backup option (default location of the file is in your Documents, but can be changed in Menu > Settings > General > Backup).
Move the Backup file to a new device using a portable storage (external hard drive, flash disk, etc.).
On macOS this option is under File > Backup.
Install eM Client on a new device.
Run the application and import the data from the Backup file using the Menu > File > Restore option. On macOS this option is under File > Restore.

Second method

Make sure eM Client is turned off and that none of its processes are running in Windows task manager.
Find your database folder.
Windows default location is C:\Users\%username%\AppData\Roaming\eM Client
Default location on macOS is /Users/yourusername/Library/Application Support/eM Client
Copy the folder with the database manually to your new device, in the same default location.
Run the application.

If all steps have been performed correctly, your original data and settings will be successfully brought over to your new device, no matter which moving method you use. Just be really careful not to manually manipulate the database files while eM Client is still running. It could corrupt the database and your data could be lost.

License

After the move to the new device, don’t forget to reactivate your license – the Deactivate/Activate option is available in Menu > Help > License.

Cannot find your license key? Have it resent via our Lost Activation Key page.

Advanced Startup

sid — Wed, 19 Sep 2018 00:00:00 +0000

Did you know that you can use a number of different startup parameters for our application to further simplify your work?

Advanced features, not just for admins

Before you read any further, please note, that the following instructions apply to Windows users only.

Simply run eM Client via Windows Run Command window with the following parameters or, if you have an eM Client shortcut on your desktop, simply right-click it, choose Properties and add any of these parameters to "Target" field, after the path to executable file.

/dblocation PATH
This parameter will determine which folder will eM Client load the main database from. If the given folder does not exist, eM Client will create the folder and a new, empty database in it. Without this parameter, eM Client will load the database from the currently set default location.
/localmutex
Use this parameter when deploying the application in a Remote Desktop Services or Terminal Services environment where accessing global mutexes (short for „mutual exceptions“ in programming) is forbidden – the application will use local ones instead.
/mailurl RECIPIENT
Use this parameter to create a new message with a pre-defined email address compliant with RFC 6068. Example: MailClient.exe /mailurl "mailto:user@example.org?subject=hello&body=bodytext".
/open PATH
With this parameter you can open any .eml, .msg, .vcf, or .ics file in eM Client.
/newmail
This parameter will open a window to compose a new mail.
/newcontact
This parameter will open a window to create a new contact.
/newevent
This parameter will open a window to plan an event.
/newtask
This parameter will open a window to create a new task.
/importsettings PATH [-s] [-p PASS]
This parameter defines a file which contains eM Client settings and its password, which needs to be used to import the data. It needs to be an .XML file and can contain application settings, account configuration, templates, quicktexts, and rules. PATH is the location of the file. The rest of the parameter options are optional. [-s] stands for „silent“ and means that the settings will be imported without opening the UI. [-p PASS] is for inserting the password, if there is one protecting the file.

Example: MailClient.exe /importsettings "c:\Temp\settings.xml" -s -p MyPassword.
/activate
You can easily activate your eM Client using this parameter and activation key.

This parameter can also be used without the Activation key, but for activation to be possible in this case eM Client needs to have a LastActivationKey entry in its database with a valid Activation key. Usually, the LastActivationKey value is set using the /importsettings parameter.
/deactivate
This parameter will deactivate the license in your device. This can be useful when you have a set number of seats on your license and want to quckly free up the space by deactivating the device you no longer plan to use.

eM Client for Mac Beta

sid — Thu, 07 Jun 2018 00:00:00 +0000

We are happy to announce the beta release of eM Client for Mac. It was a challenging and complex task, but we are excited to finally share it with you.

eM Client for Mac

eM Client for Mac includes all the functionality of the Windows version, making it one of the most interesting email applications on Mac OS. eM Client for Mac is not just a clone of the Windows version but is tied to Mac OS in the way you’d expect. This applies, for example, to the use of standard operating system notifications and other system integration.

We want to emphasize that this is still a Beta version. Although it has undergone thorough internal testing and a significant amount of our beta testers have been using it for some time, it can still contain bugs and we cannot guarantee its 100% reliability.

There is still a lot of work ahead of us, but we believe that we can solve any problems quickly and will soon release the final version. But we do need your help. We appreciate all feedback not only concerning the technical issues but also your feelings about the appearance of the application in a different operating system from Windows.

List of known issues in beta

Imperfections in the user interface

We are aware of some imperfections in the user interface across the application. These are, for example, misplaced controls, bad alignments, bad font sizes, and so on. These problems are being resolved one by one and should not appear in the final version. However, it will help us greatly if you report these errors (preferably by sending screenshots to the email address at the end of this article).

Slow run

For potential performance issues, we've added a simple profiling feature in the beta, which will allow us to identify and then debug these situations (if encountered). So, if your application responds slowly, or takes over too many system resources, use the Profile for 5 seconds feature in the Help menu. Log results can be found in the Help > Open Log Directory section.

S/MIME encryption

S/MIME is not working in this version yet. It is a rather complex issue we need to resolve here, but we are working on that. PGP encryption should be fully functional.

Spell-check

Spell-check on Mac version works differently from Windows. It uses the operating system settings as well as dictionaries that are downloaded in the system. This feature has been added recently to Mac version so you may encounter some problems here. As with the other issues, just let us know about them so we can solve them.

Fruux calendar does not work

Unfortunately, a Fruux calendar account cannot be set up in this version yet.

Single Sign On (SSO) for Exchange does not work

SSO on Exchange servers is another thing that doesn't work on Beta yet.

Help us with testing

We look forward to your feedback, comments, ideas and bug reports. Send them to testing@emclient.com. Thanks in advance for your support.

Download eM Client beta for Mac

eM Client and Efail

sid — Wed, 16 May 2018 00:00:00 +0000

A group of European security researchers has released a warning about a set of vulnerabilities affecting users of email encryption with PGP and S/MIME technologies. It is called "Efail" and it is currently a hot topic on the internet. So how does this affect eM Client?

Overview

We have been in contact with the researchers from Germany and Belgium that published the Efail Document and we worked closely with them to find a solution for the issues that do affect eM Client. We are happy to provide you with an update that handles the possible Efail attacks even though eM Client was not among the programs that were affected by the most dangerous Efail vulnerabilities. To all of the eM Client users, we recommend installing the latest update (link is available at the end of this article).

In a few days, we will start rolling out the update to all of our users.

What are these vulnerabilities all about?

Efail basically comes with two types of possible attacks. For both of them, the attacker must possess the encrypted message to be able to take advantage of the vulnerability.

Direct exfiltration
In this case, the attacker crafts a modified email from the original encrypted email, so that the encrypted part of the message is embedded into an image tag or other javascript or html construct, which will extract and send the full, decrypted message to a location designated by the attacker.

This type of vulnerability is not possible with eM Client, because we (unlike for example Outlook, Apple Mail or Thunderbird) handle multipart messages in a way that makes this attack impossible.
The CBC/CFB Gadget attack
This vulnerability is much more complex and is based on two steps.

In the first step, the attacker injects encrypted representation of his malicious code somewhere in the body of the email being shown.

This presumes that the attacker can guess a part of the unencrypted text of the original encrypted message, which may be rather easy with S/MIME (since most of the S/MIME messages begin with the same phrase) but is a bit harder with PGP.

It uses a sophisticated bit guessing based on vulnerabilities of CBC/CFB encoding mechanisms. The full explanation behind this is beyond this blog post and it is well described in the actual Efail paper (https://efail.de).

However, the attacker once again tries to inject the code that in the second step makes a call to his server with the message completely decrypted.

Efail paper calls these requests Exfiltration channels. In eM Client they found three possible channels that may post some data to third-party (attacker) server. We believe only one is relevant for a potentially successful attack in a version before our current patch.

Exfiltration channels

Here are the exfiltration channels Efail listed with eM Client.

Loading malformed CSS style tags
This attack injects this type of code:
```
<style>’<body/onload="..."><?/script>
```
We believe this is the only way how an Efail attack on an encrypted message could theoretically be achieved in eM Client. We have fixed this issue immediately and this cannot happen in the current released version (or any future ones).
Http request for Favicon
We download Favicon images from sender domains to be able to show Avatars for these senders in the application. This can be used by the attacker to find out which emails have been read by a recipient when he uses a crafted DNS server with a custom third-level domain.

We stopped making Http requests for third-level domains and avatar downloading can even be manually disabled completely in Menu > Tools > Settings > Contacts.
Request for an intermediate S/MIME certificate
This attack presumes that the attacker crafts an S/MIME certificate in a way that he modifies the intermediate certificate with his own URL. We stopped automatic downloading of these additional certificate URI.

Are you in danger?

For most of the use cases, you are just fine. Efail vulnerabilities presume that the attacker has already gotten access to your emails (by getting access to your mail server or by the Man in the middle attack) and is able to guess some parts of the original email.

However to be 100% sure we recommend installing the newest update that closes all the mentioned exfiltration channels which effectively prevents the attacker from getting the original message in any way.

Download Update

Facebook Calendars and Birthdays

sid — Thu, 29 Mar 2018 00:00:00 +0000

Update: Facebook has removed the option to export Birthdays and only "Your events" can now be exported into ICS file via the "Add to Calendar" button.

eM Client provides a way to connect all of your Facebook calendars and display them with your standard calendar in a familiar interface.

Calendars from all groups in one place

eM Client provides a way to connect all of your Facebook calendars and display them with your standard calendar in a familiar interface. So you will never miss a thing and planning will be much more effective.

Whether it is your friends’ birthdays or events of your business Facebook page, you can add all the calendars with just a few clicks. All you need to do is open Facebook with internet browser of your choice, open Events - Calendar section and click “Upcoming events” in the bottom right corner of the screen. The site should ask you whether you want to open the link with eM Client which will automatically add your calendar.

Birthdays

If you want to add only your friends’ Birthdays, select "Birthdays" instead of "Upcoming events" in the same section. With two clicks, you can add all birthdays of your Facebook friends to eM Client and never miss any of them again (if you work with eM Client every day :) ).

In eM Client you can find these calendars and birthdays under the "Internet Calendars" section, which is displayed in the left panel among your standard calendars.

eM Client Features: Offline Mode

sid — Thu, 01 Mar 2018 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client Offline Mode is perfect for conserving bandwidth, solving issues and much more!

Offline Mode

eM Client has a nifty feature called the Offline Mode that can enable you to work with your e-mails, calendar, contacts and everything else even when not being connected to the internet (or if you deliberately don’t want to be connected.)

This feature is extremely useful when you’re on a network with data limits and you want to conserve bandwidth. Simply finish your work, turn off Offline Mode and send all your mails at once, saving significant amount of data.

You can use Offline Mode for those Sunday evenings when you just want to finish up work from the previous week without having to look at the flood of e-mails that’s awaiting you on Monday, to name just one of its many uses.

Offline Mode is also very useful for troubleshooting – if you, for example, attempted to send a very large e-mail and that blocked your syncing since your server does not allow it, simply launch eM Client in Offline Mode and delete the troublemaking e-mail.

The standard way to enable Offline Mode is to go to Menu – File and click on “Work Offline”. However if you need to troubleshoot or if you just want to completely avoid any syncing, you can launch eM Client in Offline Mode by holding Ctrl when clicking on the eM Client icon. Simply keep holding Ctrl and click “Yes” when asked if you want to launch in Offline Mode.

Follow our blog for more tips on getting the most out of your eM Client! You can also follow us on Facebook or Twitter to find the latest information about new releases.

eM Client Features: Calendar Composite View

sid — Thu, 30 Nov 2017 00:00:00 +0000

If you are a regular eM Client Calendar user, you might already be familiar with some of its calendar views – but do you know them all?

Calendar and the Composite View

The Month view is perfect for organizing events spanning multiple days or for looking at the bigger picture when you usually have only about 3 or 4 events per day.

The Week view is tailored for those of you who regularly have more than 4 events per day or prefer to see more details about individual events without having to open them in a separate window.

The Work Week view will only display the days that you have selected as your work week. By default, it is set to display Monday to Friday, but you can change the settings in Menu > Tools >Settings > Calendar > General.

The Day view layout is almost identical to the Work Week one. Because it only displays a single day, there is more space to see detailed event descriptions or even multiple events side by side.

There is also the Agenda view, which gives you a chronological list of all events with the option of hiding the ones that are already in the past.

eM Client also offers a special Composite view. This view allows you to select multiple days and display them side by side – those days do not have to be consecutive but can be separated by any amount of time. Let’s say you need to see crucial days from this month, and only those days, as well as some days from the next month – that’s where the Composite view comes in.

You can activate this view by holding Ctrl and clicking on the days you want to see in the small calendar located under your calendar accounts. The same applies to deselecting days as well: just hold Ctrl and deselect one of the highlighted days to remove it from your view.

Follow our blog for more tips on getting the most out of your eM Client! You can also follow us on Facebook or Twitter to find the latest information about new releases.

eM Client Features: iCal subscriptions

sid — Tue, 21 Nov 2017 00:00:00 +0000

Stay on top of what’s going on with Internet Calendars! This eM Client 7 feature allows you to see the schedule of your favorite club’s game next to your work schedule.

iCal subscriptions

So much is happening nowadays that it’s often hard to keep it all in mind. The exhausting days filled with checking your calendar’s agenda for all these calls that you need to make and meetings that you need to go to roll by, and, come evening, you just want to have a good time, relax with a movie or watch an exciting game. You often need to check several different sources to keep up – just imagine you could have various calendars from different organizations all in one place and view them in a sleek modern interface that you’re already familiar with…

Subscribing to internet calendars (also called iCals or iCalendars) in eM Client 7 allows you to do precisely this. You can easily subscribe to an internet calendar of your choice in Menu > Tools > Subscribe to Internet Calendar. Simply copy an address of the calendar into the address field and you are ready to browse the calendar in the Internet Calendars section of your Calendar.

Why don’t you try setting up one of the example calendars below to try it out? Afterwards, you can browse a directory of iCals (e.g. iCal share) and have a look around for internet calendars that suit your needs – there are iCalendars of all kinds catering to every interest:

Business

Don’t forget about important tax dates for small businesses with http://www.tax.gov/Calendar.ics by IRS (US)

Lectures & seminars

Never miss a thing around your workspace or campus, e.g. see Harvard University’s Gazette events webcal://www.trumba.com/calendars/gazette.ics

Education

Follow notable astronomical events with The New York Times Astronomy and Space Calendar https://calendar.google.com/calendar/ical/nytimes.com_89ai4ijpb733gt28rg21d2c2ek%40group.calendar.google.com/public/basic.ics

Entertainment

Stay up to date with movie releases with this official theatrical release schedule for all upcoming films in the year 2017 https://www.google.com/calendar/ical/pfutdblf1gi8jmfsvroh76f6jg%40group.calendar.google.com/public/basic.ics by FirstShowing

Sports

Follow your favorite club’s schedule, e.g. the New York Mets (not that we’re picking any favorites) webcal://mlb.am/tix/mets_schedule_full

Follow our blog for more tips on getting the most out of your eM Client! You can also follow us on Facebook or Twitter to find the latest information about new releases.

eM Client 7.1

sid — Wed, 07 Jun 2017 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client 7.1 is here! After having carefully examined your feedback, we’re now bringing you a number of new features and improvements of the old ones. If you already have a valid license for eM Client 7, update for free now!

What's new

eM Client 7.1 is bringing some frequently requested features and enhancements to improve the quality of your workflow. Here is a list of some of them.

PGP Support
You can now encrypt your emails with PGP encryption, ensuring unbreakable security. We support both PGP Inline format and PGP/MIME.
Simplified Security Management
Our new interface makes managing your S/MIME and PGP certificates and keys a lot easier.
Live Backup
You no longer have to exit eM Client in order for the backup to proceed. eM Client will now back up while running so you can keep working even while it is underway.
Online Avatar Downloading
eM Client now automatically downloads and displays avatars for your contacts from the web. We download from Gravatar, domain icons and more.
Improved Print Preview
The print preview has been completely remade and is a lot easier to use. PDF files generated by the print dialog will now have searchable text.
Even More Customizable Toolbars
We’ve added a lot more customizable buttons to various toolbars in eM Client.
Auto-resize and formatting options for embedded images
Your pasted images will now automatically be resized to fit in your email. You will also be able to change the size of the image as well as rotate and flip it.
Improved table editor
Tables have been substantially improved, you can now resize any cell, row or column you want.
Text pasting options
You can now easily customize how you want to paste the text into your emails – you can either choose to keep the formatting or paste it as text only.
Improved calendar invites
Calendar invites look and feel way better now.
Customizable secondary sorting for all views
You can now sort any items (emails, contacts, events, etc.) by two criteria at once.
Calendar Folder sharing on MS Exchange and IceWarp
When you share a calendar folder with somebody, they will now receive an email with the invitation to your shared folder. Collaboration made easy!
Gmail out of office response
We now support automatic “Out of Office” replies for Gmail as well. Let everyone know that you will not be able to respond to their emails by configuring the automatic response right inside eM Client.
Preview images from hyperlinks in chat
When someone sends you an image link in chat, you will now be able to see the image they are linking you without having to click on it.

Do you like the new features? Is something not working as you expected? Please let us know at info@emclient.com. Thank you for your help, your feedback is always welcome!

Download eM Client 7.1

New License Manager

sid — Fri, 17 Feb 2017 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client License Manager is a tool for managing licenses and settings for eM Client Pro customers. It enables you to remotely deactivate old unused licenses as well as configure server settings like updates and signatures for your entire company.

New License Manager

As you might have noticed, our old License Manager ran on Silverlight. The problem with Silverlight was the fact that no modern browser really supported it anymore and as a result, pretty much the only way you could access it was through Internet Explorer.

Which brings us to our next question - which web browser is your favorite? Do you, like almost 60 % of the world, like Chrome and its speed and simplicity? Do you prefer the customizability of Firefox? Or perhaps you ride the cutting Edge of Microsoft?

We recognize that not that many people use Internet Explorer anymore these days and finally after a long period of development, we brought 2017 to our License Manager. No longer will you be required to install Silverlight or be locked to Internet Explorer. You can now access the new License Manager on ALL browsers. Period.

The layout and controls stay the same, so you won’t have to re-learn everything you already know about the License Manager, only now it’s lightning fast and way prettier, keeping in with our design philosophy in eM Client 7.

It’s live already, so go to licensemanager.emclient.com and try it out for yourself!

eM Client 7

sid — Thu, 30 Jun 2016 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client 7 is launching! It has been a long road and a lot of hard work and finally we're proud to announce the release of eM Client 7. You can check out some of its features below as well as download the setup file.

New UI

The interface has been completely redesigned. With a sleek, modern design and a lot of new original themes, eM Client looks better than ever.

Conversation View

The long awaited conversation view is here. Your correspondence will now be grouped into relevant conversations, making browsing through messages easier than ever before.

Dark Theme

Do you often work late into the night and need something easy on the eyes or do you just like your applications in darker colors? Try the new official dark theme - we promise you'll love it!

QuickText

You can use the QuickText feature to send your own predefined blocks of text by simply clicking a button. Very useful if you find yourself frequently sending the same information repeatedly.

Delayed Sending

You can now schedule mails to be sent at a defined time and date. Useful when you are communicating with someone from a different time zone or if you want your message to be sent while you're away from your computer.

Mail Translation

When you receive a message in a different language than the one you have set as default, eM Client can now translate the message with a single click.

The License

Owners of the Lifetime Upgrades Pro license can download and upgrade right away. Owners of regular Pro licenses will be required to purchase the appropriate upgrade to be able to use eM Client 7.

DOWNLOAD

Gmail Labels Support

sid — Wed, 13 Jan 2016 00:00:00 +0000

Update about the new version 7. After a holiday break, we're ready to share more details about new features for the new release.

Gmail Label Support

Are you a Gmail user? We have reworked the way eM Client synchronizes with Gmail and your server data. Since Gmail introduced labels, all the labels were synchronised as folders with Gmail. With Conversations however we've decided to make a few adjustments. Your Gmail labels are now synchronised as categories and by assigning the categories, the label will be attached to the message and sorted to appropriate folder. Just as if you were working with your online Gmail interface.

Find your account labels in categories to assign label to email. All your labels will be displayed as if they were regular folders, below your Inbox.

Right click your message and select Categories to apply the label for the selected message or select the items from the message list and select Mark to apply category in the main application window. Messages will be sorted in no time to appropriate label folders, where you can find the labeled messages.

eM Client 6 and OAuth

sid — Mon, 30 Nov 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Did you come across any issues with eM Client recently? We have received several reports regarding eM Client authentication problem with Gmail servers via OAuth.

eM Client, Gmail and OAuth

Some of our users have reported problems while using eM Client and authenticating with Gmail servers. The application notifies users about JavaScript being disabled in default browser.

Our developers have inspected this in detail and discovered that the embedded OAuth features are being blocked by Gmail servers for Internet Explorer. Since IE is currently the default browser for eM Client 6, this has been marked as the root of this problem. Please note that we're working on the new version 7 which will feature Chromium to replace IE as the default browser.

We'll be including a workaround for the issue in the next update for version 6 available in the Check for Updates option or you can download the update below if you're experiencing the issue.

DOWNLOAD

New Theme Options

sid — Wed, 25 Nov 2015 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client 7 has been submitted to first groups of testers, yet we still have a lot to share about the new release before launching. Here's some more information about the upcoming features of the new version.

Dark Theme Options

eM Client is going to get a bit more darker with the new release. We'll implement new appearance options including some of the already available themes and some new ones, most importantly a dark theme for late nights spent on your computer.

This is a small but very wanted addition to the application. Some of our users have already created dark themes for the current release but there was always a catch with the design, thus we'll be including an original eM Client theme for all our all-nighters. Theme options are available in the application settings under the Menu > Tools > Settings > Appearance.

Choose your favorite theme or create a custom theme that suits your needs using simple XML templates.

Chat File Transfer

sid — Tue, 10 Nov 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Chat File Transfer

As you may know, transfering files with eM Client is already possible with the current release. However we're improving most of the features for the new version 7 and we've taken a proper look on our chat feature as well.

The new version already includes the new Is Typing feature that we've announced a couple weeks back but what is there more to chat? We've reworked the file transfers to simplify your work with attachments. File transfers are now quicker, more reliable and have an updated look with the new UI. Use the feature to share data with people in your group quickly and get your colleague's feedback before you submit the files to customers (or your grandma) or just use it for general blabber as we do.

Improved Touch Support

sid — Thu, 05 Nov 2015 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client 7 has been submitted to first groups of testers, we still have a lot to share about the new release before launching. Here's some more information about upcoming features of the new version.

Improved Support for Touch displays

In past releases of eM Client 6 we’ve added touch mode for improving the usability of the application on some of the latest touch enabled laptops and tablets.

With the new user interface in eM Client 7, we’re taking touch to the next level, high resolution icon sets and UI made to fit your touch devices will improve the overall user experience dramatically. We’re adding simple options how to delete, archive or set flags with gestures on touch devices for mail and calendar

Screenshots

Introducing Conversations

sid — Thu, 22 Oct 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Since eM Client 6 was released you have started putting out requests for features that should be included in the upcoming release and now we’re finally ready to share more details about the next version. We'll be releasing a series of posts introducing the new features.

Conversations

Conversation view has been a very requested feature for eM Client, we’re very excited to finally introduce this feature in the new release of eM Client 7. We worked on this feature very hard and very long but we’re very happy that we can finally share more information.

The current releases have included a Conversation history which may have served instead of conversations up until now, we still like this feature so if you were using it - you will be able to display your past conversations in the sidebar as well. If you didn’t like this feature we’re introducing two new ways how to handle conversations.

in All Views

Using this option you’ll be able to see your previous conversations in your message list as a message with one or more recipients - displaying the number of messages in the conversation. You may be used to this behaviour from your Gmail interface already. New conversations are sorted in the list of your messages by the last message received in this conversation.

in Message Detail

This option will allow you to use your email as you were used to, each message received is sorted in your folders and message detail displays the past relevant conversation based on the message subject.

If you’re not fan of conversations you can simply disable conversations in your settings and use the sidebar conversation history instead.

Screenshots

eM Client Features: Translation

sid — Thu, 01 Oct 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Translation

The new release of eM Client 7 will include a new option for translating your emails. Whenever you receive a message in a different language than your application language, eM Client will offer you the option to translate the message to the application language or your selected language.

This feature is powered by the Bing translator Tool. You can find the option in the application settings under Menu > Tools > Settings > Mail > Translation where you can also setup the default behaviour for different languages.

Screenshots

eM Client Features: Vacation responder

sid — Thu, 24 Sep 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Vacation Responder

Are you leaving the office temporarily and need to setup an automated reply? We have good news for our Exchange users, as eM Client 7 features a new option that allows you to setup automated replies directly from eM Client.

By navigating through the application Menu to Tools, use the new Vacation Responder tool and setup the responder’s schedule and your custom reply, the subject or even target the automated responses to your contacts only.

Unfortunately, this option is only available while using an Exchange account as most major services do not provide means to set up this option outside of their user interface.

eM Client Features: QuickText

sid — Thu, 17 Sep 2015 00:00:00 +0000

QuickText

QuickText is a new addition to Templates and Signatures as an additional option how to prepare and predefine snippets of text that you can quickly insert into your new messages as well as replies.

Difference between our current Templates features and QuickText is that templates have to be predefined and you can only use a template for all your replies or none. Up until now, there was no way how to add a template text into a reply. Our developers have worked on this to introduce an improved way how to handle predefined text on your replies and we're hoping this will ease your way how to work with templates and predefined text and save you a lot of additional work.

Screenshots

eM Client Features: Is Typing

sid — Thu, 10 Sep 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Is Typing Feature

Since our application is going through a complete re-design of both the user interface as well as the application core features we decided to enhance our chat a little as well.

The new eM Client 7 will allow you to see not only if your chat contacts are online, away or offline but it allows you to see if they are typing as well. Not only that, we’re including a couple of new status options while using the chat feature. eM Client can spot the difference if the contact has stopped typing or if he/she closed the chat window as well.

eM Client Features: Auto-BCC

sid — Fri, 04 Sep 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Auto-BCC Feature

The Auto-BCC feature has been a long requested feature. eM Client 7 will feature Auto-BCC amongst its default features. You can find this option in your account settings and specify Auto-BCC for all your outgoing messages for each account specifically. For those who are not familiar with the feature, Auto-BCC allows you to automatically send a hidden copy of your outgoing messages so the recipients of your message won’t be able to see that the copy was sent to the specified e-mail.

Auto-BCC can often be used to submit a copy of a work related email to your personal email or notify someone about responding or updating the message on a company account.

eM Client Features: Delayed Send

sid — Thu, 27 Aug 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Delayed Send Feature

This has been a long awaited feature, our users have started voting in the feature on the community support almost 2 years ago and it's almost a year since we've decided to include this in the new release.

Finally, eM Client 7 will include a delayed send feature option that you can use to schedule your messages to send on a specific time. This can be helpful when communicating overseas or if you just have something unconfirmed. You'll be able to use this option by navigating to the File Menu of new message window, similarly as you may be used to from sending Mass Mail.

eM Client 7 Features: IMAP Support for Outlook.com Accounts

sid — Thu, 20 Aug 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Outlook.com with IMAP/SMTP sync

Outlook.com users can look forward to synchronizing their accounts using the standard IMAP and SMTP protocols as you may be used to from other account types. Up until now, it was necessary to synchronize your account over the AirSync protocol, which has not proven so reliable and may have been generating a couple of issues when the Outlook.com servers have been swamped with requests. We believe the new way of synchronizing your account will be more efficient and will considerably decrease the number of issues while synchronizing your items with Outlook.com mail servers.

However, note, that this doesn't mean we're dropping the Calendar and Contacts support on Outlook.com, these items will be safely synchronized over the existing AirSync protocol and you willl still be able to work with both services as well as your email or disable your calendar in case you don't use it.

eM Client 7 Features: Chromium

sid — Wed, 12 Aug 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Chromium/WebKit Application Core

Up until now, eM Client was running on several system components used with the .NET framework. As this has been a limitation for us in more and more cases lately, we’ve decided that it’s time to move to new tools. We’ve done major changes to the application to integrate a WebKit core. This will help us to get rid of some Internet Explorer issues that have been bugging us for years in some specific cases.

Using WebKit essentially means that the main application browser will be Chrome instead of the current implementation of Internet Explorer, this will also help us improving compatibility with Google's features in the future.

eM Client and Windows 10 compatibility

sid — Thu, 30 Jul 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Microsoft has released a free Windows 10 update for all current Windows 7 and Windows 8.1 users and some of you may be wondering if all your applications are compatible with this new release.

eM Client as a native Windows 10 application is fully compatible with Windows 10 and all currently supported Windows releases. We’re also working hard on the upcoming release of eM Client 7 and its features will improve the overall experience and compatibility with Windows devices.

We promise to release more information soon, but you can already look forward to major features like conversation view, delayed send, new user interface and many more with this new release.

If you come across any issues with eM Client running on Windows 10, make sure to let us know on the Community Support or our VIP support if you're a PRO license user.

Subscribe to public folders on Exchange

sid — Fri, 05 Jun 2015 00:00:00 +0000

If you're using an Exchange account in eM Client, we have some good news for you. Some of our users have been missing the option to subscribe and unsubscribe public folders on the Exchange server. This feature is now a part of eM Client 6 and will be available to all our users from now on.

You can find this new feature in your account settings under Tools > Accounts > Your Exchange Account > Mail, Contacts and Calendars. Scroll down to open up the list of public folders and use the "Subscribe" and "Unsubscribe" buttons to add or remove the folder from your list of synchronized folders. All subscribed folders should be listed below your account in the left pane.

Before subscribing to folders, make sure your Exchange account is fully synchronized with the server, as the folders can be listed only when the account has been fully synchronized.

If you come across any issues with this new feature, make sure to let us know on the Community Support or our VIP support if you're a PRO license user.

Totally New FAQ

sid — Tue, 05 May 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Are you having issues with eM Client? We've updated our FAQ section so it's easier to navigate through the most frequently asked questions, allowing you to quickly resolve any setup questions. Visit the new FAQ.

We really hope you'll be able to find your answer in the FAQ section in case of any issues or questions about the application. However if any of you come across any issues with the application, we'll be happy to answer any follow-up questions on our Community Support.

If you're a PRO license user, you're also entitled to use the VIP support to quickly resolve any questions or issues with the application. You can also chose to contact us at info@emclient.com.

Facebook Chat API support has been shutdown

sid — Thu, 30 Apr 2015 00:00:00 +0000

You may have noticed we have removed the facebook chat feature out of the application in one of the recent updates. Since we also quite liked this feature, we just wanted to let you know this is not what we would prefer, but unfortunately facebook has decided to shutdown support for the XMPP protocol and the chat API.

This unfortunately left us no other option than to remove the feature from our application, you may remember that we already had to do this with the Skype support in the past.

Facebook chat features are currently only supported via facebook native apps, e.g. Messenger or the native web browser UI. And as of today, it is no longer possible to use the chat API with third party applications.

eM Client now features OAuth authentication with Gmail

sid — Wed, 15 Apr 2015 00:00:00 +0000

Remember how you were forced to use the two step verification option or to allow access for “Less secure apps” while setting up eM Client with your Gmail account?

As of today you can update your eM Client to the latest release which from now on supports the OAuth authentication method that will allow you to authenticate with your Google account without any prior account adjustments and will increase the security of your account.

OAuth is the authentication standard that allows applications to reach out to your server for an authentication “Token”, that will be serving as the access key between your mail server and the application. This feature also allows you to manage the connected devices remotely, just by logging into your account settings online.

Since Google has decided to shut down support for the less secure apps, on April 30th make sure to update your application soon to avoid any future authentication issues.

Download the update here or by using the "Check for Update" option under Help in your eM Client installation.

eM Client's Ability for Touch Support

sid — Mon, 03 Nov 2014 00:00:00 +0000

The newest computers on the market today aren't like the ones you could buy a year or two ago. You no longer need to just use the keyboard, trackpad and mouse. You have the whole Internet at your fingertips - literally.

With eM Client's touch support feature, you will be able to manage your emails with the tips of your fingers. To turn on touch support, all you have to do is look to the upper right hand corner of your computer's screen. Next to the icons for closing the email client and maximizing the window, you will see a hand type of icon. That is the one you want to push on your screen. When you do this, you'll receive a notification that will ask you if you want to turn on touch support. At that time, you can say yes, and you will see the email client change. Your inbox list will have more room and the icon for navigation will be more spread apart. Why does this happen? It's simply to make it easier for you to use your fingers.

When you click on an icon, you should see that the response is just as fast as it would be if you used your trackpad or mouse. It might be even faster because you don't have to deal with a trackpad that doesn't follow your finger as quickly or accurately. Before you know it, you'll likely start to using the touch screen more than you ever have before just because it's more user friendly and faster.

With touch support, you can even write emails. You will see the touch keyboard at the bottom of the screen. When you have that on the bottom of your screen, you can just tap the letters to write your email. You might need to get used to typing this way, but you can get to the speed you are at on your keyboard with time.

How to Turn Touch Support Off

You can turn touch support off easily by tapping the same icon you did to turn it on. It will ask you if you want to turn it off, and all you have to do is select yes. Now the touch support is off. You can turn it on again by tapping the same icon again.

Now that you know how useful touch support can be with eM Client, go ahead and download it on our site at www.emclient.com. You will see that it's convenient and it truly is the best email client on the market today.

Sending Emails to Groups of People with Undisclosed Recipients

sid — Mon, 06 Oct 2014 00:00:00 +0000

What does email stands for? CC, what does it mean? These are common questions with simple answers. We’ll cover all your questions about sending bulk emails in this article. Figuring out how to effectively send emails to a group of people can be stressful if you don’t know how to send a mass email and hide recipients. A few (or all) of the people included in your group email will appreciate it if you learn how to hide email recipients. This keeps their personal information secure in situations that require anonymity.

When you compose a new group message, you’ll see “To,” “Cc,” and “Bcc.” This might leave you with questions like: “Cc what does it mean?!” Fortunately, this isn’t a secret and we’ve got answers! There are simple solutions for when you need to send a generic email to undisclosed recipients or to hide the email addresses for certain contacts. Both personal and professional situations can call for hiding recipients; everything from surprise party invitations to sharing sensitive information at work.

There’s no need to painstakingly send individual emails to everyone on your list. Save time and energy using eM Client’s Mass Mail feature or by using Bcc.

Cc and Bcc FAQs

We’ll start by going over the basics of cc and bcc for people wondering “what is the difference between cc and bcc?” This will help you figure out which options are right for you based on your recipients and the email you’re sending.

What is cc and bcc in email?
Cc and bcc are options available when you compose a new message. Cc and bcc are often used to send someone a message that doesn’t warrant a response. Bcc email is hidden to the recipients in To or Cc fields.
What does bcc mean in email?
What is bcc in email? Bcc stands for blind carbon copy. The addresses of bcc recipients will not be displayed.
What does cc mean in emails?
Cc stands for carbon copy. It’s important to remember that ALL recipients can see who was sent the email as a cc.
Which is better to use: cc or bcc?
It’s not a matter of which is better; but rather whether cc vs bcc is right for the purpose of your communication. The difference between cc and bcc is that cc recipients are shown, while bcc recipients are not. You might choose to use cc if you’re verifying that you’ve sent a message – but it’s unnecessary for the person cc’d to respond. If you need to keep someone in the loop, but don’t want the other recipients to know that they can see the message; use bcc to keep it a secret.
What does carbon copy mean?
Carbon copy is a reference to the time before emails when people would have to create carbon copies of letters in order to save them as a reference. The term itself means to send an exact copy of the original. When you’re sending carbon copies through email; you’re essentially just providing your recipient with a copy of the email.

Now you’re ready to utilize cc and bcc to efficiently send individual and group emails. Cc and bcc are helpful tools that will make your email communications efficient and secure.

Using Bcc for private recipients

Are there only a few people who need their information hidden in your next bulk email? Using the Bcc feature is an alternative for people who might not need to hide everyone on the email list. The contacts included in the Bcc section will be hidden from the other recipients.

Here’s how to send an email without showing recipients:

After starting a new email, add the private recipients by clicking on “Add Cc & Bcc.”
New sections will appear labeled Cc and Bcc. Make sure you choose Bcc; remember if you choose Cc, the recipients will be able to see all of the email addresses included!
Include regular recipients in the “To” line. Their email addresses will not be hidden from the other recipients.

Everyone included in the To, Bcc, and Cc sections will receive your email– but the identities of the Bcc recipients will remain a mystery. That's how to send mass email without showing other recipients.

Using Mass Mail for Private Recipients

The Mass Mail option is an eM Client Pro feature that simplifies the process of sending emails to multiple recipients without disclosing their addresses. You’ll be able to send bulk emails without fear. Unlike Bcc, the Mass Email feature has the benefit of making messages appear personalized; the recipient will be able to see that the email was sent to their address in the “To” field.

Type in all of the email addresses you want to send the email to in the “To” field.
Craft your desired message in the subject and body of the email.
Ready to send your email? To protect the privacy of your recipients, click on File at the top of the eM Client application. The option “Send as Mass Email” will appear on the screen. Select it, and send your message.
Everyone you included as recipients will receive your email, but the information of other recipients will not be disclosed. It will appear to the recipient as if they are the only one who received the message.

The Mass Mail feature is an excellent tool for advertising events, newsletters, sending school or work information, and any other message that needs to be personal while respecting the privacy of the recipients.

Distribution Lists

Do you often send bulk emails to the same groups of people? Create Distribution Lists to ease the bulk email process. Add the name of your desired Distribution List to the Bcc section or select the Mass Email option if you need to keep their information private. Detailed instructions on creating Distribution Lists using eM Client can be found using this link.

Spam Filters

Many email spam filters will send emails automatically to the spam folder if the email has undisclosed recipients. Notify your recipients when sending important messages to ensure they check their spam folders.

Your email can avoid the spam filter by encouraging your recipients to whitelist your email address.

Try it out!

Communicating with large groups of people becomes easier when you know how to send a group email and hide recipients. Prepare your list of addresses and decide if using Mass Mail or Bcc is right for your message. Both options will speed up the bulk email process so that you can work more efficiently. Check out our blog to learn about all the other great features eM Client has to offer!

Adjusting the Confirmations for eM Client Activities

sid — Wed, 24 Sep 2014 00:00:00 +0000

When you go to delete an email, do you appreciate it when your program asks you if you are really sure you want to delete it? When you want to move a message, do you like that it confirms you want to move it to a specific folder? If so, you're probably okay with the default settings on eM Client for confirmations. If you don't want to be asked these questions, it might be a good idea to keep reading.

eM Client wants to make sure you are completely satisfied with what you're doing on your email program. Some people enjoy being asked questions, while others just want to have the task completed as soon as they hit the button. It's a personal option. For those of you who want to make changes to the confirmations in your eM Client program, you can do so easily by going to Settings.

Settings is found under Tools. When you click on Settings, a window comes up. On the left hand side of that window, you will see an option for Confirmations. When you click on that, you will see a list of available confirmations and then boxes next to each task.

When you check the box, you are saying you want that specific confirmation made. For example, the first one says, "Ask before deleting folder". If you want the program to ask you if you really want to delete a folder when you click on the "x" for deleting, you should check this box. If you don't want it to ask you, uncheck the box.

You can move down the list pretty quickly checking and unchecking the things that you would like the program to check with you on. When you get to the bottom, you'll see a different option for moving your junk mail. When you move your junk mail, you have a few options such as always ask you what you want to do. This is if you usually want to do something different to each one. Another junk mail option is to send it right to your junk mail folder and blacklist the email. The other option is to put the email in your junk folder and blacklist the domain. People blacklist emails when they don't receive much spam from that particular sender; however, those that receive a great deal of spam from a domain will want to choose the blacklist domain options. This ensures you don't receive any other emails from a sender that has the domain.

After you're done selecting the options, click on Apply and OK. You are all set. You will now be reminded or not reminded for the activities you chose.

If you don't have eM Client yet, go to the site to download today. It's completely free for personal use (up to two email accounts), and we have a low price for those that need more than two accounts. Let us know if you have any questions.

Safeguard eM Client Email with Password Protection

sid — Mon, 08 Sep 2014 00:00:00 +0000

When you have multiple email accounts going to eM Client, it can be a pain to put in your password for every single one of them. To make it easier on you, we've implemented password protection for the eM Client application. When you have your application password protected, you will only have to put in one password to view all of your email accounts. You can then breathe easy that someone can't open your computer and eM Client to access all of your emails.

How to Password Protect eM Client

While you are in eM Client, go to Tools at the top navigation bar. Click on Settings when the drop down menu comes up. If the General menu is now pulled down, click on it. You will see options such as language, notifications, confirmations, storage, and then password protection. Click on password protection to see the window on the right.

The title of this window is Password Protected Startup. Make sure to click on Use password protected startup. This means that the application will prompt you for a password everytime you open eM Client. You can then type in the password you would like to use. Make sure it's something no one can guess. Confirm your password by typing it in again. Click on Apply and then OK.

At this point, close eM Client. You can test out your new password protection feature easily. Simply open eM Client back up and you should see a prompt asking you for your password. Type it in correctly to see if it allows you access to your email. Once you see how well it works, close the application again. This time, reopen it and type in the wrong password. You should see that it will not allow you to access your emails. Now you know for sure that no one will be able to read your emails unless you leave eM Client open or you tell someone your password.

Please Note: This password protection feature does not encrypt the database. It simply requires you to enter a password to get into eM Client application.

Check back every Monday for more tips on how you can use all of eM Client's features.

If you don't have eM Client yet, you don't know what you're missing. Download it for free on our site. We are sure you'll love it as much as all our users around the world do.

Encrypting Databases with eM Client

sid — Mon, 01 Sep 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Many eM Client users turn to us seeking information on how they can encrypt their databases. As much as we would love to offer this feature, we don't. And that's because it's already included in your Windows, as long as you are a Pro or Enterprise Windows owner. So if you fulfill this requirement, we can show you how to encrypt your database.

Why Would You Want to Encrypt

Encryption ensures the information you have in your databases is unrecognizable to hackers. No one will be able to steal personal information. This is highly important as hackers become more intelligent at infiltrating email databases to search for social security numbers and bank account information.

What You Have to Do

eM Client doesn't include encryption as one of its features because it's not needed. Windows takes care of that. All you have to do is go to the database you want encrypted (default database location is "C:\Users\xxxxx\AppData\Roaming\eM Client" where xxxxx is the user name), right click on it, and click properties. In the properties window, click on Advanced and then click on encrypt the folder. That's it! You can now breathe a sigh of relief that your folder is encrypted and not susceptible to hackers.

Windows Home Users

Unfortunately, users of the home version of Windows will not be able to encrypt their folders using this method.

For those with further questions about encryption, please go to our support page at www.emclient.com/support. We aim to provide the very best support to our eM Client users.

How to Effectively Use eM Client's Sidebar

sid — Mon, 25 Aug 2014 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client incorporated a sidebar in its email client to make navigating all of its features easy. The sidebar helps you find your contacts quickly, as well as their details. It lets you read communication history, review your list of tasks and any attachments sent between you and your contacts. Understanding how to use these features will help you have a better experience with eM Client.

About the Sidebar

The sidebar has four sections:

Contact Details
Agenda
Chat
Invitations

To hide/unhide the sidebar, simply click on the arrow nex to the text that says Contact Details.

What the Contact Details Section Tells You

The Contact Details section gives you the email address, mobile/telephone number, Skype address, and chat message contacts. You can use this section to pull up information quickly when you need it. Many people love that they can call someone, email, or Skype someone as soon as they need to all from one place.

What You Can Do with the Agenda Section

The agenda section keeps in you on task. It reminds you of birthday, events, and any emails you've flagged. You'll have a much easier time keeping on top of everything with this section.

One of the features of the Agenda section is that you can set it up to show you events anyway that you would like such as all upcoming events in the coming day, two days, three days, week, two weeks, month, three months, etc. You can overwhelm yourself as much or as little as you would like with this feature.

Search Bar Finds What You Need When You Need It

Can't find what you need in eM Client? Don't worry, we've implemented a search bar to help you. All you have to do is put in a couple of words or more of what you need to find. eM Client's intelligent technology will then search everything you have such as events, email, etc. and give you the results that have those words in them. You'll find what you need quickly and easily.

Add New Tasks in Seconds

On the phone when you get a new task to do? No problem. Simply add the new task as you're getting the details in the sidebar. You'll be amazed at how many tasks you can create in a day and how easy it is to do them and then check them off to mark their completion.

Chat With Everyone

You can link chat capabilities with Google Talk, ICQ, AIM, Facebook, Live Messenger and much more. This section lets you see everything about your contacts such as whether they are online and their contact information. You can organize your chat contacts too. That way you can go right to a group when you need to chat with the members in it. You can also toggle the section to only show you people who are online.

As you can see the sidebar on eM Client provides you convenience and organization. You can do a lot just with the sidebar, and you can do a lot more with the entire application. Download eM Client today if you haven't already.

Create Custom Emails with eM Client Templates

sid — Mon, 11 Aug 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Send emails that will get noticed with eM Client's templates. You can make them look any way you wish, and you can use them whenever you need it. Simply choose the template before starting an email. That's it.

Setting up a template is easy on eM Client.

1. Go to Tools.
2. Click on Settings.
3. Click on Mail.
4. Click on Templates and Signatures.
5. The top section of the window says Mail Templates. The first field is for you to "Select template for account." This should be the email you'd like to use the template on. The second field says "Template for new mails." This is where you can choose a template only to be used on new emails. The next field says "Template for replies." This is where you choose the template you would like to use for email replies. The last field is for forwards, which is why it says "Template for forwards." You can choose a different template for each one of your types of emails (new, reply or forward), or you can choose one for all of them. You can also just have a template for new mails, replies or forwards.
6. Create a template by clicking on Mail Template... A window will appear. You can then click on Add to create a new one.
7. After clicking Add, a window will come up. This is where you will create your template. Fill in the Template name, Subject, and then choose a font and color. You can then choose background. You can either use a photo or just have a solid color. To the right, you can create the email you want to turn into a template. Once you're done, click OK to save it.
8. To modify a template, simply click Modify in the Templates window. You will then be able to edit the template you have chosen.
9. To delete a template, just click on Remove after selecting the template you no longer want.

Templates are an attractive, easy way to send emails to people who will take notice of your unique email style. You can also create templates when you're sending a similar email to many people, but only need to change a few parts of it. Templates can be used in many ways, so test it out today to see what you can do with them.

Getting eM Client for Great Looking Emails

If you don't have eM Client yet, you don't know what you're missing. You can try it out for free by going to our site at https://www.emclient.com. Once you see how powerful it is, you will probably want to use it for all your accounts, which means you'll want to sign up for the PRO license. It's a minimal cost for the amount of high quality features you'll receive from our email client. Download it now!

Setting Up Signatures for Emails with eM Client

sid — Mon, 04 Aug 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Email signatures are professional looking and they give people information about how to contact you other than hitting reply. Even for personal use, email signatures give your email character. It gives you a chance to show your personality because you can use a quote or just create a fancy signature using a special font for your name. The other bonus to signatures is that they are easy. Once you have it set up, you never have to do anything to have it placed on your email. It's there when you start a new email or reply to someone, if you choose that setting. Here's how to set it up for the first time.

Go to Tools and select Settings.

Click on Mail and then Templates and Signatures.

You will see two sections in the window that comes up:
1. Mail Templates
2. Signatures

We will show you how to use mail templates on another blog. For now, we will deal with the Signatures section. Click on the block that says “Signatures…” A new window will appear. You can create a new signature by click on the Add button to the right. A new window will appear to start editing your signature. Name the signature, so you know which one you'd like to use for which email addresses. Feel free to use all the features we have in our editing window such as the bold, italics, underline, font, etc.

Once you have your signature exactly the way you want it, click ok. You will see your signature name in the window that says Signature list. Press ok to return to the previous window.

Now you can set up the signature you want for each of your email addresses. Click on the drop down menu after the text “Select signature for account.” Select the email address you want to choose a signature for here.

Below this you will see three options:
1. Signature for new mails
2. Signature for replies
3. Signature for forwards

If you want your signature to appear on new emails, you will need to select the signature name in the drop down. If you want to have your signature show up when you are replying to people, you will need to select the signature from the list there as well. If you want it to appear when you forward emails, do the same for that drop down box. If you do not want your signature to appear for any one of these, just leave the field as “Not Selected.”

After this, press Apply and then Ok and your signatures should be working flawlessly.

Modifying and Removing Signatures

To modify or remove signatures, go to Tools, Settings, Mail, and then Templates and Signatures. Click on the box that says “Signatures…” Click on the signature name you want to change or remove from the Signature list. Simply press modify if you want to change it, or remove if you want to delete it.

You now know how to create, modify and remove signatures. Go ahead and play around with it. You'll love the way eM Client personalizes your emails and helps you make them professional at the same time.

Chat with Friends from Your Email Client with eM Client

sid — Mon, 21 Jul 2014 00:00:00 +0000

It can be frustrating to go from one chat application to another when trying to stay connected with friends and colleagues. When you throw in sending emails, it's even more overwhelming. The good news is you don't have to keep switching between applications to connect with people, you can do it all from one with eM Client.

eM Client is different from other email clients. It has the functionality to allow you to chat with people on:

• Google Talk
• Facebook
• XMPP/Jabber

All your contacts from these chat platforms can be in one place on your eM Client chat interface. When you need to email someone, go to eM Client. When you want to chat with someone, go to eM Client.

Now that you know it's possible to chat on eM Client, you probably want to know how to set it up. It's simple!

- Click on Tools
- Click on Accounts
- Look to the bottom left of the window and click on New Account.
- A new window will come up, and you can simply click on the tab that says Chat.
- You will be presented with Facebook, Google Talk and XMPP/Jabber. Click on one of them to set it up.
- Simply input your log in information for the chat you want to incorporate into eM Client and you're done.
- Accessing Contacts
- To access your contacts, look to the right of your screen. You will see options such as Contact Details, Agenda, Invitations, and Chat. Click on Chat and you will see all of your contacts. Double click on one of the contacts to start chatting.

Receiving Chat Messages

eM Client will notify you when someone is messaging you. You will see a window come up with their message. You can reply right in that eM Client chat window.
How nice is it that you can be available when your contacts need you simply by having your email client open?

Don't want to be available all the time? Just go to the list of contacts and click on the option to the bottom right where it says "Online". You can change the setting to show you are away, busy, or do not disturb. There is even an option to show people you are free to chat.

Now go ahead, download eM Client, and get started with the best email client there is out there today. Let us know if you have any questions, so we can help you experience the full functionality of our application.

eM Client's Advanced Spell Check for Spelling Error Free Emails

sid — Mon, 07 Jul 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Most people didn't win the spelling bee as a kid, and those that did, probably still type faster than they can think resulting in spelling errors. It just happens, and without spell check, emails are sent with embarrassing errors. With eM Client, you wouldn't ever have to worry about sending emails with spelling errors. This advanced feature tells you when you've made a mistake, and it provides suggestions on how to correct it. With the support of many languages, our spell check goes above and beyond the call of duty when it comes to spell checkers.

How to Use It

To start using eM Client's spell checker, go to Tools and then click on Settings. This will bring up a window. Under the General section, choose Spell Checker. On the right, you will see three sections:

1. Default Spell Checker Settings
2. Mail Spell Check Settings
3. Instant Messaging Spell Check Settings

As you can see, you have spell check for everything you do with eM Client. Simply click on each field to choose your language and then check off the use automatic spell checker.

When you compose an email, you should start to see red lines under the words you've spelled incorrectly. If you right click over the word, a window will appear with the correct spelling of the word. Left click on the correctly spelled word and your word will be replaced with the correct one.

Changing Spell Checker Language in an Email

If you write emails in different languages sometimes, there's no need to go back into settings to change the spell checker language. You can change it for each email you write. While composing the email, click on tools and then on Spell Check Language. The list of languages appears in a window to the right, and all you have to do is choose the one you need. The next email you write, the spell checker will revert to your default settings.

BEST Feature eM Client Has Unique to Other Email Clients

International users of eM Client will love this feature. Your keyboard automatically tells eM Client which language to spell check your emails in. No need to switch eM Client spell checker language when you set up this email client! The application can just check to see which keyboard language you have set, and adapt to that language. We love to make things simple for you!

Start Using the Spell Checker Today

Set up spell checker in eM Client today. If you don't have the email client yet, go ahead and take a minute to download it. We know you'll be impressed with all the amazing features. Check back here for more tips and tricks on how to get the most out of this powerful email client.

Bulk Emails the Easy Way with eM Client

sid — Wed, 11 Jun 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Sending multiple emails can be somewhat cumbersome, especially if you don't want disclose every single person's email address you're sending the email. For many email clients, you have to use BCC, but not with eM Client.

How to Send Emails to Multiple Recipients

eM Client has simplified the way to send bulk emails. All you have to do is follow these steps:

1. Put in all the email addresses you want to send the email to in the 'To' field.

2. Type your email's subject in the subject line.

3. Type out the email you wish to send.

4. When the email is ready to be sent, all you have to do is click on 'File' and then select 'Send as mass mail'.

This feature will allow you to send the email to all the recipients in the 'To' field without showing who is receiving it.

You can use this feature with a distribution list as well. Let's say you have to send emails to a specific group of people. Instead of always putting in all the email addresses, you can just create a distribution list.

To create a distribution list, go to 'File' and mouse over 'New'. A list of options will appear. Choose the one that says 'Distribution List'. The Distribution List window will appear and there you can click on Add New and then put in everyone's email address.

When you start a new email, all you have to do is put in the name of the Distribution List in the 'To' field. Write your email, and then send it as a mass email, which means just clicking on File and then 'Send as mass mail'. All the people in the distribution list are hidden.

Why eM Client Added this Feature

This is a new feature for eM Client. We understand people lead busy lives in the company of many people. Sometimes, they need to send the same information to multiple people, but they don't have the time to create separate emails. With this feature, everyone can receive the information they need and secure the privacy of the recipients.

If you're new to eM Client, visit the download page to get started using the best email client online. If you've been using it for a while, try out this feature. There's a high chance you’ll like it enough to let all of your colleagues, friends and family know how much easier eM Client makes the online communication.

Transfer All Data from Your current Email Client to eM Client Easily

sid — Mon, 19 May 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Are you using Outlook, Thunderbird, or another email client? Are you not happy with it? If you said yes to these two questions, it's time to make the switch to eM Client.

eM Client is a powerful email client that makes managing your emails, contacts, calendar, and chat easy. There's no email client out there with as many awesome features as eM Client.

But wait, are you wondering about your data on the other email client? Don't worry one bit about that because we've made it easy for you to import all of your data.
Simply download eM Client. It's FREE!

Once you do that, open the program and click on File. You will see an option that says “Import….” When you click on that, a window will appear with many options for importing data. Some of them are:

• Import from Microsoft Outlook
• Import from Microsoft Outlook Express
• Import from Windows Address Book
• Import from Windows Mail
• Import from Windows Live Mail
• Import from Thunderbird
• Import from folder with .eml files
• Import from The Bat!
• Import events from iCalendar
• Import contacts from vCard
• Import contacts from .csb file
• Import contacts from Facebook
• Import from Mbox file
• Import settings from XML file

When you click on one of these options, it will automatically find the program on your computer. It will then pull all the information it finds from it. Yes, it's that intelligent.

If you have a file you want to import, all you need to do is click on it, and then browse your computer to find the file. You can then choose where you want it to be stored and click on finish. It will then take the information from the file and place it safely into eM Client.

You could be using a better email client in just a matter of minutes. Go ahead and try it out, you will not be disappointed.

*If you should have any trouble, turn to our support team at https://www.emclient.com/support.

Mothers Manage a Busy Household Simply with eM Client

sid — Tue, 06 May 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Being a mother is hard work. Mothers don't get that credit many times, but they should.

Most moms say the hardest part of their jobs is organization. With so much going on at the same time, it can be hard to keep it all together.

At eM Client, we've been thinking of how our email client can help busy moms get organized. We came up with a whole list of ways that will help moms, so we wanted to extend it to you – our busy mom readers.

Calendar Features

eM Client has a powerful calendar. Moms can input every single school event, day off, afterschool program, and sports practice. The system enables users to put in a start and end time, an alarm for reminders, and categories. When a mom is on the go, she can simply open eM Client, click on a category, and then immediately see what she needs to do.

Categorized Email

Busy moms get overwhelmed, so they don't need their email to be as overwhelming. With eM Client, moms can set up rules and categorize to filter their emails into as they make their way into the inbox. That means all users have to do is click on an inbox or category and find all of the emails they need for that part of their life. For instance, say you have three kids who have sports practice throughout the week. If you want to know about cancellations, you can simply click on your folder marked “Sports” and see emails from the coaches. Alternatively, you can categorize emails coming through and just click on the category of emails you want to see.

Set Up and Respond to Playdates Easily

Email is convenient. Moms write what they want to say to someone when they have a few seconds in a day. The receiving mothers will read and respond when they have a second. Since mothers are not always free at the same time, this is the easiest way to plan for upcoming playdates.

To-Do Lists

Using the Tasks feature will help mothers stay on track, so they can get everything they want done. Moms can create a task in just a few seconds, and then they can check off each chore as they finish. This helps so many moms finally feel as though they are in control.

Chat

Mothers are bombarded with children's requests all of the time. Sometimes, they need a break. Since breaks don't last long, eM Client gives moms the ability to chat with people they know easily and quickly. Simply set up Facebook, Gmail and other instant message platforms on the email client. All moms have to do is go to their email to start chatting and socializing with others.

As you can see eM Client is valuable to mothers. It gives them the ability to be in control when the world around them is chaotic. If you're a mom seeking peace, you may just want to give eM Client a try today.

Syncing Your iPhone Contacts to eM Client Easily

sid — Wed, 23 Apr 2014 00:00:00 +0000

As many of you eM Client fans know, while you can sync your Gmail contacts to eM Client, you can't sync your iPhone contacts to it. That means, if something happens to your phone and you lose all of your contacts, you don't have a backup on your computer. That can be such a pain because then you have to go through the hassle of asking people if they can send you their phone numbers, addresses, etc. back to you. The good news is that there is app that can help you import all of your iPhone contact to eM Client, and here's how it works.

Go to the App Store and download the FREE app Contacts Backup & Transfer.
When you open the app up, it will show you how many contacts you have on your phone.
Simply tap on Backup. You will immediately see all of your contacts flash on the screen and the indicator that said 0% before will say 100%.
Tap on EMAIL to input your email address to send the file of your contacts to your email.
Go to your email, and move the file to your desktop.
Open eM Client.
Click on File and then Imports to open up a window with import options.
Click on Import contacts from vCard (.vcf), and click Next.
Click on Browse and find the file you moved from your email to the Desktop.
Make sure the folder says “My Contacts,” and then press Finish.

THAT IS IT!

All of your contacts from your iPhone will now be on eM Client. You can decide how often you want to back up your contacts. We suggest doing it once a week if you are regularly adding people to your phone.

Once you have your contacts switched over, you can do many things with them. You can categorize them by placing them in categories for family, business, friends, etc. You could create a category just for iPhone contacts. That can be helpful if you do lose all of your contacts on your phone because you can easily see all of them in one category. Of course, you can place contacts in more than one category, so you can place your iPhone contacts in the iPhone category and then in family or friends category.

As you can see, eM Client enables you to do many things! This is just one more feature you'll end up loving about this email client. Stay tuned for more tips, tricks, and features for this powerful, yet simple email client.

How to Use eM Client to Increase Productivity

sid — Mon, 14 Apr 2014 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client has many amazing features. All of them help you do more with your email, scheduling, tasks and chat. However, many people do not know how to put them all together, so they can increase their productivity. In this productivity guide for the eM Client, you will be able to learn some new ways to use your favorite email client to do more of the work you love.

Start with Email

Your email can be the source of your work sometimes. That's why you can easily take emails and turn them into tasks with eM Client. Just use the right-click button on your message and use the "Create Task from Message" and that will bring up the task window with details from that message. From there, you can add a date and time to do that task. You can even set an alarm to remind you.

If you don't need to set a task with an email, you can mark the most important ones with a flag. This means you can do whatever you'd like with the email such as putting it into another folder, but be able to access the most important ones by going to the Flagged smart folder. This will save you a lot of time because you don't have to go searching for the ones you need to get information from or respond to.

Don't waste time going through a ton of emails when you should be productive. Create rules for your emails, so your work related ones go into one folder. That way you can go right to your work folder and get to work quickly without any distractions.

Stay on the Ball with Tasks

You can use the tasks feature on eM Client to keep you in line. When you create a task, you can connect it to your calendar. The calendar event allows you set a date and time. You can use this in two ways. You can use it to tell you when you should start on a task, or when a task is due. If you set the alarm for two days, you can remind yourself a task is due in two days.

Categorize the tasks, so you know which ones are the most important and need to be completed first. You can color code them, so when you are working, you can go straight to the color you've identified as the one you have to do first.

Organize with a Calendar

If you're sick of trying to remember everything you have to do and all of the meeting you must attend, use your calendar more. You can put all of your task and events in one place, so you have a nice view of everything you need to do each day.

Use the calendar with your mobile devices, so you can remember everything on the go too. With the ability to connect your Gmail calendar, everything will sync for you.

Refer to Chat History

Important information is shared on chats every day. You can save all of that without even doing anything. eM Client keeps all chat information in a history. To access the history, bring up the chat window for the person, and press on the small icon with lines. That will bring up another window with the messages, dates and times.

Start Increasing Productivity Today

One of the biggest parts of productivity is planning. If you can plan what you need to do each day, you can increase your productivity. eM Client helps you plan, cut out distractions, and stay organized. You can't do that with a regular planner, and you can't do that with most other email clients.

The Best Shortcuts to Use with eM Client

sid — Wed, 02 Apr 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Most people who use eM Client as their email client are unaware of the many shortcuts they can take to make using the client even more convenient and powerful. Once you learn these shortcuts, you can start to deal with email, calendar, tasks, and chat faster and more efficiently.

Using All Inboxes

Many users of eM Client have more than three email accounts connected to it. Going from one inbox to the next takes time, and can increase the risk of missing valuable emails when missing one of the inboxes. Instead of going from one inbox to the next, we suggest simply clicking on All Inboxes under the Smart Folders section of eM Client. This will display all emails from every inbox, so you can go through them all without going to different accounts.

Saving Important Emails

While you can create a folder named Important to save emails you need to go back to at a later time, we suggest a faster, simpler way. You can simply click on the flag on the left side of an email to add it to the Smart Folder “Flagged.” When you need to go back to an email, you can simply click on Flagged, and it will be waiting for you there.

Text Shortcuts

Ctrl+B = Bold

Ctrl+I = Italics

Ctrl+U = Underline

Other shortcuts

Ctrl+N = New Email
Want to start a new email without navigating to the new icon on the menu bar? Simply press ctrl+N and a new email will pop up.

Ctrl+R = Reply
To reply to emails, you can simply press ctrl+R for the reply email to come up.

Ctrl+A = Select All
Want to select all emails in your inbox to move them to another folder? Press Ctrl+A and they will all highlight.
Try this: Use Ctrl+A to highlight all emails in a folder, and then move them to Flagged – they will all instantly be flagged.

Ctrl+S = Save Email
Want to save an email to your computer? Click on the email and press Ctrl+S. This will bring up the window to save the email as a file.

Ctrl+F = Forward Email
If you want to forward an email to someone, you can use Ctrl+F to do it.

Ctrl+T = Translate Email
Do you have an email in a language you are not proficient in? Use the short Ctrl+T to translate the email quickly.

Ctrl+P = Print an Email
Want to print an email? Just press Ctrl+P and you will be able to send it to your printer.

Ctrl+F = Find and Replace
While in an email, you can use Ctrl+F to find words and replace them with another word.

Ctrl+M = Next line
Using Ctrl+M will go to the next line in an email.

Ctrl+D = Delete
Delete an email quickly with Ctrl+D.

There are many more shortcuts, but these will get you started. Come back often for more tips and tricks to using eM Client the way it was meant to be used – quickly and simply.

How to do a Backup of eM Client data

sid — Wed, 26 Mar 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Email is one of the most used forms of communication right now. Most people prefer using email over calling someone because it leaves a trail of correspondences to go back to later for clarification.

What happens if those emails get lost though?

This can be devastating for some people. All of the information people need to work efficiently is saved in folders sometimes. Losing them could mean losing business, and that's money down the drain. Thankfully, with eM Client, you will never have to worry about losing emails. You could have all of your emails in every folder saved in case of data loss. What's also so great about eM Client is you don't have to remember to back up your emails. The automatic backup system can do it for you whenever you want it to back up.

To take advantage of this feature, all you have to do is have eM Client, which is a FREE download. Once you have it set up, follow these steps to have your emails backed up regularly.

Go to Tools towards the top of the window located next to Help.
In the Settings window, you will see a sidebar with a list. Under the first category General, find Backup and click on it.
This will give you a screen that looks like this:

Click on Enable Backup.

This will activate the ability for you to choose a Target Directory, Frequency, and Preserve Last.

The Target Directory is where you can specify where you want the backup files to save. Most people leave this section as is because it defaults to a folder on Documents with the name eM Client.

The Frequency is how often you want your emails to be backed up. Most people leave it at 1 day because that provides the most safety in case of a crash; however, you can set it up to back up every three days, weekly, every two weeks, every month, every two months, or every six months.

The Preserve Last allows you to save as many as five backups. So if you backup every day, you will have a backup for the past five days. If you do it weekly, you will have a backup for the last five weeks. If you back up every month, you have a record of the last five months of backups. People do this when they want to go back to look at emails during a certain time period without having the newest emails in the way.

Once you choose your settings, you can click on Apply and then OK. This will save your settings, and eM Client will be ready to back up your emails as specified.

Please note that the backup feature cannot be run along with eM Client. eM Client has to be closed for the backup process to begin. In case of the manual backup eM Client will close itself, in case of the automatic backup a notification window will pop up asking you to close eM Client manually.

Now that you know how to back up your email using eM Client, do it now. You don't want to risk losing all of those important emails, do you?

Organize Emails As They Come Into Your Inbox with Rules

sid — Mon, 17 Mar 2014 00:00:00 +0000

Imagine this:

You open your eM Client and look at your inbox. There's only maybe five emails listed. You quickly see they are unimportant, so you delete them. You don't feel overwhelmed at all.

You decide to check your work folder to see what you need to do that day. You see that there are only three emails there. Phew! You look through them and realize you just need to keep one of them handy because the other two are correspondences that can be filed away in other folders just for information.

Later in the day, you decide to check your personal folder. You have four emails in that one, which take you about 15 minutes to go through and answer. If you had all of the emails in your inbox from your work and personal folders, you would have had 12 emails to face as soon as you opened eM Client. If you're like most people, that would make you groan and want to run the other way.

With having all of your emails going into separate folders, you don't have to face a large list of emails. You can take care of them as you have the time without feeling bombarded.

The way you send emails to separate folders is to create rules. By choosing rules for your emails, eM Client will know right away where to file your emails as they come in.

The following are the steps you'll need to know to start creating rules in eM Client:

Go to the top navigation bar and click on Tools.
Go down the list until you find Rules, and click on that.
A window comes up that looks like this:

This is where you can see all of your rules. By default, your eM Client manages your spam emails, but there's many more you can add to it. Once you add rules, you can modify or remove them as necessary.

Adding a Rule

When creating a rule, you have six choices.

File emails from a specific person to a specialized folder.
When an email has a keyword in the subject, it will be delivered to a specific folder.
Keywords in the body of the email will be sent to a certain folder.
Spam emails can be moved to the Spam folder.
You can set categories for certain people.
Instruct eM Client to do something special to emails sent.

Let's say you want to move all emails from your boss to your work folder. You can simply click on New Rule, and a window will come up with the first option being “Move message from someone to a folder.”

Below this section, you will find where you can input the variables. The first one has the hyperlinked “received” option to change it to emails sent rather than emails received. Keep it as is if you want the rule to only apply to received emails. If you want both, you'll have to create another rule for the sent emails.

The second input you'll need to make is for people, which is hyperlinked. Click on ‘people' and choose your boss' name from the address book.

Finally, click on folder and choose the folder you want those emails to go to.

Click on Finish and you're all set. You'll notice all of the emails from your boss will go to the folder you've chosen.

Play around with the rules. It's really a great feature you'll learn to use for just about every part of your life you receive emails for.

Welcome to the eM Client Blog

sid — Thu, 13 Mar 2014 00:00:00 +0000

eM Client realizes with all of the features available, many people do not know how to maximize the power of its email client. With so many ways to increase productivity, save time, and even money, it's important all of our customers understand how to use the application to its full potential.

That's what this blog is all about. It's about informing our customers of everything they need to know to use eM Client as it was designed to be used.

With every new blog post, you will learn shortcuts you may not have even realized were possible. You may need to get used to the new ways of using it, but believe us, once you start using the tips on a daily basis, you'll be amazed at how much more efficient it is for work or your personal life.

We're not only helping you with emails, but with everything eM Client can do:

Calendar
Tasks
Chat
Contacts
…and much more.

It's time to use a powerful email client that will help you organize your busy lifestyle.

Check back every couple of weeks for your new lesson. Then go back to your client and try out the new tricks you just learned. Before you know it, you'll feel as though you're an expert at eM Client and want to tell all of your colleagues, friends, family, and even acquaintances all of the wonderful things you can do with the best email client in the world.

Don't have eM Client yet? No problem! Try it for free by going to https://www.emclient.com/download.

We look forward to helping you get the most out of your email client.

eM Client Secured Mail Client With Calendar

eM Client 11 sneak peek: Spotlight search support

What can you look forward to?

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Transfer Your eM Client Data to a New Device

Use Backup & Restore to move your data

QR Export & Import

From a desktop to a mobile device

Export and Import Settings using .xml

Export settings to an .xml file

Import settings to the eM Client Desktop app via .xml file

Import settings in the eM Client mobile app via .xml file

Manual database move

Don’t forget - reactivate your license!

New to eM Client?

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: Matrix chat support

What can you look forward to?

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Make Conversations Work Your Way in eM Client

How are Conversations linked?

How to adjust Conversations settings

Sort order of conversations in the message detail

Conversation settings for the message list

Exclude yourself from the participants list

Order of participants in the message list

Including messages from other folders

Expanding selected conversation threads in the message list

New to eM Client?

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: Don't select first message

What can you look forward to?

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Alternative to Gmailify: eM Client keeps your emails together

How Gmailify and “Check mail from other accounts” worked

Gmailify and POP3 service change: the timeline

Why is Google’s POP3 download and Gmailify ending?

How to replace Gmailify and manage multiple email accounts

eM Client as a strong replacement for Gmailify

New to eM Client?

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: Customizable message detail toolbar

What can you look forward to?

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Navigate your mailbox easily with visible folder names

Folder name in message detail

Folder name in search

How to hide the folder name box If you do not want to see the folder boxes in message detail or in Conversations, go to Settings > Mail > Read and disable the “Show folder in message detail” option.

Folder name boxes in the eM Client mobile app

New to eM Client?

eM Client 11 Sneak peek: AI Summarize

What can you look forward to?

Want to be the first to check out eM Client 11?

Profiles: move between workflows effortlessly

How does the Profiles feature work?

Creating a new profile

Launching a profile

Deleting a profile

New to eM Client?

Smooth teamwork: eM Client with SmarterMail

Sync your emails, contacts, calendars, tasks, and chat

Stay connected with SmarterMail Online meetings

Company workflow made easy with sync of server-side features

Synchronized signatures

SmarterMail tags

Server-side rules

Server-side blacklist and whitelist

Contact groups

Feature availability based on SmarterMail edition

Setting up account delegation and public folders

Delegation for SmarterMail accounts

Add a delegated account you already have access to

Subscribe to Public folders

New to eM Client?

How Gmail’s All Mail folder actually works

Gmail mailbox structure explained

Gmail mailbox structure in the eM Client app

New to eM Client?

Meet version 10.4: Faster, smarter, better

General

Sync optimization

Folder name shown in threads, message details, and search results

Additional conversation view settings

How to hide the folder name box
If you do not want to see the folder boxes in message detail or in Conversations, go to Settings > Mail > Read and disable the “Show folder in message detail” option.